The books in the LRC are arranged by topic using Library of Congress classification system. Here are a few call number ranges to explore:
HF5381-5386 Vocational guidance. Career development
HF294-343 Boards of trade. Chambers of commerce. Merchants' associations
HF5387-5387.5 Business ethics
HF5437-5444 Purchasing. Selling. Sales personnel. Sales executives
HF5546-5548.6 Office management
HF5548.7-5548.85 Industrial psychology
HF5549-5549.5 Personnel management. Employment management
HF5717-5734.7 Business communication Including business report writing, business correspondence
HF5735-5746 Business records management
For Subject searches using the Worldcat Discover, try:
To do Keyword searches, you can either use add terms or use phrases.
Searching for Personnel management?
Test out Personnel AND management or "Personnel management" as searches and see what you can find.
Our Human Resource Management program integrates business management and industrial psychology, giving you a comprehensive understanding of how to enable personnel, enrich company-employee relationships, and enhance work environments to pursue organizational objectives. While you get down to the basics of workforce development covering recruitment, training and compensation, you also cultivate a visionary instinct and aptitude for transforming human resource as a crucial component of the strategic development and success of companies.
This course guide gathers in one place carefully evaluated and selected resources on Human Resource Management available and accessible at the LRC and its subscribed databases. Books (both print and electronic) are categorized per course; while journals, magazines, online databases are recommended for the entire Human Resource Management program.
QUICK LINKS
The course is a business education subject requirement for students in the BSBA programs which provides: a) an overview of the Philippine tax system b) computation of income tax for individuals and business enterprises c) business and local taxes d) significant tax concepts such as tax evasion, tax avoidance and e) BIR programs and important tax code provisions, including penalties for non-compliance and remedies provided for both the government and the taxpayer. The learner will acquire a working knowledge of applications relevant to taxpayers whether as a salary-earner, private practitioner, business person or as an investor.
Introduction to managerial accounting by
Suitable for managerial accounting student, this text deals with cost accounting/cost management. It includes author-written supplements, examples, and end-of-chapter material.
The course is a business education subject requirement for students in the BSBA programs which provides: a) an overview of the Philippine tax system b) computation of income tax for individuals and business enterprises c) business and local taxes d) significant tax concepts such as tax evasion, tax avoidance and e) BIR programs and important tax code provisions, including penalties for non-compliance and remedies provided for both the government and the taxpayer. The learner will acquire a working knowledge of applications relevant to taxpayers whether as a salary-earner, private practitioner, business person or as an investor.
Advances in Management Accounting by
Advances in Management Accounting(AIMA)is a publication of quality applied research in management accounting. The journal's purpose is to publish thought-provoking articles that advance knowledge in the management accounting discipline and are of interest to both academics and practitioners. As one of the premier management accounting research journals, AIMA is well-poised to meet the needs of management accounting scholars. Featured in Volume 31 are articles on: Competitor monitor and revenue management in hotels; The tie between CEO compensation and the 2008 financial crisis; The inclusion of qualitative measures in CEO incentive compensation; The association between performance-based pay and employee honesty; Managerial ability's linkage to earnings management within discontinued operations; Cash-to-cash and its association with long-term profitability in the manufacturing industry.
Management Accounting in Public Service Decision Making by
Radical changes to public service delivery have swept across many regions of the world. Management accounting methods are vital to support operational and strategic decision making in public services internationally. This book provides a comprehensive and "leading-edge" guide to the topic. Written by an expert scholar with practical experience of public service delivery, the book takes account of key trends such as increased demand for public services, financial austerity, technological change and enhanced performance management. A globally relevant book, informed by cutting edge academic research and benefitting from integrated case studies, this is essential reading for both students and practitioners involved with the financial aspects of public services management.
Managerial Accounting and Analysis in Multinational Enterprises by
Frontmatter -- Preface -- Contents -- Past Research on Performance Evaluation of International Subsidiaries -- Company Approaches -- Accounting Techniques Utilized for the Evaluation of International Subsidiaries: The IBM Case -- Monsanto Company - Managing Change -- GoldStar Electronics -- FMC Corporation: Inflation-Adjusted Performance Evaluation -- Management Control and the Internal Auditor: The Borg-Warner Case -- Performance Evaluation in Multinational Companies: Two European Examples -- Alldelphi Germany (Subsidiary of N.V. Philips Gloelampenfabrieken-Eindhoven/The Netherlands) -- Nixdorf Computer AG Paderborn/Germany -- View of Independent Accountants -- Performance Evaluation Techniques for International Operations: Impacts on Managerial Incentives and Strategic Planning Considerations -- Financial Reporting Systems of Multinational Corporations - An External Auditor's Viewpoint -- Performance Evaluation of International Subsidiaries in the Case of Acquisition/Disposal and Annual Audits from the Point of View of Wirtschaftsprüfer -- The Present State of Performance Evaluation in Multinational Companies -- Comprehensive Bibliography -- Brief Biographical Sketches of Authors -- Index -- Backmatter
The course is a business education subject requirement for students in the BSBA programs which provides: a) an overview of the Philippine tax system b) computation of income tax for individuals and business enterprises c) business and local taxes d) significant tax concepts such as tax evasion, tax avoidance and e) BIR programs and important tax code provisions, including penalties for non-compliance and remedies provided for both the government and the taxpayer. The learner will acquire a working knowledge of applications relevant to taxpayers whether as a salary-earner, private practitioner, business person or as an investor.
The Civil Service Commission and the Commission on Audit : self-assessments and alternative views and assessments (2001-2004) Front cover image for The Civil Service Commission and the Commission on Audit : self-assessments and alternative views and asses by
Contents:
The Civil Service Commission, rebuilding the integrity of the bureaucracy / Karina Constantino-David -- The Civil Service Commission, alternative views and assessments / Jacinto C. Gavino, Jr. [and others] -- The Commission on Audit, the management of audit / Guillermo N. Carague -- The Commission on Audit, alternative views and assessments / Leonor Magtolis Briones [and others].
Easy guide to taxation for entrepreneurs by
Easy Guide to Taxation for Entrepreneurs provides Philippine entrepreneurs with a helpful guide to the Philippine tax system and its enforcement by the Bureau of Internal Revenue (BIR) in an easy and concise manner. The discussion is more relevant to a single proprietor entrepreneurial entity. A complimentary material to Easy Guide to Taxation for Entrepreneurs is the forthcoming Easy Guide to Corporate Taxation to provide a comprehensive understanding of the Philippine tax system and its enforcement [https://www.nationalbookstore.com/catalog/product/view/_ignore_category/1/id/729/s/easy-guide-to-taxation-for-entrepreneurs/].
ECOTAR : fundamentals of college economics with taxation and agrarian reform by
Subjects:
Economics Textbooks.
Economics Philippines.
Taxation Philippines.
Land reform Philippines.
Land reform.
Economics
Land reform
Taxation
Philippines
Textbooks
Enhancing fiscal sustainability of selected local government units in the Philippines by
"This project has received support from the Small Projects Facility of the Delegation of the European Commission."
The fundamentals of taxation
Subjects:
Taxation Law and legislation Philippines.
Taxation Law and legislation.
Philippines.
The law on transfer and business taxation : with illustrations, problems, and solutions by
Intended primarily as a textbook in colleges and universities, it has been designed likewise to serve as useful reference or guide not only to tax officials and practitioners but also to the young businessmen and the ordinary tax payers who have no previous background on the subject.
It will be noticed that in many cases the book does not limit itself to a mere discussion or explanation of theoretical principles and rules on transfer and business taxation.
Illustrations, tax computations, and solutions to hypothetical tax problems are also supplied to further facilitate understanding of the law [https://www.rexestore.com/tertiary/1730-the-law-on-transfer-and-business-taxation-with-illustrations-problems-and-solutions.html].
Philippines : improving government performance : discipline, efficiency and equity in managing public resources : a public expenditure, procurement and financial management review by
"A joint document of the Government of the Philippines, The World Bank and the Asian Development Bank."
Real property : ownership, registration, development, contracts, and taxation by
Victorino Mamalateo and Mary Joy Mamalateo-Jusay’s Real Property: Ownership, Registration, Development, Contracts and Taxation (2011) is one of the most comprehensive compilations of, and commentaries on, laws involving real property in the Philippines. Divided into four parts, the Book covers Civil Code provisions affecting real property (ownership, co-ownership and possession, contracts, agency, trusts, sales, lease, mortgage, donation, and succession) as well as laws on land registration,
reconstitution of titles, agrarian reforms, property development, and laws on taxation of real property transactions and local business taxes and real property tax under the Local Government Code.
This book is a helpful guide not only for lawyers and law students but also for the stakeholders in the real estate industry and accountants dealing with real estate in the Philippines [http://www.mvgmlaw.com/].
Transfer and business taxation by
Comprehensive. Understandable. Reliable. TRAIN Law updated.
Transfer and business taxation : principles and laws with accounting applications by
"Based on: New Republic Act 10653, New Internal Revenue Code (R.A. 8424), Latest Revenue Regulations, BIR and Court of Tax Appeals Rulings, Supreme Court Decisions"--Cover.
The course is a business education subject requirement for students in the BSBA programs which provides: a) an overview of the Philippine tax system b) computation of income tax for individuals and business enterprises c) business and local taxes d) significant tax concepts such as tax evasion, tax avoidance and e) BIR programs and important tax code provisions, including penalties for non-compliance and remedies provided for both the government and the taxpayer. The learner will acquire a working knowledge of applications relevant to taxpayers whether as a salary-earner, private practitioner, business person or as an investor.
Increasing Public Sector Revenue in the Philippines: Equity and Efficiency Considerations by
Public sector revenue has declined markedly in the Philippines over the past seven years. Most observers of the Philippine economy agree that rebuilding public sector revenue will be critical to reducing deficits and ensuring public sector debt sustainability. This paper reviews several of the main possibilities for raising public sector revenue, including increases in excise, VAT, and electricity rates. It argues that most of these proposals would raise revenue in a relatively efficient manner. Using household-level expenditure data, it also finds that most of these measures would be progressive, especially if they allow the government to avoid cuts in pro-poor spending.
Investment Incentives and Effective Tax Rates in the Philippines by
We compare the general tax provisions and investment incentives in the Philippines to six other east-Asian economies-Malaysia, Indonesia, Lao, Vietnam, Cambodia, and Thailand. We calculate effective tax rates and find that general effective tax rates are relatively high in the Philippines, while investment incentives are comparable to those in neighboring countries. Tax holidays are most attractive for very profitable firms, creating redundancy, and for investment in short-lived assets. We also consider recently-proposed tax reforms that would replace tax holidays by a reduced corporate income tax rate or a low tax on gross receipts. The results suggest that this would result in stronger incentives to invest, while government revenue increases. Alternatively, replacing holidays with a general reduction in the corporate tax rate and offering accelerated depreciation will either not provide the same incentives or be very costly.
Investment incentives and effective tax rates in the Philippines : a comparison with neighboring countries by
We compare the general tax provisions and investment incentives in the Philippines to six other east-Asian economies--Malaysia, Indonesia, Lao, Vietnam, Cambodia, and Thailand. We calculate effective tax rates and find that general effective tax rates are relatively high in the Philippines, while investment incentives are comparable to those in neighboring countries. Tax holidays are most attractive for very profitable firms, creating redundancy, and for investment in short-lived assets. We also consider recently-proposed tax reforms that would replace tax holidays by a reduced corporate income tax rate or a low tax on gross receipts. The results suggest that this would result in stronger incentives to invest, while government revenue increases. Alternatively, replacing holidays with a general reduction in the corporate tax rate and offering accelerated depreciation will either not provide the same incentives or be very costly.
Philippines by
This report provides an assessment of the Observance of Standards and Codes on Fiscal Transparency Module for the Philippines. The Philippines meets the requirements of fiscal transparency in many important respects. Despite broad adherence to the transparency code, there are some key areas that require strengthening. Although the existing responsibilities, procedures, and reporting arrangements are well defined, more efforts are required to enforce them, to clearly define accountabilities, and to take firm and demonstrable corrective action when they are not met.
Philippines : financial system stability assessment : including observance of standards and codes on the following topics : monetary and financial policy transparency, banking supervision, securities regulation, insurance regulation, and payment systems by
"Prepared by a staff team of the International Monetary Fund as background documentation for the periodic consultation with this member country."
"September 2002."
Philippines : fiscal transparency evaluation by
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Improving fiscal transparency has been a priority in the Philippines over recent years. The government's public financial management reform strategy has helped initiate a wide variety of reforms, which are beginning to bear fruit. In light of this, the evaluation against the 36 principles of the draft Fiscal Transparency Code (Annex IV) is broadly favorable:? Fiscal reporting is relatively comprehensive, frequent and timely, with many areas of good and advanced practices. Coverage of public sector units' stocks and flows is well-developed but coverage of the public sector as a whole lacks consolidated data for the public sector and general government subsectors. Comparability of fiscal data from various reports and of budget outturns against the original budget is not always possible, reflecting a fragmentation of agencies involved. While audits of individual agencies' financial reports are undertaken, there is no separate independent audit of the consolidated Annual Financial Reports; this differs from international practice (Annex I).? Fiscal forecasting and budgeting is generally good, with several recent improvements, especially regarding fiscal policy objectives, performance orientation, public participation, and the comprehensiveness and orderliness of the budget. However, budget credibility is undermined by the complexity and large flexibility of the annual budget framework which resulted in the non-rating of the principle on the supplementary budget (Annex II).? Fiscal risk analysis and management is relatively strong in the Philippines compared to other countries, as shown by the publication of a comprehensive Fiscal Risk Statement with a relatively comprehensive collation of risks that could affect public finances. However, improvements are needed in a few areas, especially to capture of risks from guarantees and PPPs, assess the scope of tax expenditures, and introduce a longer-term perspective in the fiscal sustainability analysis (Annex III). The evaluation reveals two cross-cutting issues spanning across the three FTC pillars: (i) the fragmentation of responsibilities for fiscal management in the public sector, and (ii) the complexity and flexibility of the budget system, which complicate fiscal reporting. This report highlights twelve priority recommendations to address gaps in the Philippines' transparency practices. They focus on (i) publishing a consistent set of budget documents that provides the public with the means to track and assess the operations of government; (ii) reducing the discrepancy between initial budget plans and end-year fiscal outturns; (iii) integrating fiscal sustainability considerations into short-term policy decisions; (iv) delineating more rigorously the government's policy activities from purely commercial activities; (v) better allocating resources to priority areas over the medium term; and (vi) ensuring that consolidated financial reports are audited in a fully-independent manner.
Philippines: Selected Issues by
Annotation In recent years, the IMF has released a growing number of reports and other documents covering economic and financial developments and trends in member countries. Each report, prepared by a staff team after discussions with government officials, is published at the option of the member country.
Philippines : technical assistance report on road map for a pro-growth and equitable tax system by
The Technical Assistance Report on the Philippines' road map for a pro-growth and equitable tax system is examined. Tax revenue has declined over the last decade in the Philippines owing to generous and expanding tax incentives, tariff rate reduction, deteriorating tax compliance caused by ineffective and inefficient revenue administration, and a gradual erosion of excise revenue owing to nonindexation. One of the key reasons for providing tax incentives in the Philippines is concern that the country needs to be competitive with other countries in the region to attract foreign direct investment.
Sin tax reform in the Philippines : transforming public finance, health, and governance for more inclusive development by
Excise taxes on tobacco and alcohol products can be an effective instrument for promoting public health through curbing smoking and excessive drinking, while raising significant revenues for development priorities. In 2012, the Philippines successfully passed a landmark tobacco and alcohol tax reform—dubbed the “Sin Tax Law.” This book describes the design of the Philippines sin tax reform, documents the technical and political processes by which it came about, and assesses the impact that the reform has had after three years of implementation.
Tax Incentives in the Philippines: a Regional Perspective by
The Philippines is faced with a policy dilemma in the area of corporate taxation. On the one hand, the country has, over the past few years, witnessed a decline in revenue as a share of output. On the other, it is operating in an increasingly competitive regional market for foreign direct investment. In order to remain competitive, the Philippines offers a broad array of fiscal incentives to entice inward investment and pursue the country's development goals. This paper looks at the fiscal incentives available in the Philippines, compares them with those available in the ASEAN region, and with the evidence on the efficacy of tax incentives in a global context. The paper provides some broad conclusions on the use of the various forms of tax incentives in the Philippines and on their administration.
The Law on Obligations and Contracts
In this course, the student will be introduced to the concept of Law and the legal system in the Philippines. It focuses on relevant provisions of the Law on Obligations and Contracts and related laws, presented in a format for non-lawyers, and designed to prepare tertiary students to comprehend legal requirements and legal implications of personal and business transactions.
Civil Code of the Philippines annotated by
Subjects:
Civil law Philippines.
Civil law.
Philippines.
Essentials of Philippine business law : notes and cases by
Businesses in the Philippines are governed by a large body of laws. However, the business law course, as designed for students of the John Gokongwei School of Management (JG-SOM) focuses only on (a) Obligations and Contracts, which is Book IV of the Civil Code of the Philippines (Republic Act No. 386), and (b) the Corporation Code, which is embodied in Batas Pambansa Blg. 68.
This limited scope is in line with the entrepreneurial thrust of the John Gokongwei School of Management (JG-SOM), as these are the laws most necessary to entrepreneurs who start their own businesses. The law on obligations and contracts governs relations between persons, whether natural or juridical (like corporations). Familiarity with this law would allow businessmen to deal with basic legal questions.
Published in 2014. Revised edition 2015 [http://www.ateneo.edu/ateneopress/product/essentials-philippine-business-law-notes-and-cases].
Fundamentals of obligations and contracts by
Subjects:
Contracts Philippines.
Obligations (Law) Philippines.
Contracts.
Obligations (Law)
Philippines.
The Law on obligations and contracts by
Contents:
Title I Obligations: General provisions -- Nature and effects of obligations -- Different kinds of obligations -- Extinguishment of obligations -- Title 2 Contracts: General provisions -- Essential requisites of contracts -- Form of contracts -- Reformation of instruments -- Interpretation of contracts -- Rescissible contracts -- Voidable contracts -- Unenforceable contracts -- Void or inexistent contracts -- Natural obligations.
Obligation and contract by
Subjects:
Obligation (Law) Philippines.
Contracts Philippines.
Obligations & contracts by
Subjects:
Obligations (Law) Philippines.
Contracts Philippines.
Contracts.
Obligations (Law)
Philippines.
Obligations & contracts by
Subjects:
Contracts Philippines.
Obligations (Law) Philippines.
Contracts.
Obligations (Law)
Philippines.
Obligations & contracts : law and jurisprudence by
Subjects:
Obligations (Law) Philippines.
Contracts Philippines.
The Law on Obligations and Contracts
In this course, the student will be introduced to the concept of Law and the legal system in the Philippines. It focuses on relevant provisions of the Law on Obligations and Contracts and related laws, presented in a format for non-lawyers, and designed to prepare tertiary students to comprehend legal requirements and legal implications of personal and business transactions.
Copyright Law and the Information Society in Asia by
The book takes a look at the six most important current topics arising from copyright law in the information society, and for each topic provides an in-depth introduction that compares the approaches taken in Europe and the US. Each topic is introduced by an expert, and the issues are then analysed in separate country reports representing nine Asian jurisdictions: China, Taiwan, Hong Kong, Japan, Korea, Singapore, Malaysia, Thailand and the Philippines. The six topics are:The Expansion of Copyright Law and its Social Justification: Introduction by Reto Hilty, Max Planck Institute, MunichInternet Trade, Digital Works and Parallel Imports: Introduction by Christopher Heath, European Patent Office, MunichThe Collective Exercise of Copyrights: Introduction by Kung Chung Liu, Academia Sinica, TaiwanThe Law on Anti-Circumvention and Digital Rights Management: Introduction by Andy Sun, National Chenchi University, Taipei, Taiwan and Zhi Wei, Peking University, BeijingCopyright Contracts, Public Policy and Antitrust: Introduction by Estelle Derclaye, Queen Mary University of LondonContributory and Vicarious Liability for Copyright Infringement: Introduction by Andy Sun, National Chenchi University, Taipei, Taiwan
Developing Islamic Finance in the Philippines by
This report was prepared as part of the World Bank engagement in the Philippines to support Islamic Finance and Financial Inclusion. It provides an overview on the context for the development of Islamic finance in the Philippines and is accompanied by two focused reports providing further detail and suggestions on enhancing financial inclusion in the Philippines through Islamic microfinance and assessment of the status of financial inclusion in Autonomous Region in Muslim Mindanao (ARMM)and the proposed Bangsamoro territory. The term Islamic finance is used to refer to financial activities conforming to Islamic Law (Shari'ah). One of the main principles of the Islamic finance system is the prohibition of the payment and the receipt of riba (interest) in a financial transaction. A pure debt security is replaced with an "asset-based" security, direct financing of a real asset, and different forms of partnerships of which equity financing is the most desirable. The following key principles guide Islamic Finance: i) Prohibition of interest on transactions (riba; ii) Financing must be linked to assets (materiality); iii) Engagement in immoral or ethically problematic businesses not allowed (e.g., gambling or alcohol production); iv) Returns must be linked to risks. Table 1 provides a summary description of basic financial instruments. Over the past decade Islamic finance has emerged as an effective tool for financing development worldwide, including in non-Muslim majority countries. Discussion and interest in Islamic finance has also appeared on G20 discussions. Major financial markets are discovering solid evidence that Islamic finance has already been mainstreamed within the global financial system - and that it has the potential to help address the challenges of ending extreme poverty and boosting shared prosperity. In summary, Islamic finance is equity-based, asset-backed, ethical, sustainable, environmentally- and socially-responsible finance. It promotes risk sharing, connects the financial sector with the real economy, and emphasizes financial inclusion and social welfare.
Managing the Politics of Reform by
"Over the past 30 years there has been considerable research on the political economy of reform. Yet despite this, little is known about strategies for managing the politics of change - moving from a bad to a better equilibrium. Part of the challenge of studying this issue stems from the difficulty of obtaining detailed, so-called "blow-by-blow" information on actual reform processes. From this type of information, one can discern and cull practical lessons on strategy, which by its very nature is about dealing with political barriers or problems as they crop up during the implementation process. This study looks at the sequence of events that ultimately led to the passage of legislation that markedly altered the rules that govern public procurement in the Philippines. The study attempts to distill operationally useful lessons for managing the politics of a reform process."--Jacket.
Merchants of Labor by
Explores the role of private agents in moving workers over national borders. Explains the role of agents in labour markets, to examine the fees they extract, and sets out policy options that the ILO and governments might consider to regulate their behaviour. Reports from many countries suggest that fee-charging private agents often engage in activities that are quasi-legal or illegal under national laws and do not conform to ILO Conventions and Recommendations, such as helping migrants to cross borders in defiance of migration laws, requiring them to sign supplemental contracts abroad that raise the fees they originally agreed to pay for brokerage services, and entrapping migrants seeking higher wage foreign jobs in smuggling and trafficking operations that lead to bondage or slavery.
New Courts in Asia by
This book discusses court-oriented legal reforms across Asia with a focus on the creation of 'new courts' over the last 20 years. Contributors discuss how to judge new courts and examine whether the many new courts introduced over this period in Asia have succeeded or failed. The 'new courts' under scrutiny are mainly specialist courts, including those established to hear cases involving intellectual property disputes, bankruptcy petitions, commercial contracts, public law adjudication, personal law issues and industrial disputes. The justification of the trend to 'judicialize' disputes has seen the invocation of Western-style rule of law as necessary for the development of the market economy, democratization, good governance and the upholding of human rights. This book also includes critics of court building who allege that it serves a Western agenda rather than serving local interests, and that the emphasis on judicialization marginalises alternative local and traditional modes of dispute resolution. Adopting an explicitly comparative perspective, and contrasting the experiences of important Asian states - China, Japan, Korea, Malaysia, Vietnam, Brunei, Thailand and Indonesia - this book considers critical questions including: Why has the 'new-court model' been adopted, and why do international development agencies and nation-states tend to favour it? What difficulties have the new courts encountered? How have the new courts performed? What are the broader implications of the trend towards the adoption of judicial solutions to economic, social and political problems? Written by world authorities on court development in Asia, this book will not only be of interest to legal scholars and practitioners, but also to development specialists, economists and political scientists.
Philippines : fiscal transparency evaluation by
Improving fiscal transparency has been a priority in the Philippines over recent years. The government's public financial management reform strategy has helped initiate a wide variety of reforms, which are beginning to bear fruit. In light of this, the evaluation against the 36 principles of the draft Fiscal Transparency Code (Annex IV) is broadly favorable:? Fiscal reporting is relatively comprehensive, frequent and timely, with many areas of good and advanced practices. Coverage of public sector units' stocks and flows is well-developed but coverage of the public sector as a whole lacks consolidated data for the public sector and general government subsectors. Comparability of fiscal data from various reports and of budget outturns against the original budget is not always possible, reflecting a fragmentation of agencies involved. While audits of individual agencies' financial reports are undertaken, there is no separate independent audit of the consolidated Annual Financial Reports; this differs from international practice (Annex I).? Fiscal forecasting and budgeting is generally good, with several recent improvements, especially regarding fiscal policy objectives, performance orientation, public participation, and the comprehensiveness and orderliness of the budget. However, budget credibility is undermined by the complexity and large flexibility of the annual budget framework which resulted in the non-rating of the principle on the supplementary budget (Annex II).? Fiscal risk analysis and management is relatively strong in the Philippines compared to other countries, as shown by the publication of a comprehensive Fiscal Risk Statement with a relatively comprehensive collation of risks that could affect public finances. However, improvements are needed in a few areas, especially to capture of risks from guarantees and PPPs, assess the scope of tax expenditures, and introduce a longer-term perspective in the fiscal sustainability analysis (Annex III). The evaluation reveals two cross-cutting issues spanning across the three FTC pillars: (i) the fragmentation of responsibilities for fiscal management in the public sector, and (ii) the complexity and flexibility of the budget system, which complicate fiscal reporting. This report highlights twelve priority recommendations to address gaps in the Philippines' transparency practices. They focus on (i) publishing a consistent set of budget documents that provides the public with the means to track and assess the operations of government; (ii) reducing the discrepancy between initial budget plans and end-year fiscal outturns; (iii) integrating fiscal sustainability considerations into short-term policy decisions; (iv) delineating more rigorously the government's policy activities from purely commercial activities; (v) better allocating resources to priority areas over the medium term; and (vi) ensuring that consolidated financial reports are audited in a fully-independent manner.
User's guide : procurement of works : small contracts by
"Standard Bidding Document."
The Law on Partnerships and Corporations
This course deals with the basic legal rules and principles concerning two (2) business entities: the partnership and the corporation. It involves the discussion of the nature, kinds, formation, operation & management, rights and obligations of the component members of these two (2) business organizations, effects vis-à-vis third parties and the dissolution of these two (2) entities. The course shall focus on what are deemed as the more relevant provisions of the Corporation Code (with Page 2 of 10 respect to corporations), Civil Code (concerning partnerships) and related laws which are of practical concern to a layman who seeks to comprehend the legalities arising from the regular and usual functioning of corporations and partnerships.
21st century partnership and corporation accounting by
Subjects:
Corporations Accounting.
Partnership Accounting.
21st century partnership corporation accounting by
Revised edition of: Partnership and corporation accounting.
Accounting for partnership and corporation by
Subjects:
Accounting.
Corporations Accounting.
Elementary accounting : partnership and corporation. Solution manual by
Subjects:
Accounting.
Accounting Philippines.
Handbook on partnership law and corporation code for commerce students by
Subjects:
Partnership Philippines.
Corporation law Philippines.
Joint Ventures and Shareholders' Agreements by
Joint Ventures and Shareholders Agreements concentrates on private joint venture companies established by two or more corporates. It offers a one-stop general guide to the issues relevant in structuring and negotiating agreements between two or more shareholders in any type of private company, be they corporate, individuals, institutional investors or a combination of these. Whilst the emphasis is on corporate vehicles, consideration is also given to certain aspects of non-corporate joint ventures with a comparison between various different types of venture. Designed specifically to be a working guide, Joint Ventures and Shareholders Agreements takes a procedural approach, considering all the legal issues and documentation involved. The book offers practical tips, highlights key commercial considerations, and provides time-saving flowcharts and checklists. This unique text will deliver you the guidance, insight and expert knowledge to ensure you have the advantage in any joint venture transaction, by enabling you to- 1. Determine the key issues involved; 2. Take effective instructions; 3. Draft good documentation using the precedents provided. The fourth edition covers all major changes relevant to the field of joint venture and shareholder agreements including- New UK merger guidance; Enterprise and Regulatory Reform Bill (it is currently a BiIl, but is expected to become an Act in 2013); EU Horizontal Agreements Guidelines; Article 101 TFEU and Competition Act 1998 update; Entrepreneur s relief and other tax law changes; Finance Act 2012. Previous edition ISBN- 9781847663443
The law on partnerships and private corporations by
Subjects:
Partnership Philippines.
Corporation law Philippines.
Corporation law.
Partnership.
Philippines.
Partnership and corporation accounting by
Based on the new International Accounting Standards. Updated, conceptual, clear discussions, lots of exercises
The Philippine law on partnership explained by
Subjects:
Partnership Philippines.
Corporation law Philippines.
Simplified bookeeping : partnerships and corporations by
Subjects:
Bookkeeping.
West's Federal taxation. Corporations, partnerships, estates, and trusts by
Annual.
Issues for 2000- have title: West Federalk taxation. Corporations, partnerships, estates and trusts.
General editors: 19- : William H. Hoffman, Jr. et al.
The Law on Partnerships and Corporations
This course deals with the basic legal rules and principles concerning two (2) business entities: the partnership and the corporation. It involves the discussion of the nature, kinds, formation, operation & management, rights and obligations of the component members of these two (2) business organizations, effects vis-à-vis third parties and the dissolution of these two (2) entities. The course shall focus on what are deemed as the more relevant provisions of the Corporation Code (with Page 2 of 10 respect to corporations), Civil Code (concerning partnerships) and related laws which are of practical concern to a layman who seeks to comprehend the legalities arising from the regular and usual functioning of corporations and partnerships.
Corporate Sector Accounting and Auditing in the Acquis Communautaire : A Building Block of the Internal Market by
This guide is designed to ensure that a comprehensive overview of the relevant provisions of the acquis communautaire is available to policymakers, regulators, and other stakeholders in countries with a European vocation or those simply wishing to take the European Union (EU) regulatory model into account when devising their own national approaches. This guide outlines and summarizes the EU legislative framework governing corporate sector accounting and auditing. The guide begins by giving a brief history and overview of the EU, its institutions, and legislative processes in section one. In section two, the guide focuses on the development of the internal market, particularly in the areas of financial market integration and company law harmonization. Section three addresses the harmonization of accounting and auditing in the EU. Section four looks at the most pressing accounting and auditing issues for the EU.
Country partnership framework for the Republic of Moldova for the period FY18-21 by
The quest for an alternative development model that underlies Moldova's National Development Strategy (NDS), Moldova 2020, is a recognition that the two main drivers of economic growth and poverty reduction since the early 2000s are no longer sustainable. Growth was powered largely by consumption, and poverty reduction mainly by remittances and pensions. Since neither are expected to continue, future growth and poverty reduction will need to be driven increasingly by private sector-led job creation. Moreover, given the country's vulnerability to changes in external demand and weather shocks, due to its small size, open economy, and reliance on agriculture, Moldova's future development path will also need to include measures to renew and protect its human, physical, and social capital stock. Against this background, the main purpose of the FY18-21 Country Partnership Framework (CPF) is to support Moldova's transition towards a new, more sustainable and inclusive development and growth model. It is grounded in the NDS, takes into account outcomes of the FY14-17 Country Partnership Strategy (CPS), and incorporates the three topmost priorities of the recent Systematic Country Diagnostic (SCD), namely: (a) strengthening the rule of law and accountability in economic institutions; (b) improving inclusive access to and the efficiency and quality of public services; and (c) enhancing the quality and relevance of education and training for job-relevant skills. These three priorities define and inform the CPF's three focus areas: economic governance, service governance, and skills development, which are supplemented by climate change, a World Bank Group corporate priority, as a cross-cutting theme. The CPF incorporates key lessons learned during the last CPS, that political instability and governance challenges slow the pace of reform and that frequent personnel changes affect portfolio performance. Further, it assumes that the economic, political, and social stability experienced since January 2016 will continue at least until parliamentary elections in November 2018. Given that Moldova's post-election political orientation, policy environment, and stability are uncertain, only the first half of the CPF (FY18-19) is programmed. Activities for the second half (FY20-21) will be defined during the FY19 Performance and Learning Review (PLR).
Cybersecurity Law by
A definitive guide to cybersecurity law Expanding on the author's experience as a cybersecurity lawyer and law professor, Cybersecurity Law is the definitive guide to cybersecurity law, with an in-depth analysis of U.S. and international laws that apply to data security, data breaches, sensitive information safeguarding, law enforcement surveillance, cybercriminal combat, privacy, and many other cybersecurity issues. Written in an accessible manner, the book provides real-world examples and case studies to help readers understand the practical applications of the presented material. The book begins by outlining the legal requirements for data security, which synthesizes the Federal Trade Commission's cybersecurity cases in order to provide the background of the FTC's views on data security. The book also examines data security requirements imposed by a growing number of state legislatures and private litigation arising from data breaches. Anti-hacking laws, such as the federal Computer Fraud and Abuse Act, Economic Espionage Act, and the Digital Millennium Copyright Act, and how companies are able to fight cybercriminals while ensuring compliance with the U.S. Constitution and statutes are discussed thoroughly. Featuring an overview of the laws that allow coordination between the public and private sectors as well as the tools that regulators have developed to allow a limited amount of collaboration, this book also: * Addresses current U.S. and international laws, regulations, and court opinions that define the field of cybersecurity including the security of sensitive information, such as financial data and health information * Discusses the cybersecurity requirements of the largest U.S. trading partners in Europe, Asia, and Latin America, and specifically addresses how these requirements are similar to (and differ from) those in the U.S. * Provides a compilation of many of the most important cybersecurity statutes and regulations * Emphasizes the compliance obligations of companies with in-depth analysis of crucial U.S. and international laws that apply to cybersecurity issues * Examines government surveillance laws and privacy laws that affect cybersecurity as well as each of the data breach notification laws in 47 states and the District of Columbia * Includes numerous case studies and examples throughout to aid in classroom use and to help readers better understand the presented material * Supplemented with a companion website that features in-class discussion questions and timely and recent updates on recent legislative developments as well as information on interesting cases on relevant and significant topics Cybersecurity Law is appropriate as a textbook for undergraduate and graduate-level courses in cybersecurity, cybersecurity law, cyber operations, management-oriented information technology (IT), and computer science. This book is also an ideal reference for lawyers, IT professionals, government personnel, business managers, IT management personnel, auditors, and cybersecurity insurance providers. JEFF KOSSEFF is Assistant Professor of Cybersecurity Law at the United States Naval Academy in Annapolis, Maryland. He frequently speaks and writes about cybersecurity and was a journalist covering technology and politics at The Oregonian, a finalist for the Pulitzer Prize, and a recipient of the George Polk Award for national reporting.
Doing business 2017 : equal opportunity for all by
Fourteenth in a series of annual reports comparing business regulation in 190 economies, Doing Business 2017 measures aspects of regulation affecting 10 areas of everyday business activity: Starting a business; Dealing with construction permits; Getting electricity; Registering property; Getting credit; Protecting minority investors; Paying taxes; Trading across borders; Enforcing contracts; Resolving insolvency. These areas are included in the distance to frontier score and ease of doing business ranking. Doing Business also measures features of labor market regulation, which is not included in these two measures. This year's report introduces major improvements by expanding the paying taxes indicators to cover postfiling processes-tax audits, tax refunds and tax appeals-and presents analysis of pilot data on selling to the government which measures public procurement regulations. Also for the first time this year Doing Business collects data on Somalia, bringing the total number of economies covered to 190. Using the data originally developed by Women, Business and the Law, this year for the first time Doing Business adds a gender component to three indicators-starting a business, registering property, and enforcing contracts-and finds that those economies which limit women's access in these areas have fewer women working in the private sector both as employers and employees. The report updates all indicators as of June 1, 2016, ranks economies on their overall "ease of doing business", and analyzes reforms to business regulation "identifying which economies are strengthening their business environment the most. Doing Business illustrates how reforms in business regulations are being used to analyze economic outcomes for domestic entrepreneurs and for the wider economy. It is a flagship product produced in partnership by the World Bank Group that garners worldwide attention on regulatory barriers to entrepreneurship. More than 137 economies have used the Doing Business indicators to shape reform agendas and monitor improvements on the ground. In addition, the Doing Business data has generated over 2,182 articles in peer-reviewed academic journals since its inception.
Equity Capital by
Capitalism is historically pervasive. Despite attempts through the centuries to suppress or control the private ownership of commercial assets, production and trade for profit has survived and, ultimately, flourished. Against this backdrop, accounting provides a fundamental insight: the 'value' of physical and intangible capital assets that are used in production is identically equal to the sum of the debt liabilities and equity capital that are used to finance those assets. In modern times, this appears as the balance sheet relationship. In determining the 'value' of items on the balance sheet, equity capital appears as a residual calculated as the difference between the 'value' of assets and liabilities. Through the centuries, the organization of capitalist activities has changed considerably, dramatically impacting the methods used to value, trade and organize equity capital. To reflect these changes, this book is divided into four parts that roughly correspond to major historical changes in equity capital organization. The first part of this book examines the rudimentary commercial ventures that characterized trading for profit from ancient times until the contributions of the medieval scholastics that affirmed the moral value of equity capital. The second part deals with the evolution of equity capital organization used in seaborne trade of the medieval and Renaissance Italian city states and in the early colonization ventures of western European powers and ends with the emergence in the market for tradeable equity capital shares during the 17th century. The third part begins with the 1719-1720 Mississippi scheme and South Sea bubbles in northern Europe and continues to cover the transition from joint stock companies to limited liability corporations with autonomous shares in England, America and France during the 19th century. This part ends with a fundamental transition in the social conception of equity capital from a concern with equity capital organization to the problem of determining value. The final part is concerned with the evolving valuation and management of equity capital from the 1920s to the present. This period includes the improvement corporate accounting for publicly traded shares engendered by the Great Depression that has facilitated the use of 'value investing' techniques and the conflicting emergence of portfolio management methods of modern Finance. Equity Capital is aimed at providing material relevant for academic presentations of equity valuation history and methods, and is targeted at researchers, academics, students and professionals alike.
Fundamentals of business law by
Undergraduate business law textbook written by Melissa Randall and Community College of Denver Students in collaboration with lawyers and business professionals for use in required 200 level business law courses in the United States. This book is an introductory survey of the legal topics required in undergraduate business law classes.
Starting an Online Business All-In-One for Dummies by
Start a successful online business--and be your own boss! Being an online entrepreneur means more than just building a website--and this book breaks down everything you need to know to be successful. Inside, you'll get plain-English explanations and easy-to-follow instruction on online business basics, legal and accounting issues, website design, Internet security, boosting sales, e-commerce, and so much more. While the ideas and concepts behind starting an online business are tried and true, the tools available to entrepreneurs change and evolve quickly--and often. Starting an Online Business All-in-One For Dummies gets you up to speed on the best new tools, resources, and communities, and shows you how to best leverage them to up your chances of success. Discover your niche and create a business plan Design your website and storefront Increase your reach and market with social media Choose the best web host for your needs If you're a budding entrepreneur with dreams of running your own online business, this book has everything you need to get started and grow your company to extraordinary heights!
Strengthening oversight : improving the quality of statutory audits in the philippines by
Since 2003, the Philippines have been striving to implement reforms aimed at improving audit quality. Oversight of the audit profession is a key control over the financial reporting architecture of a country's private sector. A Quality Assurance Review system over audit practitioners is a subset of oversight which serves as a key monitoring control over the integrity of financial reporting. In keeping with the country's strategic priority of boosting private sector development by improving the investment climate for firms of all sizes, including greater access to finance, legislation was enacted to support the objective of increasing the integrity of private sector financial reporting through improved audit quality. Accordingly, the Board of Accountancy was mandated with the power to conduct oversight into the quality of audits of financial statements through a review of the quality control measures instituted by auditors in order to ensure compliance with the accounting and auditing standards and practices. . However, the injunction remains in place and, accordingly, implementation of the mandated Quality Assurance Review Program may not move forward. Several concrete steps should be taken in order to effectively move forward with the rollout of a comprehensive system of public oversight including audit quality assurance in the Philippines. These include (1) reforming the legal framework to establish an effective audit oversight system with sufficient legal power and authority (2) rationalizing the statutory audit threshold to minimize the conditions contributing to low quality audits, (3) building support among key stakeholder groups by properly addressing their concerns to the extent possible, (4) ensuring coordination of efforts among regulators to eliminate gaps and overlaps and foster collaboration among the group, and (5) establishing a dedicated Project Management Office to oversee the rollout of a Quality Assurance Review Program over audit practitioners.
This course serves as an introduction to a) law and the legal system b) obligations and contracts c) business entities/ forms, especially corporations & partnerships. The selected relevant legal concepts will guide those in business dealings whether as a start-up IT entrepreneur or as part of the partnership/ corporate set-up. Each session is designed to cover both theoretical and practical applications of basic legal matters so that the learner will acquire knowledge, augment skills and enhance values in this aspect.
Business ethics in Asia : issues & cases by
Conference papers and proceedings.
Commercial Contracts by
Commercial Contracts: A Practical Guide to Standard Terms, 4th edition is an invaluable guide to the practical aspects of drafting and interpreting commercial contracts. It provides useful background and detailed advice on the law surrounding a wide range of commercial agreements including: Key common clauses; When to use standard terms; Procedures and good practice; Termination of contracts; Remedies for breach; Specific issues relating to export, software and consumer contracts. It also contains valuable precedents, including expert guidance on Business-to-Business and Business-to-Consumer agreements, providing users with an excellent tool for drafting commercial contracts. Commercial Contracts: A Practical Guide to Standard Terms, 4th edition is an essential resource for commercial contract drafters helping them to prepare water tight legal agreements and ensure that they are completely clear on what a business must do to stay on the right side of the law. Previous print edition ISBN: 9781847668677
Dictionary of Finance and Investment Terms by
More than 5,000 terms related to stocks, bonds, mutual funds, banking, tax laws, and transactions in the various financial markets are presented alphabetically with descriptions. The new ninth edition has been updated to take account of new financial regulations and recent dramatic swings in equities, credit, and other financial developments. Readers will also find a list of financial abbreviations and acronyms, as well as illustrative diagrams and charts. Here's a valuable, thorough dictionary for business students, financial professionals, or private investors.
Easy guide to taxation for entrepreneurs by
Subjects:
Entrepreneurship Taxation Law and legislation Philippines.
Business enterprises Taxation.
Businesspeople Taxation.
Philippines.
Essentials of Philippine business law : notes and cases by
Subjects:
Commercial law Philippines.
Obligations (Law) Philippines.
Contracts Philippines.
Corporation law Philippines.
Commercial law.
Contracts.
Corporation law.
Obligations (Law)
Philippines.
The Language of Law and Economics by
From a historical perspective, 'law and economics' constituted one of the most influential developments in legal scholarship in the twentieth century; the discipline remains today one of the dominant perspectives on the law, generating a tremendous quantity of new research and discussion. Unfortunately, one consequence of applying the analytical methods of one highly technical field to the historically layered substance of another has been the accumulation of considerable technical overhead, requiring fluency in both the language of economics and the language of the law. Further complicating matters, the field of law and economics has sometimes developed independently, creating new terms, while recasting others from their original economic or legal meanings. In this dictionary of law and economics, Francesco Parisi provides a comprehensive and concise guide to the language and key concepts underlying this fecund interdisciplinary tradition. The first reference work of its kind, it will prove to be an invaluable resource for professionals, students and scholars.
The law on transfer and business taxation : with illustrations, problems, and solutions by
Intended primarily as a textbook in colleges and universities, it has been designed likewise to serve as useful reference or guide not only to tax officials and practitioners but also to the young businessmen and the ordinary tax payers who have no previous background on the subject.
It will be noticed that in many cases the book does not limit itself to a mere discussion or explanation of theoretical principles and rules on transfer and business taxation.
Illustrations, tax computations, and solutions to hypothetical tax problems are also supplied to further facilitate understanding of the law.
The Media and Business Contracts Handbook by
The Media and Business Contracts Handbook, 5th edition is a master reference book combining a knowledge of contract, copyright and commercial practice to provide over 90 ready to use and adapt expertly drafted contracts, licences, acquisition, distribution, termination, buyout agreements and other documents and letters. It provides the tools for the user to construct a contract in a logical format and draft the terms in language that both parties can easily understand and put into practice and the accompanying CD-ROM reduces administration time in the office and allows the user to amend the documents quickly or to cut and paste relevant sections and will also be updated. The Media and Business Contracts Handbook has a number of functions: 1. As a starting point and framework for an agreement; 2. To compare and analyse other contracts you are working on; 3. As a background guide and training tool; 4. As a reference tool for websites and trade codes of practice; 5. The commentaries can be read as guides to the intended aims of a specific contract; 6. The checklist of clauses can be used to ensure you have covered important issues; 7. To achieve a clearer understanding of a transaction. Previous print ISBN: 9781847039088
Transfer and business taxation by
Comprehensive. Understandable. Reliable. TRAIN Law updated.
Transfer and business taxation : principles and laws with accounting applications by
"Based on: New Republic Act 10653, New Internal Revenue Code (R.A. 8424), Latest Revenue Regulations, BIR and Court of Tax Appeals Rulings, Supreme Court Decisions"--Cover.
This course serves as an introduction to a) law and the legal system b) obligations and contracts c) business entities/ forms, especially corporations & partnerships. The selected relevant legal concepts will guide those in business dealings whether as a start-up IT entrepreneur or as part of the partnership/ corporate set-up. Each session is designed to cover both theoretical and practical applications of basic legal matters so that the learner will acquire knowledge, augment skills and enhance values in this aspect.
Big data in context : legal, social and technological insights by
This book is published open access under a CC BY 4.0 license."--Back cover.
"All contributions are based upon research papers that have been published online by the interdisciplinary project ABIDA--Assessing Big Data and intend to give a comprehensive overview about and introduction to the emerging challenges of big data. The research cluster is funded by the German Federal Ministry of Education and Research ... and was launched in spring 2015. ... It is coordinated by the Institute for Information, Telecommunication, and Media Law (University of Münster) and the Institute for Technology Assessment and Systems Analysis (Karlsruhe Institute of Technology)."--Page vi.
Business regulations and poverty by
Using panel data for 189 economies from 2005 to 2013, this paper shows that business-friendly regulations are correlated with the poverty headcount at the country level. This association is significant using the World Bank's Doing Business indicators on getting credit and contract enforcement. The findings suggest that the conduit for poverty reduction is business creation, as a source of new jobs and a manifestation of thriving entrepreneurship.
Doing business 2017 : equal opportunity for all : comparing business regulation for domestic firms in 190 economies by
Doing business measures aspects of regulation affecting 11 areas of the life of a business. Ten of these areas are included in this year's ranking on the ease of doing business: starting a business, dealing with construction permits, getting electricity, registering porperty, getting credit, protecting minority investors, paying taxes, trading across borders, enforcing contracts, and resolving insolvency. Doing business also measures features of labor market regulation, which is not included in the ranking. Data are current as of June 1, 2015. The indicators are used to analyze economic outcomes and identify what reforms of business relulation have worked, where and why.
The Economics of Civil and Common Law by
Law is supposed to encourage innovation, morality, and conformity with societal expectations, yet it may provides perverse incentives causing individuals, or even the State, to act in discordant, inefficient, and even immoral ways. This book will explore the inefficiencies that are created that serve to deny individuals work and shelter in a haphazard and capricious manner. The author examines property rights, including eminent domain, that lets the State take property away with seemingly arbitrary compensation to the owner. Individuals must understand both civil law, codified by statutes, and common law, enshrined in precedential judicial decisions. This book is written for economists and non-economists and has an extensive glossary of economic, political and legal terms. Two items that are not formally treated in other economics of law textbooks are the legal organization of businesses and tax law from an economics perspective.
The ILO @ 100 : addressing the past and future of work and social protection by
On the occasion of the centenary of the International Labour Organization (ILO), this 11th special issue of International Development Policy explores the Organization's capacity for action, its effectiveness and its ability to adapt and innovate. The collection of thirteen articles, written by authors from around the world, covers three broad areas: the ILO's historic context and contemporary challenges; approaches and results in relation to labour and social protection; and the changes shaping the future of work. The articles highlight the progress and gaps to date, as well as the context and constraints faced by the ILO in its efforts to respond to the new dilemmas and challenges of the fourth industrial revolution, with regard to labour and social protection. Contributors are Juliette Alenda-Demoutiez, Abena Asomaning Antwi, Zrampieu Sarah Ba, Stefano Bellucci, Thomas Biersteker, Filipe Calvão, Gilles Carbonnier, Nancy Coulson, Antonio Donini, Christophe Gironde, Karl Hanson, Mavis Hermanus, Velibor Jakovleski, Scott Jerbi, Sandrine Kott, Marieke Louis, Elvire Mendo, Eric Otenyo, Agnès Parent-Thirion, Sizwe Phakathi, Paul Stewart, Kaveri Thara, Edward van Daalen, Kees van der Ree, Patricia Vendramin, Christine Verschuur.
Legal Data for Banking by
A practical, informative guide to banks' major weakness Legal Data for Banking defines the legal data domain in the context of financial institutions, and describes how banks can leverage these assets to optimise business lines and effectively manage risk. Legal data is at the heart of post-2009 regulatory reform, and practitioners need to deepen their grasp of legal data management in order to remain compliant with new rules focusing on transparency in trade and risk reporting. This book provides essential information for IT, project management and data governance leaders, with detailed discussion of current and best practices. Many banks are experiencing recurrent pain points related to legal data management issues, so clear explanations of the required processes, systems and strategic governance provide immediately-relevant relief. The recent financial crisis following the collapse of major banks had roots in poor risk data management, and the regulators' unawareness of accumulated systemic risk stemming from contractual obligations between firms. To avoid repeating history, today's banks must be proactive in legal data management; this book provides the critical knowledge practitioners need to put the necessary systems and practices in place. Learn how current legal data management practices are hurting banks Understand the systems, structures and strategies required to manage risk and optimise business lines Delve into the regulations surrounding risk aggregation, netting, collateral enforceability and more Gain practical insight on legal data technology, systems and migration The legal contracts between firms contain significant obligations that underpin the financial markets; failing to recognise these terms as valuable data assets means increased risk exposure and untapped business lines. Legal Data for Banking provides critical information for the banking industry, with actionable guidance for implementation.
This course will provide you with an overview of the compensation management methodologies and theories in contemporary organizations. You will be able to conceptualize the theoretical approach and applications in developing a compensation plan and comprehend the terms and methods, decision-making factors and its relevance and impact to the whole business strategy of an organization.
You will also get awareness on the factors that affect the different compensation philosophy of organizations, methods that can be applied to support an organization’s business strategy, the relationship of different human resource functions to compensation management, and how a well-planned compensation philosophy can support and drive an organization’s success.
Compensation by
This book focuses on the strategic choices in managing compensation. We introduce these choices, real-world issues that managers confront from New York to New Zealand and all points between.
Fundamentals of Human Resource Management by
Fundamentals of Human Resource Management provides a complete introduction to human resource management for the general business manager who wants to learn more about how HRM is used in the everyday work environment. Its adaptive learning program and its engaging, focused, and applied content make it the fastest growing HRM program on the market.
A Guide to the Human Resource Body of Knowledge (HRBoK) by
An essential reference for HR professionals A Guide to the HR Body of Knowledge (HRBoKTM) from HR Certification Institute (HRCI®) is an essential reference book for HR professionals and a must-have guide for those who wish to further their expertise and career in the HR field. This book will help HR professionals align their organizations with essential practices while also covering the Core Knowledge Requirements for all exams administered by HRCI. Filled with authoritative insights into the six areas of HR functional expertise: Business Management and Strategy; Workforce Planning and Employment; Human Resource Development; Compensation and Benefits; Employee and Labor Relations; and Risk Management, this volume also covers information on exam eligibility, and prep tips. Contributions from dozens of HR subject matter experts cover the skills, knowledge, and methods that define the profession's best practices. Whether used as a desk reference, or as a self-assessment, this book allows you to: Assess your skill set and your organization's practices against the HRCI standard Get the latest information on strategies HR professionals can use to help their organizations and their profession Gain insight into the body of knowledge that forms the basis for all HRCI certification exams As the HR field becomes more diverse and complex, HR professionals need an informational "home base" for periodic check-ins and authoritative reference. As a certifying body for over four decades, HRCI has drawn upon its collective expertise to codify a standard body of knowledge for the field. The HRBoK is the definitive resource that will be your go-to HR reference for years to come.
Human Resource Management by
Prepare for career and HR success with the text that has set the standard for excellence in human resource management. HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT, 15th Edition, offers the most current look at HRM and its impact on the success of organizations today. A leading resource in preparing for professional HR certification, this edition ensures you address all major topics for the various professional examinations given by the Society for Human Resource Management and the Human Resource Certification Institute. The latest HR research and an effective blend of solid theory and contemporary practice highlight emerging trends driving change in HRM today, including technology, globalization, competencies and HR metrics. The book's accompanying MindTap digital learning platform is a highly personalized, online learning platform of authoritative Cengage Learning content, assignments, and services offering you a tailored presentation of course curriculum created by your instructor. MindTap guides you through the course curriculum via an innovative Learning Path Navigator where you complete reading assignments, annotate your readings, complete homework, and engage with quizzes and assessments.
Human Resource Management by
Human Resource Management: Gaining a Competitive Advantage was developed to teach students how to overcome strategically overcome challenges within organizations, and gain a competitive advantage for their companies. Its author's teamwork, diverse research, teaching, and consulting experience delivers a learning program strong is depth and breadth, and current in research and practice simply not found in other products.
Human Resource Management by
This book contains comprehensive coverage of all aspects of human resource management and is primarily directed towards public schools, but is also suitable for all organizations---corporate business and small companies, municipalities, and non-profit associations. The main topics include succession planning, succession planning, recruiting, hiring, orientation, mentoring, leading, motivating, laws and policies, appraising, compensating, collective bargaining, and terminating. The information and strategies are practical and useful techniques that can be used by any human resource professional or leaders, or graduate human resource and collective bargaining student who desire to optimize human resources. There are practical strategies for human resources planning, extensive examples for developing strategic plans, and a comprehensive description of Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Commission laws and executive orders. The topic of building collaboration and disciplining employees are cover in chapter five. Other areas include managing conflict, and terminating employees. Several practical examples and forms are also provided, and the chapters concludes with a comprehensive case study. The last chapter includes the area of managing human resources, core competencies of human resource professionals, conducting audits, creating efficiencies, position control, and technology. Several process mapping and technology checklists are included. Several illustrations and a comprehensive case study are included at the end of the chapter.
Reward Management by
Reward Management is a comprehensive guide to all elements of reward in the workplace. From the theoretical frameworks and legal context of reward to pay structures, pay setting, progression and variable pay schemes, this book provides all the essential information for both students of reward management and practitioners involved in reward management in organizations. Reward Management also includes discussion of benefits, pensions and non-financial reward as well as essential information about rewarding directors and executives and how to manage international reward management. This includes guidance on how to reward multi-local talent, how to manage multinational contexts for employee reward management and how to account for expatriates in reward management. This third edition includes brand new coverage of reward management and gender, the Living Wage and non-standard forms of employment to ensure that readers are fully aware of the latest contemporary development in reward management. Accompanying online resources include lecturer guides and PowerPoint slides for instructors.
Reward Management by
Effectively and fairly rewarding employees is a critical component to help build organizational, team and individual performance and success. Reward Management is a practical guide to understanding and implementing successful reward strategies which are aligned with broader HR and organizational objectives. Drawing on case studies, reflective questions and practical tools, it covers key areas including pay and grade structures, job evaluation, pay reviews, bonus plans, non-cash reward, benefits, tax issues and provides the knowledge and skills needed to plan, implement and assess an effective reward strategy in any type of organization. This second edition of Reward Management has been updated to include the latest research and developments, such as the role of recognition and non-cash awards, and the psychological implications relating to financial incentives. New and updated case studies include insight from Marks and Spencer, Which?, The Royal Horticultural Society and Tata Consultancy Services, while supporting online resources include downloadable templates and further tools to be used in practice. The HR Fundamentals are a series of succinct, practical guides for students and those in the early stages of their HR careers. They are endorsed by the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD), the UK professional body for HR and people development, which has over 145,000 members worldwide.
The Routledge Companion to Reward Management by
The Routledge Companion to Reward Management provides a prestige reference work and a state-of-the-art compilation, mapping out contemporary developments and debates on rewarding people in employment, and how they relate to business, corporate governance and management. Reward management stands at the interdisciplinary interface between economics, industrial relations and HRM, industrial psychology and organizational sociology, and increasingly corporate governance incorporating debates around equity and fairness in and around the employment relationship and wider capital-labour relations. In recent years, trade union decline and widening differentials between those employed at the top of organizations have generated critical commentary in the popular media which can negatively impact on social cohesion. Theoretically underpinned but practically oriented, this Companion will synthesise these trends and controversies around issues while tracing conceptual and empirical provenance, currency and future prospects. It will be an invaluable resource for policy makers, practitioners, students and researchers in reward management, corporate governance, management and HRM seeking convenient access to an area which is highly complex and controversial in application.
Teaching Human Resource Management by
This book breathes life into the teaching of Human Resource Management (HRM) by creating learning that applies the theoretical aspects of the discipline to meaningful contexts. In this way, readers will be able to better relate theoretical concepts to workplace decisions and dilemmas. The management of human resources (HR) is a critical function contributing to an organization's competitiveness in ways that are at least as important as the management of financial and capital resources. To that end, it is essential that future managers and HR specialists destined for careers in business, government and not for profit organizations develop key skills and competences in HR. Experiential learning ignites the desire to learn, while revealing the importance and impact of knowledge and skills necessary to analyze and resolve HR-related dilemmas and challenges in contemporary organizations. While many publications provide direction and advice on the teaching of organizational behavior and leadership, it is harder to find accessible books to support the teaching of HR in motivating and grounded ways. The authors include over 65 exercises, activities, and cases for the undergraduate, MBA and executive learning classrooms. HR professors and practitioners will find it of value and students will be left feeling well prepared for the kinds of situations that await them in the field of--and situations requiring expertise in--HR.
This course will provide you with an overview of the compensation management methodologies and theories in contemporary organizations. You will be able to conceptualize the theoretical approach and applications in developing a compensation plan and comprehend the terms and methods, decision-making factors and its relevance and impact to the whole business strategy of an organization.
You will also get awareness on the factors that affect the different compensation philosophy of organizations, methods that can be applied to support an organization’s business strategy, the relationship of different human resource functions to compensation management, and how a well-planned compensation philosophy can support and drive an organization’s success.
The Compensation Committee Handbook by
New and updated information on the laws and regulations affecting executive compensation Now in a thoroughly updated Fourth Edition, The Compensation Committee Handbook provides a comprehensive review of the complex issues challenging compensation committees that face revised executive compensation disclosure regulations issued by the SEC, as well as GAAP and IFRS rulings and trends. This new and updated edition addresses a full range of functional issues facing compensation committees, including organizing, planning, and best practices tips. Looks at the latest regulations impacting executive compensation, including new regulations issued by the SEC, as well as GAAP and IFRS rulings and trends Covers the selection and training of compensation committee members Explores how to make compensation committees a performance driver for a company Guides documentation requirements and timing issues The Compensation Committee Handbook, Fourth Edition will help all compensation committee members and interested professionals succeed in melding highly complex technical information and concepts with both corporate governance principles and sound business judgment.
Hiring Greatness by
The Unprecedented Tell-All Guide Through the Intricacies of Executive Recruitment The single greatest opportunity that an organization has to improve both performance and culture in one stroke lies in the hiring of a new executive--the right executive. The fresh thinking of a skilled leader has the potential to unleash innovation, empower employees, and generate wealth for the company. Similarly, a bad hire may mortally wound the organization and cause ripple effects throughout the entire economy. Hiring Greatness contains valuable insider strategies and tactics--previously only known to a handful of America's wealthiest, elite head-hunters--to attract, recruit, and retain star executives. Authors David E. Perry and Mark J. Haluska have completed more than 1800 search projects across five continents, maintaining a 99.97% success rate, and negotiating more than $380 million in salaries. Like magicians unveiling the hidden 'tricks of the trade,' Perry and Haluska reveal: How to systematically secure--and retain--the perfect talent for your company How to keep recruiters from poaching your star executives (a good hire is relatively meaningless if they leave the company) Twenty-three questions you must ask a potential headhunter The language that makes your company the most compelling, and how HR lingo can repel the best talent Four critical turnoffs that drive great candidates away from top companies One company created $3.8 million of market value each hour, for six months, simply by hiring the right leader. Hiring Greatness takes you behind the scenes of one of the world's most profitable and secretive industries, meticulously showing how any organization can make monumental hiring decisions that lead to massive success.
The Jossey-Bass Handbook of Nonprofit Leadership and Management by
The go-to nonprofit handbook, updated and expanded for today's leader The Jossey-Bass Handbook of Nonprofit Leadership and Management is the bestselling professional reference and leading text on the functions, processes, and strategies that are integral to the effective leadership and management of nonprofit and nongovernmental organizations. Now in its fourth edition, this handbook presents the most current research, theory, and practice in the field of nonprofit leadership and management. This practical, relevant guide is invaluable to the effective practice of nonprofit leadership and management, with expanded attention to accountability, transparency, and organizational effectiveness. It also extensively covers the practice of social entrepreneurship, presented via an integrative perspective that helps the reader make practical sense of how to bring it all together. Nonprofit organizations present unique opportunities and challenges for meeting the needs of societies and their communities, yet nonprofit management is more complex and challenging than ever. This Handbook provides a framework to help you lead and manage efficiently and effectively in this new environment. Building on solid current scholarship, the handbook provides candid, practical guidance from nationally-recognized leaders who share their insights on: The relationship between board performance and organizational effectiveness Managing internal and external stakeholder relationships Financial viability and sustainability and how to enhance both for the long term Strategies to successfully attract, retain, and mobilize the very best of staff and volunteers The fourth edition of the handbook also includes content relevant to associations and membership organizations. The content of the handbook is supplemented and enriched by an extensive set of online supplements and tools, including reading lists, web references, checklists, PowerPoint slides, discussion guides, and sample exams. Running your nonprofit or nongovernmental organization effectively in today's complex and challenging environment demands more knowledge and skill than ever, deployed in a thoughtful and pragmatic way. Grounded in the most useful modern scholarship and theory, and explained from the perspective of effective practice, The Jossey-Bass Handbook of Nonprofit Leadership and Management is a pivotal resource for successful nonprofit leaders in these turbulent times.
Management Accountants' Business Orientation and Involvement in Incentive Compensation by
Changing roles of management accountants have been intensively discussed in business practice and academic research. The objective of this empirical study is to gain a deeper understanding of management accountants' business orientation and extended tasks. Based on data collected from the top 1,500 companies in Germany, results reveal that especially subjective norms have a strong impact on the practice of management accountants acting business-oriented. Furthermore, the results reinforce the frequently postulated positive effect of management accountants' business orientation. The analyses also show positive associations between the involvement of management accountants in incentive compensation, the effort effects of incentive schemes, and firm performance.
The Nonprofit Human Resource Management Handbook by
As an increasing number of individuals go to work in the nonprofit sector, nonprofit managers need support on how best to build their human resource management capacity. They need to know what systems to examine, what questions to ask, and how to ensure they are managing people in a legal manner and as effectively as possible given their particular resource constraints. Important questions include: Do we have a clear philosophy, one that aligns with our nonprofit mission and values and allows us to treat our employees as the professionals they are? How do we select, develop, and retain the best people who will produce high value, high performance work, and how do we do so with limited resources? How do we effectively manage our mix of volunteers and paid staff? What do we need to consider to ensure diverse people work together in a harmonious fashion? With all-new chapters written by the top scholars in the field of nonprofit HRM, these are but a few of the many questions that are addressed in this timely volume.　 These scholars delve into their particular areas of expertise, offering a comprehensive look at theories and trends; legal and ethical issues; how to build HRM from recruitment, management, labor relations, to training and appraisal; as well as topics in diversity, technology, and paid versus volunteer workforce management. This essential handbook offers all core topic coverage as well as countless insider insights, additional resource lists, and tool sets for practical application. With chapters grounded in existing research, but also connecting research to practice for those in the field, The Nonprofit Human Resource Management Handbook will be required reading for a generation of scholars, students, and practitioners of nonprofit human resource management.　
Remuneration for the Use of Works by
Royalty payments are once again becoming a hot button issue for authors and artists, as well as other holders of copyright or related rights, because they fail to receive adequate compensation for the use of their work on the internet. This volume from the 2015 ALAI Congress contributes to the international discussion of this issue by examining the causes of the problem and possible solutions, including a set of business models to compensate for internet usage. The volume contains mainly English as well as French and Spanish contributions.
The remuneration handbook : a practical and informative handbook for managing reward and recognition by
How we remunerate employees reflects the dynamics of the market and context in which we operate. It aligns at all times to the strategic direction and specific value drivers of the businesses within which our organisation operates. Remuneration plays a critical role in attracting, motivating and retaining high-performing individuals. Remuneration also reinforces, encourages and promotes superior performance. Through variable remuneration linked to value drivers, superior performance is recognised and rewarded, while poor performance and under-achievement are coached and managed. Remuneration is never a stand-alone management process, but is rather fully integrated into other management processes, such as the performance management process, and the overall Human Resources policies.The contents include: • Remuneration Policy and Strategy • Job Roles and Competence • Job Evaluation • Broad-banding • Individual Performance Competence and Skills-based Pay • Pay Structures • Setting Pay Levels • Total Packages • Payroll • Team-based Pay • Sales Force Incentives • Variable Pay and Incentive Schemes • How to Design an Incentive Scheme • Share Schemes • International Assignment Remuneration • Remuneration Trends in Africa • Retention and Engagement • Reward and Recognition • Remuneration Committees and Boardroom Pay • Remuneration Governance • Reward Trends.
Winning on HR analytics : leveraging data for competitive advantage by
A comprehensive handbook on excelling the techniques of HR analytics for potential outcomes.
Workers' compensation : analysis for its second century by
"H. Allan Hunt and Marcus Dillender provide a succinct analysis of the state of WC programs in North America by focusing on three key performance issues: 1) the adequacy of compensation for those disabled in the workplace, 2) return-to-work performance for injured workers, and 3) prevention of disabling injury and disease. Following a brief introductory chapter that provides a discussion of the difficulties of trying to compare so many diverse programs, Hunt and Dillender devote a chapter to each of the three performance issues and provide empirical findings and useful guidance for policymakers"--Publisher's description.
This course intends to align the skills of business majors to address the ever-changing needs of their respective fields by understanding, appreciating, and applying corporate communication principles to scenarios that are close to real-life situations as possible while keeping in mind current organizational trends. Furthermore, the subject aims to Page 3 of 10 bridge the needs of the organization in managing its communication lines with different stakeholders using an interdisciplinary perspective highlighting concepts from the following areas: management, human behavior, public relations, audio-visual communications, organizational communications and organizational planning and development.
In addition, the students will be introduced to trends in the field of organizational communication which can further develop their interest in people management and communication. Overall, the students would have a thorough understanding of the dynamics of corporate communication as an integrative and on-going process critical to ethical management and globalization.
Communicating Corporate Social Responsibility in the Digital Era by
Although literature on corporate social responsibility is vast, research into the use and effectiveness of various communications through digital platforms about such corporate responsibility is scarce. This gap is surprising; communicating about corporate social responsibility initiatives is vital to organizations that increasingly highlight their corporate social responsibility initiatives to position their corporate brands for both consumers and other stakeholders. Yet these organizations still sometimes rely on traditional methods to communicate, or even decide against communicating at all, because they fear triggering stakeholders' skepticism or cynicism. A systematic, interdisciplinary examination of corporate social responsibility communication through digital platforms therefore is necessary, to establish an essential definition and up-to-date picture of the field. This research anthology addresses the above objectives. Drawing on marketing, management, and communication disciplines, among others, this anthology examines how organizations construct, implement, and use digital platforms to communicate about their corporate social responsibility and thereby achieve their organizational goals. The 21 chapters in this anthology reflect six main topic sections: Challenges and opportunities for communicating corporate social responsibility through digital platforms. Moving toward symmetry and interactivity in digital corporate social responsibility communication. Fostering stakeholder engagement in and through digital corporate social responsibility communication. Leveraging effective digital corporate social responsibility communication. Digital activism and corporate social responsibility. Digital methodologies and corporate social responsibility.
Communication Strategies for Corporate Leaders by
Communication is key to success in every aspect of life and ever so in a competitive business environment. This book examines managerial communication from seminal theoretical and demonstrative vantage points through interdisciplinary amalgamation of sciences and the liberal arts. It presents new paradigms of managerial communication in the form of manoeuvres that can act as game changers in tug-of-war business situations, including difficult negotiations, conflicts and interpersonal dissonance that characterise the day-to-day corporate workplace tenor. This volume: Develops persuasion strategies based on argumentation tactics derived, for example, from legal cross-examination. Introduces 'problematisation' and 'deconstruction' as effective communication tools into mainstream managerial discourse. Employs Harvard Business School cases to demonstrate problem-solving skills, which will further serve as guide to writing business reports, plans and proposals. Positions business writing methods as taxonomical tenets that can help tackle complex business scenarios. Draws business diagnostic procedures from diverse fields such as Sherlock Holmes from popular culture, and Jared M. Diamond from ecology. This book will be a significant resource for business communication practitioners, especially corporate managers and leaders, sales and marketing professionals, and policymakers. It will be of interest to teachers and students alike, in business communication, organization behaviour, human resource management and marketing communications. It will act as a useful aid for classroom efficacy for teachers and academics.
Corporate Communication by
Corporate Communication: A Marketing Viewpoint offers an overview of the framework, key concepts, strategies and techniques from a unique marketing perspective. While other textbooks are limited to a managerial or PR perspective, this book provides a complete, holistic overview of the many ways communication can add value to an organization. Step by step, this text introduces the main concepts of the field, including discipline and function frameworks, corporate identity, corporate and employer branding, corporate social responsibility, stakeholder management, storytelling, corporate associations, identification, commitment and acceptability. In order to help reinforce key learning points, grasp the essential facts and digest and retain information, the text offers a comprehensive pedagogy, including: chapter summaries; a list of key words and concepts; case studies and questions at the end of each chapter. Principles are illustrated through a wealth of real life examples, drawn from a variety of big, small, global and local companies such as BMW Group, Hidria, Lego, Mercator, Krka, Barilla, Domino's Pizza, Gorenje, Si Mobil, BP, Harley-Davidson and Coca-Cola. This exciting new textbook is essential reading for all professional corporate marketing and communication executives, as well as undergraduate and postgraduate students of marketing and public relations, not to mention managers who need a complete and accurate view of this increasingly important subject.
Corporate Communication by
Corporate Communication, 6th Edition shows readers the importance of creating a coordinated corporate communication system, and describes how organizations benefit from important strategies and tools to stay ahead of the competition. Throughout the book, cases and examples of company situations relate to the chapter material. These cases provide readers with the opportunity to participate in real decisions that managers had to make on a variety of real problems.
Corporate Communication by
Used by nearly 25,000 students in over 50 countries, this book incorporates current thinking and developments on corporate communication from both the academic and practitioner worlds. Combining a comprehensive theoretical foundation with numerous practical guidelines, insights will assist managers (or soon to be managers) in their day-to-day work and in their strategic and tactical communication decisions. With cases and examples from across the globe including Apple, BMW, Uber, L'Oréal and Starbucks, the new edition is updated to include more material on social media, employee communication, leadership communication and anti-corporate activism.The Fifth Edition of Corporate Communication is supported by a Companion Website and includes Full text SAGE journal articles, glossary, web links for each chapter, author-selected videos relevant to the key themes and hot topics, an authors' blog and author videos for students as well as case study notes, PowerPoint slides, and additional case studies for lecturers.Suitable for students at advanced undergraduate and postgraduate levels on business management, marketing, corporate communication, public relations or business communications programmes as well as practitioners in the field.
Corporate Responsibility by
"This is the cutting-edge textbook on a managerial approach to corporate responsibility. Students and executives will benefit a great deal by studying the cases and best practices that are here. It's a terrific book." --Ed Freeman, Elis and Signe Olsson Professor of Business Administration, Darden School of Business, University of Virginia Corporate Responsibility offers a concise and comprehensive introduction to the functional area of corporate responsibility. Readers will learn how corporate responsibility is good for business and how leaders balance their organization's needs with responsibilities to key constituencies in society. Author Paul A. Argenti engages students with new and compelling cases by focusing on the social, reputational, or environmental consequences of corporate activities. Students will learn how to make difficult choices, promote responsible behavior within their organizations, and understand the role personal values play in developing effective leadership skills.
Essential Communications Skills for Managers, Volume One by
The purpose of this book is to provide practicing and aspiring managers and students of management a practical and comprehensive reference source for communicating on the job with all people in all situations. This "how-to" book provides readers with the essential knowledge, attitudes, and skills to perform the communicating aspects of their routine and special duties. The information is presented in two volumes and each topic is divided into "Things to Know" and "Things to Do."
Starting an Online Business All-In-One for Dummies by
Start a successful online business--and be your own boss! Being an online entrepreneur means more than just building a website--and this book breaks down everything you need to know to be successful. Inside, you'll get plain-English explanations and easy-to-follow instruction on online business basics, legal and accounting issues, website design, Internet security, boosting sales, e-commerce, and so much more. While the ideas and concepts behind starting an online business are tried and true, the tools available to entrepreneurs change and evolve quickly--and often. Starting an Online Business All-in-One For Dummies gets you up to speed on the best new tools, resources, and communities, and shows you how to best leverage them to up your chances of success. Discover your niche and create a business plan Design your website and storefront Increase your reach and market with social media Choose the best web host for your needs If you're a budding entrepreneur with dreams of running your own online business, this book has everything you need to get started and grow your company to extraordinary heights!
Strategic Corporate Social Responsibility by
With the changing expectations of consumers, employees and regulators, being best in the world is no longer enough. Businesses are now also expected to be best forthe world: to be socially and environmentally responsible, sustainable and ethical. Based on the idea that strategic CSR offers the most holistic and effective approach to corporate social responsibility, the author presents the key concepts, theories and philosophical approaches to CSR, along with the practical tools needed to implement this knowledge in the real world. The book is split into three parts; the first part provides the theoretical background of CSR, the second part examines various CSR approaches and how they can be implemented, and the third part discusses measuring and communicating CSR. Each chapter contains questions for reflection & discussion, exercises, and case studies from globally recognised brands such as Ben & Jerry's, Nestle, Marks & Spencer, TOMS Shoes, LEGO, Coca-Cola and McDonald's. The book is complemented by chapter specific lecturer PowerPoint slides, which can be found here. Suitable reading for students on Corporate Social Responsibility modules.
Strategic Integrated Marketing Communications by
The key to effective integrated marketing communication is planning, and that is what this book is all about. It provides a disciplined, systematic look at what is necessary to the planning and implementation of an effective IMC programme. Throughout, attention is paid to balancing theory with practical application, how to successfully implement theory for effective communication. Step-by-step, knowledge and understanding builds through the book, starting by laying a foundation to provide context, looking at the role of IMC in building brands and strengthening companies. The book then looks at what goes into developing and executing effective messages, and how to ensure that they are consistent and consistently delivered, regardless of media. Everything is then pulled together, providing a detailed, practical overview of the strategic planning process, what goes into it, and how it is implemented. Numerous examples and cases are included, along with 'desktop' tools and worksheets for developing and implementing an IMC plan. Thoroughly updated, with special attention throughout to the increasing importance of digital media in marketing communication, new to this edition are: the introduction of a general model of positioning and the important relationship between positioning and brand awareness and brand attitude strategy; a look at the role of the preconscious in message processing; a much expanded look at media and media planning concepts; an expanded and more detailed section on digital media; a section on content marketing.
This course intends to align the skills of business majors to address the ever-changing needs of their respective fields by understanding, appreciating, and applying corporate communication principles to scenarios that are close to real-life situations as possible while keeping in mind current organizational trends. Furthermore, the subject aims to Page 3 of 10 bridge the needs of the organization in managing its communication lines with different stakeholders using an interdisciplinary perspective highlighting concepts from the following areas: management, human behavior, public relations, audio-visual communications, organizational communications and organizational planning and development.
In addition, the students will be introduced to trends in the field of organizational communication which can further develop their interest in people management and communication. Overall, the students would have a thorough understanding of the dynamics of corporate communication as an integrative and on-going process critical to ethical management and globalization.
Contemporary Perspectives on Corporate Marketing by
Corporate marketing and corporate communications are topics that have grown in scholarly and practical importance in these last decades. Fields such as branding, marketing communications and public relations have all contributed to this boost. Whilst there is a large amount of literature on each of these disciplines, there is little systematic development from the perspective of corporate marketing and corporate communication studies, although these two have the most to contribute to how companies manage their brands, image and corporate identities in the 21st Century. This book seeks to redress this balance and provide insights, via case studies or histories, on issues such as nation branding, managing multiple corporate identities during merger and acquisitions and establishing a company's CSR and green image. Scholars from various disciplines within the fields of public relations, branding, marketing and corporate identity have come together in Contemporary Perspectives on Corporate Marketing to offer the latest approaches and studies in these areas. As such, it will become a platform for developments in the field and serve as a respected reference resource for corporate marketing and corporate communication studies.
The Handbook of Financial Communication and Investor Relations by
The first book to offer a global look at the state-of-the-art thinking and practice in investor relations and financial communication Featuring contributions from leading scholars and practitioners in financial communication and related fields--including public relations, corporate communications, finance, and accounting-- this volume in the critically acclaimed "Handbooks in Communication and Media" seriesprovides readers with a comprehensive, up-to-date picture of investor relations and financial communications as they are practiced in North America and around the world. The Handbook of Financial Communication and Investor Relations provides an overview of the past, present, and future of investor relations and financial communications as a profession. It identifies the central issues of contemporary investor relations and financial communications practice, including financial information versus non-financial information, intangibles, risk, value, and growth. Authors address key topics of concern to contemporary practitioners, such as socially responsible investing, corporate governance, shareholder activism, ethics, and professionalism. In addition, the book arms readers with metrics and proven techniques for reliably measuring and evaluating the effectiveness of investor relations and financial communications. Bringing together the most up-to-date research on investor relations and financial communication and the insights and expertise of an all-star team of practitioners, The Handbook of Financial Communication and Investor Relations: Explores how the profession is practiced in various regions of the globe, including North America, South America, Europe, the Middle East, India, Australia, and other areas Provides a unique look at financial communication as it is practiced beyond the corporate world, including in families, the medical profession, government, and the not-for-profit sector Addresses "big-picture" strategies as well as specific tactics for financial communication during crises, the use of social media, dealing with shareholder activism, integrated reporting and CSR, and more This book makes an ideal reference resource for undergrads and graduate students, scholars, and practitioners studying or researching investor relations and financial communication across schools of communication, journalism, business, and management. It also offers professionals an up-to-date, uniquely holistic look at best practices in financial communication investor relations worldwide.
Leadership communication : how leaders communicate and how communicators lead in today's global enterprise by
The quality of leadership in any organization--business, social, military, and government--is enhanced or limited by the quality of its leadership communication. The authors of this book, both of whom are experienced in the practice and study of enterprise communication, assert that leadership is given force by strategic communication that produces results required in competitive conditions. For the professional in enterprise communication, this brings into focus two questions: (1) What is the relevance of communication in the leadership process of reaching best achievable outcomes (BAOs)? and (2) How does the primary communication professional attain expert influence and success in a leadership position? This book provides insights and guidance on functioning at the highest levels of the corporate communications profession. This function by an individual identified in many companies as the chief communication officer (CCO) has risen in importance in free-enterprise economies, coincident with the evolution of social media, journalism, data analytics, government engagement, change management, and other factors shaping enterprise strategies and success. The book examines the enterprise CCO at three levels: the communicator rising toward, or newly positioned in responsibility for, enterprise communication; the CCO as a collaborator in leadership with others (chief executive and chief financial officer are examples of those with whom leadership communication is structured and driven); and the developed, influential communication chief dealing with missions, strategies, and the execution of enterprise vision. A detailed guidance is given on information flow that takes advantage of stakeholder perception management and the productive, enabled employee culture. Crisis communication in modern contexts is explained, with emphasis on precrisis intelligence gathering through social conversation analysis, and procedures for crisis communication management are drawn from cases provided by CCOs in author interviews and lectures in the authors' graduate classes at Georgetown University.
A Manager's Guide to Virtual Teams by
Yael Zofi's proprietary Trust Wheel model is a proven solution to the unique challenges managers must overcome as more and more people migrate to partially or fully-remote working situations. Based on the author's twenty-plus years of consulting experience, this powerful tool encourages cohesiveness and engagement among team members--even if they've never met. A Manager's Guide to Virtual Teams does this by providing a practical road map for bridging the physical distance among coworkers, incorporating self-study exercises and simple, fun activities that develop trust and ensure your team's success. The book explores the most critical elements to success for a team founded in trust, including accountability, communication, conflict management, and deliverables, and includes tangible tips for overcoming the particular challenges of the virtual working world. Complete with examples, case scenarios, and strategies to help you navigate even your biggest hurdles, A Manager's Guide to Virtual Teams will help your disparate collection of people get their work "out the door" faster and better.
Organizational behavior by
This OpenStax resource aligns to introductory courses in Organizational Behavior. The text presents the theory, concepts, and applications with particular emphasis on the impact that individuals and groups can have on organizational performance and culture. An array of recurring features engages students in entrepreneurial thinking, managing change, using tools/technology, and responsible management; furthermore, the unique chapter on Social Media and Communication contextualizes the importance and implications of various platforms and communications methods.
People-Centric Skills by
Business Professionals, to be Truly Effective and Advance in their Careers, Must Master their People-Centric Skills. People-Centric Skills: Interpersonal and Communication Skills for Auditors and Business Professionals is a comprehensive guide to the "soft skills" that make technical professionals more effective. People-Centric Skills aim to improve all aspects of personal interactions, relationship development, and communication. These skills are as essential to success as are technical capabilities. This is the story of a leading internal audit department taking that next step to becoming a world-class audit organization in a fictional company. The foundation of that next step is developing their People-Centric Skills. The book demonstrates the impact that interpersonal and communication skills - whether good or bad - have on an auditor's effectiveness, job, and career. Readers will be able to empathize with the characters, and relate to the real-life situations in which they find themselves. Each chapter features a summary of key People-Centric points and guidelines that will help readers apply what they've learned to their own projects and departments. In a 2013 study sponsored by the Institute of Internal Auditors ("IIA"), the seven key attribute areas identified to be a successful auditor include relationship building, partnering, communications, teamwork, diversity, continuous learning and integrity. Unfortunately, most professionals never obtain these skills as part of their college degrees, certifications and other ongoing training. They are left to their own devices when it comes to developing these talents. The book follows an easy-to-read fictional narrative to highlight areas for improvement, and uses common scenarios to illustrate how to apply the lessons. People-Centric Skills: Interpersonal and Communication Skills for Auditors and Business Professionals focuses on many of these critical attributes. Topics include: Conflict Management Coaching and Mentoring Building an Effective Team and Team Dynamics Team Leadership Partnering and Relationship Building Effective Meeting Practices Brainstorming and Multivoting Assessing Corporate Culture Active Listening Non-verbal Communications Consensus Building These skills apply not only to internal auditors but also transfer across a broad range of business professions and industries, and from professional to personal life. They open doors, establish effective relationships, improve effectiveness, and can turn a "no" into a "yes." They are the true differentiator in advancing a career. For an auditor to be truly effective, great people skills are one of the most important tools in the box. People-Centric Skills: Interpersonal and Communication Skills for Auditors and Business Professionals is a straightforward guide to getting along, getting what you want in a constructive manner, and becoming a world-class professional.
Public Relations Ethics by
This book represents a practical guide to ethical decision-making tailored specifically to the needs of those who practice and study public relations. It traces the development of ethical theory from ancient Greece through the works of Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle to modern day public relations executives including Harold Burson, Robert Dilenschneider, and Richard Edelman. The book helps readers build personal frameworks for ethical reasoning that will enable them not only to recognize the ethical issues at play in public relations practice but also to analyze the conflicting duties and loyalties in these situations. This volume fills a gap in the currently available books on the subject, most of which either lack theoretical grounding or practical application. Illustrative cases used in this book span a wide range of public relations functions. To update readers on issues discussed in this book, the authors have started an online conversation. Please join the discussion at http://Updates.PRethics.com.
Reputation Strategy and Analytics in a Hyper-Connected World by
Reputation management techniques that work amidst the unceasing flow of information Reputation Strategy and Analytics in a Hyper-Connected World is a complete guide to corporate communications and reputation management. Covering a range of scenarios from ideal to catastrophic, this book provides a clear blueprint for preparation, execution, and beyond. The discussion focuses on data-driven, evidence-based strategies for the modern digital economy, providing actionable frameworks, practical roadmaps, and step-by-step blueprints for deploying advance analytics, predictive modeling, and big data techniques to successfully manage communications and reputation. You'll learn how the right tools and people get the job done quickly, effectively, and cost-effectively, and how to identify and acquire the ones you need. Coverage includes the latest technology and cutting-edge applications, bringing you up to speed on what excellence in communications can realistically be. We live in an age of interconnectedness and transparency, and information travels at the speed of light to reach nearly every corner of the globe. This book shows you the key strategies and operational tactics required to respond successfully to financially damaging assaults on your company's reputation. Execute world-class corporate communications Prepare for best- and worst-possible case scenarios Manage organizational reputation in the digital economy Pick the right team and the right tools to get the job done Stories, rumors, lies -- there is no safe haven. Big data, cloud, and mobile technologies are fueling a perfect storm of immense proportions, overwhelming the capabilities of organizations and individuals attempting to manage their brands and reputations when hit with damaging information or harmful stories. Reputation Strategy and Analytics in a Hyper-Connected World shows you navigate the never-ending information stream to keep your company out of the undertow.
Valuing Corporate Responsibility by
Investors have taken a long time to pay attention to corporate responsibility. Despite the growing number of companies that were taking action to manage the social and environmental impacts of their activities and operations and that were reporting on their corporate responsibility performance, mainstream investors' interest in governance issues was, on the whole, piqued only in those situations where a major accident or scandal hit the headlines. This has changed dramatically. With over 600 large investment institutions, including asset managers, insurance companies and pension funds having signed the UN-backed Principles for Responsible Investment, it can now be plausibly argued that "responsible investment" has become mainstream. This change is potentially of huge significance, and the investment community is now widely seen as one of the key audiences for the thousands of corporate responsibility reports produced each year. Yet the reality is that there is a striking lack of understanding among companies of investors' interests. The consequence has been that, despite many companies identifying investors as one of the critical audiences for their corporate responsibility reports, most investors - even those that have made commitments to responsible investment - see these reports as irrelevant to their investment decision-making. The problem is compounded by the singularly poor job that investors do of explaining to companies what sort of information they are really interested in, and where corporate responsibility performance fits into their overall assessments of companies. This has led to frustrations on both sides. Investors have been accused of not paying sufficient attention to companies' corporate responsibility performance, and companies have been accused of producing information that not only has no immediate relevance to investors but, worse, seems to have no relevance to the key business challenges that these companies face. Valuing Corporate Responsibility aims to address the "dialogue of the deaf" that characterizes too many of the discussions between companies and their investors on corporate responsibility issues, through: 1. Explaining to companies what responsible investment looks like in practice and, from this analysis, explaining what sort of corporate responsibility information investors are interested in and how this information is used in practice. 2. Explaining to investors some of the practical difficulties faced by companies when preparing corporate responsibility reports and the implications for the quality and utility of the data provided in these reports. Valuing Corporate Responsibility also analyses how issues such as investors' views on materiality and investment time-frames influence the dialogue that investors have with companies on corporate responsibility matters. It concludes that there is a need for a major rethink of current approaches to responsible investment, as the manner in which most investors are implementing their responsible investment commitments is unlikely to see them making a substantial contribution to improving corporate responsibility performance or to the wider goals of sustainable development. Written by one of the world's leading experts on responsible investment, Valuing Corporate Responsibility is one of the most important books to be written on corporate responsibility over the past decade. It is of relevance not only to companies and to responsible investment professionals but to all those interested in really understanding how companies and their investors relate to each other and the implications of this relationship for sustainable development.
Writing Online by
Online writing plays a complex and increasingly prominent role in the life of organizations. From newsletters to press releases, social media marketing and advertising, to virtual presentations and interactions via e-mail and instant messaging, digital writing intertwines and affects the day-to-day running of the company - yet we rarely pay enough attention to it. Typing on the screen can become particularly problematic because digital text-based communication increases the opportunities for misunderstanding: it lacks the direct audio-visual contact and the norms and conventions that would normally help people to understand each other. Providing a clear, convincing and approachable discussion, this book addresses arenas of online writing: virtual teamwork, instant messaging, emails, corporate communication channels, and social media. Instead of offering do and don't lists, however, it teaches the reader to develop a practice that is observant, reflective, and grounded in the understanding of the basic principles of language and communication. Through real-life examples and case studies, it helps the reader to notice previously unnoticed small details, question previously unchallenged assumptions and practices, and become a competent digital communicator in a wide range of professional contexts.
This course is designed to make you develop competencies in the effective management of relationships between management and employees and among employees themselves and its impact in achieving organizational objectives in a unionized and non-unionized environment.
The course will cover approaches to employee relations, the importance of harmonious relations to the business, building a climate of trust, developing and implementing policies and rules, handling disciplinary cases, conflict management, collective bargaining negotiations, employee recognition, safety, health and wellness.
101 Sample Write-Ups for Documenting Employee Performance Problems by
Whether you're addressing an initial infraction or handling termination-worthy transgressions, you need to be 100 percent confident that every employee encounter is clear, fair, and most importantly, legal. Thankfully, HR expert Paul Falcone has provided this wide-ranging resource that explains in detail the disciplinary process and provides ready-to-use documents that eliminate stress and second-guessing about what to do and say.Revised to reflect the latest developments in employment law, the third edition of 101 Sample Write-Ups for Documenting Employee Performance Problems includes expertly crafted, easily customizable write-ups that address: sexual harassment, absenteeism, insubordination, drug or alcohol abuse, substandard work, email and phone misuse, teamwork issues, managerial misconduct, confidentiality breaches, social media abuse, and more!With each sample document also including a performance improvement plan, outcomes and consequences, and a section of employee rebuttal, it's easy to see why over 100,000 copies have already been sold, making life for managers and HR personnel significantly easier when it comes to addressing employee performance issues.
Armstrong's Handbook of Human Resource Management Practice by
The bestselling, definitive text for all human resource management students and professionals. Providing a complete resource for understanding and implementing HR in relation to the needs of the business as a whole, this book contains in-depth coverage of all the key areas essential to the HR function such as employment law, employee relations, learning and development, performance and reward. Accessible and to the point as ever, this fully updated 14th edition includes emerging theory and practice, embracing the most current thinking on engagement, talent management and leadership development. With updated case studies and references to academic journals, professional magazines and recent research and surveys, it also includes coverage of new approaches to topics such as job evaluation and pay structures. Armstrong's Handbook of Human Resource Management Practice is aligned with the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD) professional map and standards, with the sections meeting CIPD learning outcomes now even clearer than before. Comprehensive online support material for instructors, students and HR managers are included. Resources for students and professionals include multiple choice questions, flash cards, case studies, further reading and a glossary of HRM terms. The lecturers' manual contains session notes, discussion questions, a literature review and a complete set of lecture slides.
The Cambridge Handbook of Workplace Training and Employee Development by
With comprehensive coverage of topics related to learning, training, and development, this volume is a must-have resource for industrial and organizational (I/O) psychologists, human resource (HR) scholars, and adult education specialists. Brown provides a forward-looking exploration of the current research on workplace training, employee development, and organizational learning from the primary point of view of industrial organizational psychology. Each chapter discusses current practices, recent research, and, importantly, the gaps between the two. In analyzing these aspects of the topic, the chapter authors both present the valuable knowledge available and show the opportunities for further study and practice.
Corporate Communication by
Used by nearly 25,000 students in over 50 countries, this book incorporates current thinking and developments on corporate communication from both the academic and practitioner worlds. Combining a comprehensive theoretical foundation with numerous practical guidelines, insights will assist managers (or soon to be managers) in their day-to-day work and in their strategic and tactical communication decisions. With cases and examples from across the globe including Apple, BMW, Uber, L'Oréal and Starbucks, the new edition is updated to include more material on social media, employee communication, leadership communication and anti-corporate activism.The Fifth Edition of Corporate Communication is supported by a Companion Website and includes Full text SAGE journal articles, glossary, web links for each chapter, author-selected videos relevant to the key themes and hot topics, an authors' blog and author videos for students as well as case study notes, PowerPoint slides, and additional case studies for lecturers.Suitable for students at advanced undergraduate and postgraduate levels on business management, marketing, corporate communication, public relations or business communications programmes as well as practitioners in the field.
Employee Relations by
Fostering positive relationships between employers and employees is crucial to ensure employee commitment and engagement, as well as overall business performance. Employee Relations is a practical guide to the principles and practice of employee relations in the workplace. Covering the key areas such as conflict and dispute resolution, dismissal and redundancies, rights and ethics, it equips you with the skills and knowledge you need to plan, implement and assess employee relations in any type of organization. Practical diagnostic tools and a variety of real-life examples from organizations including Amazon, HSBC and the UK Police Force are found throughout. This fully revised second edition of Employee Relations features new material on the gig economy, the virtual workplace, and recent legislation changes, and is more closely linked to the CIPD professions map. New online supporting resources include a series of templates, questionnaires and further tools to help evaluate and support the development of an effective employee relations strategy. HR Fundamentals is a series of succinct, practical guides for students and those in the early stages of their HR careers. They are endorsed by the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD), the UK professional body for HR and people development, which has over 145,000 members worldwide.
Employment Relations by
*Shortlisted in the Management and Leadership Textbook Category at CMI Management Book of the Year Awards 2017* ′In this new, original book, Cecilie Bingham puts fairness, trust, organisational justice, and power at the heart of employment relationships in a variety of settings. This thought-provoking text provides academic, practical and theoretical insights into the contested nature of contemporary work and employment relations at workplace level. It should become essential reading for students, scholars, practitioners and policy-makers in the field.′ - Professor David Farnham, University of Portsmouth, UK Mapped to CIPD learning outcomes at level 5 and level 7, Employment Relations: Fairness and Trust in the Workplace critically reflects on current research, commentary, evidence and practice in the employment relationship with a unique focus on organizational justice. Combining theoretical concepts, tools and models with practical examples, it is packed with innovative learning features designed to help students to engage with the subject, including: Extracts of recent news items linked to chapter content Insights to help link theory and practice supported by podcast interviews on the book's companion website A series of case study 'snippets', activities and revision exercises. The book is complimented by a companion website featuring a range of tools and resources for lecturers and students, including PowerPoint slides, Instructors′ manual, multimedia links, podcasts, and free SAGE journal articles. Suitable for Undergraduate and Postgraduate students on Employment Relations, Industrial Relations or HRM courses.
Human Resource Management by
Prepare for career and HR success with the text that has set the standard for excellence in human resource management. HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT, 15th Edition, offers the most current look at HRM and its impact on the success of organizations today. A leading resource in preparing for professional HR certification, this edition ensures you address all major topics for the various professional examinations given by the Society for Human Resource Management and the Human Resource Certification Institute. The latest HR research and an effective blend of solid theory and contemporary practice highlight emerging trends driving change in HRM today, including technology, globalization, competencies and HR metrics. The book's accompanying MindTap digital learning platform is a highly personalized, online learning platform of authoritative Cengage Learning content, assignments, and services offering you a tailored presentation of course curriculum created by your instructor. MindTap guides you through the course curriculum via an innovative Learning Path Navigator where you complete reading assignments, annotate your readings, complete homework, and engage with quizzes and assessments.
International and Comparative Employment Relations by
"The most enduring and valuable book in the field of international and comparative employment relations in the last 30 years, the sixth edition covers advanced and emerging economies with insightful theoretical implications from a comparative perspective." - Dong-One Kim, Korea University; incoming President ILERA "This latest edition is another major contribution by a group of eminent scholars in the field. It serves to promote the study of comparative employment relations in the current context of globalisation, which is also of topical interest to the International Labour Organization (ILO)." - Guy Ryder, Director-General, ILO Established as the standard reference for a worldwide readership of students, scholars and practitioners in international agencies, governments, companies and unions, this text offers a systematic overview of international employment relations. Experts examine the context of employment relations in each country: economic, historical, legal, social and political. They consider the roles of the major players: employers, unions and governments. They outline the processes of employment relations: collective bargaining and arbitration, consultation and employee involvement. Topical issues are discussed: non-unionised workplaces, novel forms of human resource management, labour law reform, multinational enterprises, networked organisations, differences between Asian and western companies, small and medium-sized enterprises, migrant workers, technological change, labour market flexibility and pay determination. This sixth edition has an emphasis on globalisation and comparative theories, including concepts of convergence. It offers a new framework for varieties of capitalism in the introduction, and concludes with an insightful account of the forces shaping employment relations in the world economy.
Raise Your Team's Employee Engagement Score by
Employee engagement matters in a company. That is indisputable. And love it or hate it, still the best way to calculate just how engaged your company's employees are, is the under-utilized employee engagement survey. But this shouldn't just be busy work, nor should it be underestimated how important these scores are in predicting your company's success. An enthusiastic workforce translates into higher productivity and profitability with less turnover and absenteeism. Fully committed workers will give their all every day--and it's your job to make that happen.In Raise Your Team's Employee Engagement Score, a practical, researched-based playbook that's applicable to any type of business with staff, retention expert Richard Finnegan reveals and discusses in depth the keys to increasing employee engagement:* Building trust with your team* Implementing stay interviews* Developing an employee value proposition* Hiring employees are self-motivate* Measuring progress and forecasting future engagement* And more!Forget employee-of-the-month awards! Stop wasting money on company picnics! If you want to see real results in raising your employee engagement survey scores--at no cost--begin implementing the proven techniques in this book now.
Research Handbook on Employee Turnover by
Covering the period of the financial crisis, this Research Handbook discusses the degree of importance of different driving forces on employee turnover. The discussions contribute to policy agendas on productivity, firm performance and economic growth. The contributors provide a selection of theoretical and empirical research papers that deal with aspects of employee turnover, as well as its effects on workers and firms within the current socio-economic environment. It draws on theories and evidence from economics, management, social sciences and other related disciplines.With its interdisciplinary approach, this book will appeal to a variety of students and academics in related fields. It will also be of interest to policy makers, HR experts, firm managers and other stakeholders.
This course is designed to make you develop competencies in the effective management of relationships between management and employees and among employees themselves and its impact in achieving organizational objectives in a unionized and non-unionized environment.
The course will cover approaches to employee relations, the importance of harmonious relations to the business, building a climate of trust, developing and implementing policies and rules, handling disciplinary cases, conflict management, collective bargaining negotiations, employee recognition, safety, health and wellness.
Achieving Workers' Rights in the Global Economy by
The world was shocked in April 2013 when more than 1100 garment workers lost their lives in the collapse of the Rana Plaza factory complex in Dhaka. It was the worst industrial tragedy in the two-hundred-year history of mass apparel manufacture. This so-called accident was, in fact, just waiting to happen, and not merely because of the corruption and exploitation of workers so common in the garment industry. In Achieving Workers' Rights in the Global Economy, Richard P. Appelbaum and Nelson Lichtenstein argue that such tragic events, as well as the low wages, poor working conditions, and voicelessness endemic to the vast majority of workers who labor in the export industries of the global South arise from the very nature of world trade and production. Given their enormous power to squeeze prices and wages, northern brands and retailers today occupy the commanding heights of global capitalism. Retail-dominated supply chains--such as those with Walmart, Apple, and Nike at their heads--generate at least half of all world trade and include hundreds of millions of workers at thousands of contract manufacturers from Shenzhen and Shanghai to Sao Paulo and San Pedro Sula. This book offers an incisive analysis of this pernicious system along with essays that outline a set of practical guides to its radical reform.
Authentic leadership effectiveness for individuals and teams : a coaching approach by
"True leadership has always been more difficult to maintain in challenging times, but the unique stressors facing organisations throughout the world today call for renewed attention to what constitutes truly positive leadership. In AUTHENTIC LEADERSHIP EFFECTIVENESS for Individuals and Teams Tineke Wulffers combines the best of academic research, with years of personal experience working with leaders and teams, to offer a practical guide on how to develop this type of leadership effectiveness in real life. This book is divided up as follows: Part I - Definition and impact of authentic leadership - considers the need for authentic leadership, gives an overview of what is generally understood by Authentic Leadership. It also focuses on the impact of leadership authenticity on inter-relational trust, on individual and team authentic leadership effectiveness. Part II - Development of authentic leadership - forms the crux of this book. As the development of authentic leadership requires different considerations to what is mostly espoused in the field of leadership development, considerations and criteria for AL development and AL programmes are discussed. This is followed by a high-level and detailed overview of this specific individual and team ALE programme, which might well be a first. Finally, part II concludes with a detailed, followed by two high-level case studies of the effects of the ALE programme under discussion. Part III - Well-known examples of leaders through the lens of AL - even though AL programmes have not really been available before, such leadership can be developed by means of introspection and commitment to further development during a lifetime of life experiences and work episodes. Tineke divides her time between her practitioner and academic work. She is Director of the Moya Institute of Authentic Leadership Effectiveness. As an academic she is affiliated with both the University of Stellenbosch Business School (USB) and the Wits Business School (WBS) where she lectures, supervises, and examines the work of postgraduate students. She has a PhD in Personal and Professional Leadership (UJ), as well as a Master's (cum laude) in Professional Coaching (Middlesex University). She regularly writes academic articles on authentic leadership development, and she has contributing to the book Leadership Perspectives from the Front Line."--Publisher's description.
Clash of the Generations by
Case studies and strategies for more effective multi-generational management Clash of the Generations explores this new and increasingly common workplace phenomenon, and provides strategies to help managers navigate this ever more complex maze. Traditionally, older workers would retire and make room for the next generation; instead, Baby Boomers are now prolonging their time in the workplace, yet the successive generations are still coming in. Senior leaders are now left to manage a blended workplace comprised of up to four generations--each with their own ideas of work ethic, work/life balance, long-term career goals, and much more. Management is challenging at the best of times, but the new prevalence of generation gaps--sometimes even layered--add an entirely new dimension to an already complex responsibility. This book presents case studies and interviews with representatives of companies with age-diverse workforces, detailing innovative strategies for smoothing out the bumps and helping everyone work together. Managers have long wished that their positions came with an instruction manual, and this book delivers with a host of effective inter-generational management strategies illustrated by real-world companies. Manage the multi-generation workplace more effectively Navigate the generational culture clash Adopt proven strategies for helping everyone get along Promote a more positive culture amidst clashing expectations Every generation in the workplace has value, each has their own strengths, their own weaknesses, and their own unique talents. Each is indispensable, and when they come together as a synergistic force, they can be unstoppable. Effective management means bringing out the best in your workforce, and the strategies presented in Clash of the Generations help you streamline your varied workforce into a team more valuable than the sum of its parts.
Generational Career Shifts by
Organizations and employers are currently managing an inter-generational workforce, and the most prudent of these are seeking to enhance the careers of new entrants. HRM, careers, and work researchers have begun to explore career-related differences among the four generations of workers currently in employment, but to date there has been very little in the way of full-length comparative studies. In Generational Career Shifts: How Veterans, Boomers, Xers, and Millennials View Work, Eddy S. Ng, Sean T. Lyons, and Linda Schweitzer develop a timely, wide-ranging examination of inter-generational differences in work priorities, career attitudes, career experiences, and career outcomes. Offering a comprehensive overview of existing research, and drawing upon the authors' own largescale study of students and knowledge workers, this book documents how careers have fundamentally shifted over the past five decades. Along the way, it offers crucial insights into what these shifts mean for employers and their management strategies. Generational Career Shiftsis essential reading for career researchers, generational researchers, practitioners within executive education, as well as for career counsellors, human resource departments, corporate libraries, and people managers.
Great Jobs for Everyone 50 +, Updated Edition by
You can find profitable, fulfilling work after 50! Kerry Hannon's national bestseller, Great Jobs for Everyone 50+, has become the job-hunting bible for people in their forties, fifties, and beyond. With her no-nonsense style, Hannon shows where the opportunities are and how to get them. In this completely revised edition, Hannon offers twice as many jobs and brand-new material to market your skills in today's job market, with expert tips on revamping a résumé, networking, interviewing like a pro, building a social media platform to stand out in the crowd, and much more. Whether you took early retirement, were laid off, are seeking a job that you will love, need supplemental income, or want to stay engaged and make a difference by giving back with your talents, Hannon's book is an essential tool. The truth is that many companies are looking for candidates with your experience, expertise, and maturity. The trick is finding those employers--and going into your search with a positive attitude and realistic expectations. This completely updated Great Jobs shows you how to avoid common job-seeking mistakes and helps you find your ideal employment in today's landscape.
The Law of Tax-Exempt Organizations by
Tax-exempt law explained, for lawyers and nonlawyers alike The Law of Tax-Exempt Organizations has, for decades, been the definitive single-volume source of legal information for nonprofit lawyers and managers alike. Author Bruce R. Hopkins is widely recognized as the leading authority on the subject; in this thoroughly revised Twelfth Edition, he provides all the updates you need to stay current on the latest changes to tax code, regulatory, and case law developments. Annual supplements available with the book will ensure that you don't miss any important updates. Making solid decisions about the future of any tax-exempt organization requires a firm and up-to-date understanding of the relevant tax and other law. This reference provides guidance on the latest developments in eligibility for tax exemption, the private inurement and private benefit doctrines, nonprofit governance, lobbying, political campaign activity, public charities, private foundations, donor-advised funds, unrelated business activities, reporting, disclosure requirements, and more. Understand the tax code, regulations, and case law pertaining to all categories of tax-exempt organizations Access the nonprofit law standard reference guide, written by the leading legal expert on tax-exempt organizations Prepare yourself to make well-founded strategic decisions about the current and future actions of your organization Review annual supplements that provide plain-English information on changes for each tax year Written in a practical format that's accessible to lawyers and non-lawyers alike, The Law of Tax-Exempt Organizations, Twelfth Edition, is a trustworthy resource for anyone involved in advising or managing charitable organizations, social welfare entities, associations, clubs, or any other type of tax-exempt entity.
The life of Y : engaging millennials as employees and consumers by
1st prize in the DMA-NTPC Management Book Awards, 2018. Currently, we have about 2 billion millennials in the world, aged between 17 and 37 years, who are fast becoming the world’s most important generational cohort in terms of consumer spending growth, sourcing of employees and overall economic prospects. Engaging this cohort for businesses, societies and nations is no more a matter of choice. The 2016 millennial survey by Deloitte on millennials has alarming news for companies the world over. Majority of the millennials or Gen Y workers are likely to change their companies by 2020. While the world over similar trends are visible, India ranks third where the probability of Gen Y workers leaving their current companies is maximum. The survey also points to the fact that this lack of loyalty may be a sign of neglect that millennials might be facing in their organizations. Such poor levels of engagement of millennial workers in India and rest of the world are a huge red flag for all companies. Poor engagement will not only have cost implications but also have huge negative implications on the growth, profitability and sustainability of companies, especially when the going is not particularly easy for most of the industry sectors. This book attempts to create a deep empathy for millennials and is a result of the author’s extensive research spanning almost a decade. The book dives deep into the life of Generation Y and seeks to create an unbiased understanding about this generation, thereby exploding the perceptual myths and stereotypes about them. Based on the research, the book suggests a new strategy to engage with the millennial generation in the workplace and marketplace in particular and the society in general. It provides a consultative guidance to engaging millennials seeking to replace the old models and designs of engagement.
Productivity and Organizational Management by
Effective work practices and good employee relations are a real necessity of nowadays organizations, as they can help to reduce absenteeism, turnover, organizational costs, conducting to high levels of commitment, effectiveness, performance as well as productivity. Addressing these questions, this book focuses on the implications of changes in productivity and organizational management, exploring models, tools and processes.
Rights, Not Interests by
This provocative book by the leading historian of the National Labor Relations Board offers a reexamination of the NLRB and the National Labor Relations Act (NLRA) by applying internationally accepted human rights principles as standards for judgment. These new standards challenge every orthodoxy in U.S. labor law and labor relations. James A. Gross argues that the NLRA was and remains at its core a workers' rights statute. Gross shows how value clashes and choices between those who interpret the NLRA as a workers' rights statute and those who contend that the NLRA seeks only a "balance" between the economic interests of labor and management have been major influences in the evolution of the board and the law. Gross contends, contrary to many who would write its obituary, that the NLRA is not dead. Instead he concludes with a call for visionary thinking, which would include, for example, considering the U.S. Constitution as a source of workers' rights. Rights, Not Interests will appeal to labor activists and those who are trying to reform our labor laws as well as scholars and students of management, human resources, and industrial relations.
Introduction to Human Resource Management
This course will provide you with an overview of the human resource management functions. You will learn the strategic importance and relationship of human resource management with the other functional areas of an organization and develop a general understanding of human resource planning, staffing, training and development, compensation administration, performance management, and labor-management relations.
Introduction to Human Resource Management
This course will provide you with an overview of the human resource management functions. You will learn the strategic importance and relationship of human resource management with the other functional areas of an organization and develop a general understanding of human resource planning, staffing, training and development, compensation administration, performance management, and labor-management relations.
The Blendification System by
Shelving Guide: Business and Management / Strategic Planning / Leadership / Operations Culture, Strategy, Execution. These three components forge the path to realized potential. The Blendification® System breaks down and rebuilds these core concepts within your company's DNA, setting the foundation for an energizing, engaging, and impactful organization. It is based on the belief that many organizations fail to maximize their potential because they simply do not comprehend the magnitude of their personal and collective untapped capabilities. Many workplaces are stuck in "second gear," not quite embracing and pursuing their full potential. Corporate missions are based on market dominance and incremental profit growth, leaving a massive blind spot in terms of the connection between employees, customers, and communities. This short-sightedness may provide a clear focal point, but it leaves the company, its leadership, and its employees with limited sustained motivation to realize potential. The Blendification® System embraces the connection between culture, strategy, and execution using the Strategy Whiteboard and integrating emotional and system intelligence into the following three-step model: Strategic Analysis including Culture Strategic Focus, Strategic Outcomes, and Strategic Actions Strategic Execution The Blendification® System connects culture, strategy, and execution in a meaningful way that fosters an inspired, exceptional workforce. By focusing on the unifying purpose within each organization, the platform promotes alignment between leadership and employees setting a clear, strong foundation in which every individual can thrive. With this foundation in place, organizations activate their employee's potential who then take care of their customers. By fully engaging those with whom organizations directly interact, these individuals then become the spark that ignites community-wide advancement. This is not a theory-based, philosophical book. This is an in-depth operating system by which organizations reshape their infrastructure to realize potential. The methodology outlined in The Blendification® System creates agile and efficient action, maximizing success in periods of economic expansion and times of uncertainty such as the COVID-19 outbreak, the Great Recession, and 9/11. By following the structure outlined in The Blendification® System and using the Strategy Whiteboard, organizations will move beyond financial success to uplifting employees, customers, and entire communities.
Business Negotiations in ELF from a Cultural Linguistic Perspective by
Some of the most frequent questions surrounding business negotiations address not only the nature of such negotiations, but also how they should be conducted. The answers given by business people from different cultural backgrounds to these questions are likely to differ from the standard answers found in business manuals. In her book, Milene Mendes de Oliveira investigates how Brazilian and German business people conceptualize and act out business negotiations using English as a Lingua Franca. The frameworks of Cultural Linguistics, English as a Lingua Franca, World Englishes, and Business Discourse offer the theoretical and methodological grounding for the analysis of interviews with high-ranking Brazilian and German business people. Moreover, a side study on e-mail exchanges between Brazilian and German employees of a healthcare company serves as a test case for the results arising from the interviews, and helps understand other facets of authentic intercultural business communication. Offering new insights on English as a Lingua Franca in international business contexts, Business Negotiations in ELF from a Cultural Linguistic Perspective simultaneously provides a detailed cultural-conceptual account of business negotiations from the viewpoint of Brazilian and German business people and a secondary analysis of their pragmatic aspects.
Criminality and Business Strategy by
Criminality and Business Strategy: Similarities and Differences explores what can be learned from criminal organizations on four continents based on comparisons of their historical and cultural origins, chosen governance and power structures, and business models. It discusses how these contexts determined their applications of the principles and practice of effective, but amoral leadership, and whether these lessons can be applied to legitimate business enterprises. In this book John Zinkin and Chris Bennett argue that defining a "crime" is a contested issue and that criminality can be viewed as a spectrum, comprising a range of different types of crimes, the harms caused, and the variety of punishments involved. They discuss the critical role of the state in determining where criminality is perceived to sit on the crime continuum. The authors delve into how the state and organized crime are natural competitors, and how organized crime and legitimate businesses are subject to many of the same internal and external strategic considerations. They contend that the resulting similarities between criminality in organized criminal organizations and legitimate businesses are greater than the differences and that the differences are only in degree and not in kind. This thought-provoking study of criminality will be of immense interest to professionals, coaches, consultants, and academics interested in the techniques and ethics of leadership. The book is, in effect, the result of an intellectual journey of the authors from the ideas presented in their earlier book, The Principles and Practice of Effective Leadership, to the issues in this book discussing important, difficult, and contested subjects. The journey continues in their third book: The Challenge in Leading Ethical and Successful Organizations.
Cultural-historical perspectives on collective intelligence : patterns in problem solving and innovation by 
Entrepreneurship for Deprived Communities by
This study investigates barriers to developing enterprise in deprived communities, highlights trade-offs local authorities face and offers guidance that contributes to a model for developing a community-centered enterprise culture that is critical for reinvigorating disadvantaged groups. Alex Avramenko and Nikolai Mouraviev focus on deprived communities where entrepreneurship traditionally was extremely difficult to conceive and offer insights on under-researched issues, such as enablers of entrepreneurship by local government's integrated approach that blends opportunity generation with capacity and skill building, complemented by support services. They also focus on the formation of an enterprise culture that should become a foundation of policy, enablers and tools for revitalizing deprived communities.Chapters explore range of issues and examples, including rethinking the dynamics of micro enterprise, rural entrepreneurship, senior entrepreneurship, entrepreneurship in a cosmopolitan city, civic/community-centered entrepreneurship and lifestyle entrepreneurship.
The Essential HR Guide for Small Businesses and Startups by
Features tried-and-true, ready-to-use tools, examples, and resources, this guide teaches the nuts and bolts of HR for small businesses and startups and is the perfect desk reference for any organization who may not have the financial resources to invest in a fully-staffed HR department. Guides readers through the HR essentials, including developing policies and organizational best practices, managing and measuring performance, driving engagement and cultivating a culture, understanding legal obligations, assessing, risk, and guidance for developing leaders.
Mastering the 7 Dimensions of Business-Technology Alignment by
The force-multiplying power of business-technology alignment is acknowledged among the biggest contributors to enterprise success in the digital age. Even so, it is a missed opportunity in most organizations, or at best, restricted to a unidimensional coalition. Successful digital enterprises define alignment between business and technology along multiple dimensions. They invest in this alignment at the level of their culture, strategy, structure, process, intellect (innovation), function, and tactics. A systematic understanding and embracement of these seven dimensions of business technology alignment is at the core of a successful digital enterprise. Using familiar workplace paradigms and relatable examples, this book builds on each dimension of business-technology alignment towards strengthening the foundation on which a successful digital enterprise stands, using tricks and tips not found in textbooks and classrooms. If you are, or aspire to be, in an organization that relies on a convergence of business and technology to achieve success, this book is meant for you. It builds upon fundamental ideas in a manner designed to strike a chord in everyone--from interns to entrepreneurs.
Rapid mass engagement ; driving continuous improvement through employee culture creation by Introduction to Human Resource Management
This course will provide you with an overview of the human resource management functions. You will learn the strategic importance and relationship of human resource management with the other functional areas of an organization and develop a general understanding of human resource planning, staffing, training and development, compensation administration, performance management, and labor-management relations.
Armstrong's Handbook of Human Resource Management Practice by
The bestselling, definitive text for all human resource management students and professionals. Providing a complete resource for understanding and implementing HR in relation to the needs of the business as a whole, this book contains in-depth coverage of all the key areas essential to the HR function such as employment law, employee relations, learning and development, performance and reward. Accessible and to the point as ever, this fully updated 14th edition includes emerging theory and practice, embracing the most current thinking on engagement, talent management and leadership development. With updated case studies and references to academic journals, professional magazines and recent research and surveys, it also includes coverage of new approaches to topics such as job evaluation and pay structures. Armstrong's Handbook of Human Resource Management Practice is aligned with the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD) professional map and standards, with the sections meeting CIPD learning outcomes now even clearer than before. Comprehensive online support material for instructors, students and HR managers are included. Resources for students and professionals include multiple choice questions, flash cards, case studies, further reading and a glossary of HRM terms. The lecturers' manual contains session notes, discussion questions, a literature review and a complete set of lecture slides.
Encyclopedia of Human Resource Management by
The Encyclopedia of Human Resource Management is an authoritative and comprehensive reference resource with almost 400 entries on core HR areas and key concepts. From age discrimination, to zero hours contracts, each entry reflects the views of an expert and authoritative author.The terms included vary from singular concepts such as performance appraisal and industrial conflict, to organisational behaviour terms including organisational culture and commitment; and broader management terms such a resourcing and management development. Each entry provides a list of references and further reading to enable the reader to gain a deeper awareness and understanding of each topic. This book is an ideal companion to a standard HRM textbook, and both undergraduate and postgraduate students will find it to be of value. It will also be useful for academic researchers, HR practitioners and policy specialists looking for a succinct expert summary of key HR concepts.
Human resource information systems by
This is a cross-disciplinary book that provides a thorough introduction to the field of Human Resource Information Systems (HRIS).
Human resource management by
Human Resource Management, 9th edition, combines quality, trusted content from market leading HRM author Ray Stone with game-changing digital delivery. Rich in original media such as media excerpts, case studies and thought-leader interviews, it is designed to help readers engage with and apply HRM concepts to real-world contexts.
Human resource management : strategy and practice by
In its 9th edition, AHRI-endorsed Human Resource Management continues to provide a strong conceptual and practical framework for students of human resource management. A multitude of contemporary regional and international examples are integrated throughout, alongside an expanded coverage on ethics and a focus on critical analysis. Thoroughly revised and updated with the latest research findings, this edition includes corporate social responsibility, ethics, sustainable management practice, leadership, talent management, industrial relations, and retains its focus on core human resource elements.
International human resource management by
Now in its seventh edition, 'International Human Resource Management' is established as a market leader that caters to students worldwide. This textbook has developed alongside the field - helping to shape what it is today - and remains a leading international human resources management (IHRM) textbook worldwide.
Introduction to Human Resource Management by
Using their extensive experience teaching and working in HRM, Banfield, Kay, and Royles succinctly convey the reality of contemporary HRM through expert academic and practical insights. Their balanced approach ensures students are able to fully grasp both the theory and practice of HRM, paving the way for success in their academic studies and future careers. With its engaging writing style, this book is the ideal introduction to HRM for students at both undergraduate and postgraduate level. Key terms, research insights, and review questions help students understand the key theoretical concepts and think critically about the issues discussed. Mini-case studies (HRM insights), longer end-of-chapter case studies, and practitioner insights from real HR professionals at a variety of organizations present different scenarios and challenges experienced in the world of business. This range of learning features ensures students are exposed to both the theoretical foundations and the real-life practices of HRM. The book takes a holistic approach to the subject, presenting HR operations and considerations as an integral part of any business. The authors begin by introducing the reader to the challenges and the evolution of the HR function before addressing key operational areas such as talent management, ethics, leadership, recruitment, and misconduct. They go on to explore how these challenges are managed, with an emphasis on practicality. ONLINE RESOURCES: For Students: *Insights and Outcomes *Extension Material *Glossary *Web Links *Multiple-choice Questions *Chapter on Health and Safety For Lecturers: *Test Bank *Suggested Answers to Case Study Questions *Suggested Answers to Review Questions *Additional Case Material *PowerPoint Slides *Seminar Exercises
Introduction to Human Resource Management by
Reflecting the global nature of the workplace with its use of real world examples and case studies, the book goes beyond a prescriptive approach in the practice of strategic HRM, and offers a concise introduction that encourages critical reflection. The NEW fourth edition includes: Discussions on employee engagement, the role and benefits of social media, and the impact of culture and global mobility The latest surveys and research and recent case studies and examples from a cross section industries and global companies, such as Zurich Insurance, Uber, Adobe, Deloitte and Netflix. A FREE interactive eBook giving students digital access to all the content as well as author videos, case studies, web-links, journal articles and quizzes. Lecturers can also access PowerPoint slides, teaching videos, a testbank and an Instructor′s Manual.
Managing the Millennials by
The Builders, Baby Boomers, Generation X, and Millennials--all make up workforces in every type of industry all over the world. The generational gaps are numerous and distinctly different between each age group, and Millennials have gotten a reputation for being particularly unique and often challenging. In this updated and expanded Second Edition of the popular guidebook Managing the Millennials, you'll see how Millennial traits are the same around the globe. In fact, Millennials are more alike than any other generation before them due in large part to rapid advances in technology that let us share more experiences together. These same rapid advances are also redefining the fundamental ways businesses operate, and this revised edition includes the international perspective today's valuable leadership needs to attract and retain these high-performing workers with very different values and expectations. With fresh research and new real-world examples, the powerhouse authorial team reexamines the differences between how different generations work today in businesses around the world, with insightful exploration into what makes the Millennial generation so different from the ones that came before. The authors reveal nine specific points of tension commonly arising from clashing value systems among generations and prescribe nine proven solutions to resolve conflict and build communication, nurture collaborative teams, and create long-lasting relationships among colleagues of every age. A wealth of informative tables and convenient end-of-chapter summaries make this an invaluable everyday reference to support you: Making the most informed decisions with up-to-date, research-based guidance on getting the most from twenty-something employees Executing solutions to the most common obstacles to younger workers engaging and learning from the people who manage them Enhancing your skills as a job coach with practical tips and hands-on tools for coaching Millennials, including concrete action steps for overcoming roadblocks Complete with case studies of real managers and employees interacting in every area of business, enlightening analysis of performance and behavioral patterns across generations, and easy-to-use techniques you can use right away to improve your organization, Managing the Millennials, Second Edition gives you everything you need to inspire your entire workforce to new levels of productivity.
Stories for Management Success by
We tend to assume that we may divide our activities into talk and action. In so doing we tend to suggest that talk is subordinate to action. Taking issue with these presumptions, Stories for Management Success: The Power of Talk in Organizations argues that talk is central to what managers do. Indeed it argues that, for managers, ¿walking the walk¿ necessarily implies ¿talking the talk such that storytelling is now central to managerial work¿. Noting that managerial talk is increasingly located within an account of storytelling the book offers a critical review of the academic debates associated with telling tales at work and uses this critical reflection to shape and guide those who would realise the power of talk. Thus, the book concludes with six key questions designed to prompt both introspection and action on storytelling in an organized context. With reflections on the relevant management research, the author provides a scholar's digest to aid management thinking and practice. This book offers an examination of the processes of organizational storytelling and has been designed to allow practitioners of management to recognise and in so doing to unleash the power of talk in organizations.
Introduction to Human Resource Management
This course will provide you with an overview of the human resource management functions. You will learn the strategic importance and relationship of human resource management with the other functional areas of an organization and develop a general understanding of human resource planning, staffing, training and development, compensation administration, performance management, and labor-management relations.
21st Century Skills for Non-Profit Managers by
Over the last 30 years nonprofit organizations have grown massively in capacity, scope, and authority across the world. With growing demand for services, there are numerous opportunities for nonprofits to respond innovatively and sustainably. Any experienced nonprofit manager knows the role is sometimes frustrating but always exhilarating, working with people and empowering them. Severe funding cuts make this more testing, but new prospects are appearing. If you are new to management or the sector, you need a book describing good practice to inform and guide you. Managing a small nonprofit, requires you to multitask, manage your time and prioritize tasks, while taking on extra responsibilities, you need new skills such as fundraising, all covered in this book. This book covers essential aspects (staffing, communications, charity governance, donations, corporate social responsibility, crowdfunding). With useful case studies, resources and links, it avoids jargon and intellectualizing. Topics include effective business planning, empowering staff and clients, writing successful fundraising applications and preparing government tenders for the U.S. and UK. Don used his experience as a nonprofit manager, volunteer, staffer, fundraiser, community fund overseer, trustee and consultant to make the book relevant, topical and helpful.
Big Data in Organizations and the Role of Human Resource Management by
Big data are changing the way we work as companies face an increasing amount of data. Rather than replacing a human workforce or making decisions obsolete, big data are going to pose an immense innovating force to those employees capable of utilizing them. This book intends to first convey a theoretical understanding of big data. It then tackles the phenomenon of big data from the perspectives of varied organizational theories in order to highlight socio-technological interaction. Big data are bound to transform organizations which calls for a transformation of the human resource department. The HR department's new role then enables organizations to utilize big data for their purpose. Employees, while remaining an organization's major competitive advantage, have found a powerful ally in big data.
Clash of the Generations by
Case studies and strategies for more effective multi-generational management Clash of the Generations explores this new and increasingly common workplace phenomenon, and provides strategies to help managers navigate this ever more complex maze. Traditionally, older workers would retire and make room for the next generation; instead, Baby Boomers are now prolonging their time in the workplace, yet the successive generations are still coming in. Senior leaders are now left to manage a blended workplace comprised of up to four generations--each with their own ideas of work ethic, work/life balance, long-term career goals, and much more. Management is challenging at the best of times, but the new prevalence of generation gaps--sometimes even layered--add an entirely new dimension to an already complex responsibility. This book presents case studies and interviews with representatives of companies with age-diverse workforces, detailing innovative strategies for smoothing out the bumps and helping everyone work together. Managers have long wished that their positions came with an instruction manual, and this book delivers with a host of effective inter-generational management strategies illustrated by real-world companies. Manage the multi-generation workplace more effectively Navigate the generational culture clash Adopt proven strategies for helping everyone get along Promote a more positive culture amidst clashing expectations Every generation in the workplace has value, each has their own strengths, their own weaknesses, and their own unique talents. Each is indispensable, and when they come together as a synergistic force, they can be unstoppable. Effective management means bringing out the best in your workforce, and the strategies presented in Clash of the Generations help you streamline your varied workforce into a team more valuable than the sum of its parts.
The Employee Experience by
The Employee Experience: A Capstone Guide to Peak Performance is a book about people--celebrating people, appreciating people, letting them be heard, engaging them in meaningful ways, and leading them to greatness.A superior employee experience is the driving force behind a thriving organization. It starts with effective leadership--putting customers second and your employees first.In our work over the past decade, we've uncovered a collection of solutions that have been used over and over to achieve positive results. This book, which is as enjoyable to read as it is informative, is a means to get these solutions in your hands. Whether you are leading an organization-wide transformation, a new leader just starting out, or maybe just looking for a few tips to elevate your leadership, your team, or your results--this book is filled with real stories and real solutions that can help.
The Employee Experience by
The Employee Experience: A Capstone Guide to Peak Performance is a book about people--celebrating people, appreciating people, letting them be heard, engaging them in meaningful ways, and leading them to greatness.A superior employee experience is the driving force behind a thriving organization. It starts with effective leadership--putting customers second and your employees first.In our work over the past decade, we've uncovered a collection of solutions that have been used over and over to achieve positive results. This book, which is as enjoyable to read as it is informative, is a means to get these solutions in your hands. Whether you are leading an organization-wide transformation, a new leader just starting out, or maybe just looking for a few tips to elevate your leadership, your team, or your results--this book is filled with real stories and real solutions that can help.
How to Get Best Value from Hr by
For many businesses it is impossible to have HR staff in every office. This is particularly true for companies who have many branches, such as banks and building societies. So what are they to do? Increasingly they are turning to shared services. This book takes the reader through the decision-making process as to whether the shared services option is appropriate for them. This is followed by step-by-step practical guidance on how to set-up and run and monitor a shared services operation. It finishes by drawing attention to the pitfalls to look out for and a checklist of things to do to improve your chances of success.
The Human Resource Professional's Guide to Change Management by
The ability to help an organization effectively deal with change is a key competency that all human resource (HR) professionals must possess. However, many people in the HR function have not received any formal training or instruction on how to fulfill this important role. This book provides HR professionals with key concepts and practical techniques to successfully launch, support, and sustain change management initiatives within their organizations. Pragmatic tools and explanations will illuminate critical change management competencies and processes, thereby enabling HR professionals to take on strategic and active roles. As well, understanding of one's own reactions to change will also be explored to assist HR professionals to effectively manage and guide change. Questions posed at the end of each chapter allow for personal reflection and growth, thereby providing further development of skills relating to change management. This text is an excellent resource for HR students, those new to practicing HR and seasoned HR professionals alike.
Managing People and Organizations in Changing Contexts by
Managing People and Organizations in Changing Contexts addresses the contemporary problems faced by managers in dealing with people, organizations and change in a theoretically-informed and practical way. This textbook approaches people management from the perspective of practising and aspiring managers, making it a valuable alternative to existing texts on organizational behaviour and human resource management. This new edition considers new emerging organizational forms such as e-lancing and recent management concerns such as employee engagement, de-professionalization and the growing challenges of social media. Built around a chapter framework that connects different themes to managerial action and practices, this textbook covers a wide range of topics including: managing at the individual, group and organizational levels change management managing creativity and innovation, and corporate governance and corporate social responsibility. There is an increased international flavour, reflected in the range of contemporary case studies and literature used throughout, which explore business and management problems in the private and public sectors. This text will be relevant to practising and aspiring managers studying people management, organizational behaviour and change management.
The Nonprofit Human Resource Management Handbook by
As an increasing number of individuals go to work in the nonprofit sector, nonprofit managers need support on how best to build their human resource management capacity. They need to know what systems to examine, what questions to ask, and how to ensure they are managing people in a legal manner and as effectively as possible given their particular resource constraints. Important questions include: Do we have a clear philosophy, one that aligns with our nonprofit mission and values and allows us to treat our employees as the professionals they are? How do we select, develop, and retain the best people who will produce high value, high performance work, and how do we do so with limited resources? How do we effectively manage our mix of volunteers and paid staff? What do we need to consider to ensure diverse people work together in a harmonious fashion? With all-new chapters written by the top scholars in the field of nonprofit HRM, these are but a few of the many questions that are addressed in this timely volume.　 These scholars delve into their particular areas of expertise, offering a comprehensive look at theories and trends; legal and ethical issues; how to build HRM from recruitment, management, labor relations, to training and appraisal; as well as topics in diversity, technology, and paid versus volunteer workforce management. This essential handbook offers all core topic coverage as well as countless insider insights, additional resource lists, and tool sets for practical application. With chapters grounded in existing research, but also connecting research to practice for those in the field, The Nonprofit Human Resource Management Handbook will be required reading for a generation of scholars, students, and practitioners of nonprofit human resource management.　
Training instruments in HRD and OD by
A landmark book on training instruments originally conceived and written by late Dr Udai Pareek, widely known as the father of HRD in India.
Human Resource and Organization Needs
The course provides the student with basic diagnostic competencies significant in designing, implementing, and/or evaluating the various programs of the different functions in human resources management. At its barest essence, the course is about helping students diagnose organizational, group, and individual performance needs through the use of analytical thinking tools. Its central focus is the management of performance in the organization.
Armstrong's Handbook of Human Resource Management Practice by
The bestselling, definitive text for all human resource management students and professionals. Providing a complete resource for understanding and implementing HR in relation to the needs of the business as a whole, this book contains in-depth coverage of all the key areas essential to the HR function such as employment law, employee relations, learning and development, performance and reward. Accessible and to the point as ever, this fully updated 14th edition includes emerging theory and practice, embracing the most current thinking on engagement, talent management and leadership development. With updated case studies and references to academic journals, professional magazines and recent research and surveys, it also includes coverage of new approaches to topics such as job evaluation and pay structures. Armstrong's Handbook of Human Resource Management Practice is aligned with the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD) professional map and standards, with the sections meeting CIPD learning outcomes now even clearer than before. Comprehensive online support material for instructors, students and HR managers are included. Resources for students and professionals include multiple choice questions, flash cards, case studies, further reading and a glossary of HRM terms. The lecturers' manual contains session notes, discussion questions, a literature review and a complete set of lecture slides.
Career Development by
Career Development: A Human Resource Development Perspective offers a strategic framework that demonstrates the role of career development within the human resource function. It goes beyond conventional interventions and includes key topics such as diversity, work-life balance, and ethics. Historically, the career development literature has been viewed either from the perspective of the individual (how to build a career) or from an economic perspective (how an organization benefits from developing employees). In this book, McDonald and Hite bring together the strengths of both traditions, offering an integrated framework for career development. The theoretical foundation expands on the counseling literature by incorporating the literature from human resource development and related fields. The application section reflects on the wide range of ages and working options that characterize the current and future workplace. The final section of the book addresses career development issues such as managing a diverse, global workforce; ethics; and work-life balance. This book will help prepare human resource development students, scholars, and practitioners to develop and maintain successful career development programs, and to foster more innovative research that advances the discourse.
Fundamentals of Human Resource Management by
Fundamentals of Human Resource Management provides a complete introduction to human resource management for the general business manager who wants to learn more about how HRM is used in the everyday work environment. Its adaptive learning program and its engaging, focused, and applied content make it the fastest growing HRM program on the market.
A Guide to the Human Resource Body of Knowledge (HRBoK) by
An essential reference for HR professionals A Guide to the HR Body of Knowledge (HRBoKTM) from HR Certification Institute (HRCI®) is an essential reference book for HR professionals and a must-have guide for those who wish to further their expertise and career in the HR field. This book will help HR professionals align their organizations with essential practices while also covering the Core Knowledge Requirements for all exams administered by HRCI. Filled with authoritative insights into the six areas of HR functional expertise: Business Management and Strategy; Workforce Planning and Employment; Human Resource Development; Compensation and Benefits; Employee and Labor Relations; and Risk Management, this volume also covers information on exam eligibility, and prep tips. Contributions from dozens of HR subject matter experts cover the skills, knowledge, and methods that define the profession's best practices. Whether used as a desk reference, or as a self-assessment, this book allows you to: Assess your skill set and your organization's practices against the HRCI standard Get the latest information on strategies HR professionals can use to help their organizations and their profession Gain insight into the body of knowledge that forms the basis for all HRCI certification exams As the HR field becomes more diverse and complex, HR professionals need an informational "home base" for periodic check-ins and authoritative reference. As a certifying body for over four decades, HRCI has drawn upon its collective expertise to codify a standard body of knowledge for the field. The HRBoK is the definitive resource that will be your go-to HR reference for years to come.
Human Resource Management by
Prepare for career and HR success with the text that has set the standard for excellence in human resource management. HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT, 15th Edition, offers the most current look at HRM and its impact on the success of organizations today. A leading resource in preparing for professional HR certification, this edition ensures you address all major topics for the various professional examinations given by the Society for Human Resource Management and the Human Resource Certification Institute. The latest HR research and an effective blend of solid theory and contemporary practice highlight emerging trends driving change in HRM today, including technology, globalization, competencies and HR metrics. The book's accompanying MindTap digital learning platform is a highly personalized, online learning platform of authoritative Cengage Learning content, assignments, and services offering you a tailored presentation of course curriculum created by your instructor. MindTap guides you through the course curriculum via an innovative Learning Path Navigator where you complete reading assignments, annotate your readings, complete homework, and engage with quizzes and assessments.
Human Resource Management by
This book contains comprehensive coverage of all aspects of human resource management and is primarily directed towards public schools, but is also suitable for all organizations---corporate business and small companies, municipalities, and non-profit associations. The main topics include succession planning, succession planning, recruiting, hiring, orientation, mentoring, leading, motivating, laws and policies, appraising, compensating, collective bargaining, and terminating. The information and strategies are practical and useful techniques that can be used by any human resource professional or leaders, or graduate human resource and collective bargaining student who desire to optimize human resources. There are practical strategies for human resources planning, extensive examples for developing strategic plans, and a comprehensive description of Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Commission laws and executive orders. The topic of building collaboration and disciplining employees are cover in chapter five. Other areas include managing conflict, and terminating employees. Several practical examples and forms are also provided, and the chapters concludes with a comprehensive case study. The last chapter includes the area of managing human resources, core competencies of human resource professionals, conducting audits, creating efficiencies, position control, and technology. Several process mapping and technology checklists are included. Several illustrations and a comprehensive case study are included at the end of the chapter.
Human Resource Selection by
Packed with the latest research, court findings, and best practices from the field, Gatewood/Feild/Barrick's HUMAN RESOURCE SELECTION, 8E equips learners and practitioners alike with the tools to develop and implement effective selection programs within today's unique organizations. With an engaging presentation, the book focuses on the most important legal, global and ethical concerns; psychometric measurement concepts; job analysis; predictors of job performance; criteria measures; and much more. It also introduces future and current practitioners to the most popular selection tools−as well as the technical challenges. In addition, detailed discussions explore the role of social media in the selection process.
Introduction to Human Resource Management by
Using their extensive experience teaching and working in HRM, Banfield, Kay, and Royles succinctly convey the reality of contemporary HRM through expert academic and practical insights. Their balanced approach ensures students are able to fully grasp both the theory and practice of HRM, paving the way for success in their academic studies and future careers. With its engaging writing style, this book is the ideal introduction to HRM for students at both undergraduate and postgraduate level. Key terms, research insights, and review questions help students understand the key theoretical concepts and think critically about the issues discussed. Mini-case studies (HRM insights), longer end-of-chapter case studies, and practitioner insights from real HR professionals at a variety of organizations present different scenarios and challenges experienced in the world of business. This range of learning features ensures students are exposed to both the theoretical foundations and the real-life practices of HRM. The book takes a holistic approach to the subject, presenting HR operations and considerations as an integral part of any business. The authors begin by introducing the reader to the challenges and the evolution of the HR function before addressing key operational areas such as talent management, ethics, leadership, recruitment, and misconduct. They go on to explore how these challenges are managed, with an emphasis on practicality. ONLINE RESOURCES: For Students: *Insights and Outcomes *Extension Material *Glossary *Web Links *Multiple-choice Questions *Chapter on Health and Safety For Lecturers: *Test Bank *Suggested Answers to Case Study Questions *Suggested Answers to Review Questions *Additional Case Material *PowerPoint Slides *Seminar Exercises
Organization Theory and Design by
Discover the most progressive thinking about organizations today as acclaimed author Richard Daft balances recent, innovative ideas with proven classic theories and effective business practices. Daft�s best-selling ORGANIZATION THEORY AND DESIGN presents a captivating, compelling snapshot of contemporary organizations and the concepts driving their success that will immediately engage any reader. Recognized as one of the most systematic, well-organized texts in the market, ORGANIZATION THEORY AND DESIGN helps both future and current managers thoroughly prepare for the challenges of today�s business world. This revision showcases some of today�s most current examples and research alongside time-tested principles. Readers see how many of today�s well-known organizations thrive amidst a rapidly changing, highly competitive international environment. New learning features provide opportunities for readers to apply concepts and refine personal business skills and insights.
WorkInspired: How to Build an Organization Where Everyone Loves to Work by
A "Highest Rated CEO" who has transformed his organization into a billion-dollar company and a "Top Place to Work" shows leaders how truly prioritizing employees isn't just good for employees--it's good for business. Imagine a company where everybody loves to work, where employees feel not just "satisfied" but truly cared for, respected, and energized. Think of the impact this would have on recruitment, retention, customer satisfaction, innovation, and overall performance. Aron Ain, the award-winning CEO of Kronos, a global provider of workforce management and human capital management cloud solutions, believes that anything is possible when people are inspired. By embracing employee development and engagement as a growth strategy, Ain transformed his company's culture and built a billion-dollar business. This book takes leaders and managers inside Kronos's highly admired WorkInspired culture, showing them the surprisingly simple rules to follow to replicate that success. Ain's inspiring guide reveals the best practices that have earned Kronos distinctions on coveted lists, such as Glassdoor's 100 Best Places to Work, Fortune's 100 Best Companies to Work For, Forbes's America's Best Employers, and the Boston Globe's Top Places to Work. These include over-communicating and truth-telling, trusting your people again and again, holding managers accountable for being great at what they do, allowing employees flexible schedules and open vacation time, challenging your people to put the company out of business with new and revolutionary ideas, and welcoming back boomerang employees. Many executives talk about how "their people are their greatest asset." Ain challenges leaders to "walk the talk" and put people first, whether they oversee a team of five or an organization of 500,000. When they do, employees won't be the only ones who thank them. Customers and shareholders will, too.
Human Resource and Organization Needs
The course provides the student with basic diagnostic competencies significant in designing, implementing, and/or evaluating the various programs of the different functions in human resources management. At its barest essence, the course is about helping students diagnose organizational, group, and individual performance needs through the use of analytical thinking tools. Its central focus is the management of performance in the organization.
Building an Innovative Learning Organization by
Institute a culture of learning to boost organizational performance and agility What makes organizations successful? Today, most successful companies are learning organizations. Building an Innovative Learning Organization shows you how to join their ranks and bring your organization up to the head of the class. This book is a practical, actionable guide on how to boost performance, successfully manage change, and innovate more quickly. Learning organizations are composed of engaged, motivated employees who continually seek improvement, which leads to organizational agility and the ability to innovate ahead of the curve. When you encourage learning at every level, from the intern to the C suite, you gain a more highly skilled workforce with a greater ability to act in any situation. Building an Innovative Learning Organization shows you how to create this culture in your organization, with detailed explanations, practical examples, and step-by-step instructions so you can get started right away. Written by a recognized thought leader in the training industry, this informative and insightful guide is your roadmap to a more effective organization. You will discover how to: Attract, retain, and motivate the best employees Become a more innovative and agile organization Create a culture of continuous self-improvement Encourage learning at all levels and translate it into action Learning and education doesn't end at graduation--it's a lifelong process that keeps you relevant, informed, and better able to achieve your goals. These same benefits apply at the organizational level, making the culture self-sustaining: learning organizations attract top workers, who drive the organization forward, which attracts more top workers. If you want the best people, you have to be their best option. Building an Innovative Learning Organization gives you a blueprint for building a culture of learning, for a stronger, more robust organization.
The Future-Proof Workplace by
Face the future on the crest of the wave while the rest are pulled under The Future-Proof Workplace is a survival guide for the new realities of business. The future is no longer some far-off destination; it is here, right now, and already changing the way we work. Historically, the sea-changes have advanced humanity and inspired us to reach even further; from the Dark Ages to the Age of Enlightenment, from agrarian to industrial societies--and today is no different. But only those who are ready for the changes will come out thriving. This book highlights the changes already taking place around us: the transition from skills to knowledge, the neuroscience approach to leadership and motivation, galloping technical advances, and more. Whether you're a CEO, a leader or manager, or just trying to survive the chaos, this invaluable guide is your wake-up call--the future is now. The new forces emerging must be understood now if your organization is to succeed. This book details the transformation every business must make to turn upheaval into opportunity. Discover how emerging technologies and neuroscience research are already impacting the way we work Learn how yesterday's biases are being replaced by modern values, culture, and relationships Consider the "heart" of your organization, and whether it can stand up to the purpose-driven paradigm of the future Find new achievement in the new organizational structure, and examine models that are already emerging Everyone knows that changes are needed--and fast. The question is: which changes, and how? The Future-Proof Workplace maps the transformation, and gives you an itinerary for each step of the way.
The handbook of competency mapping : understanding, designing and implementing competency models in organizations by
This thoroughly revised third edition helps human resource managers and professionals understand, develop, manage and map competencies within their organizations. It presents the complete know-how of developing competency framework in detail. In this edition, several chapters have been expanded to provide a greater understanding of business strategies, environmental imperatives and the changing role of HR as a strategic partner. Developed over years of research and consultancy experience, three new chapters on ‘Competency-based Interviewing’, ‘Writing Competencies’ and ‘Competency Framework for Academic Institutions’ have been added.
Human and organisational factors : practices and strategies for a changing world by
This open access book addresses several questions regarding the implementation of human and organisational factors (HOF) so that recent improvements in industrial safety can be built upon. It addresses sources of frustration in senior management with high expectations of operational recommendations and disquiet on the part of HOF specialists struggling to have an impact on high-level decision making. The brief explores these issues with an emphasis on examples and lessons learned based on the experience of its authors, who come from different academic disciplines and various industrial sectors such as oil and gas, energy and transportation. It then offers some ways forward for a better consideration of HOF in hazardous companies with a view of promoting safety and facing challenges in a rapidly changing world.
Human resource excellence : an assessment of strategies and trends by
As a field, human resources has been slow to evolve, despite a great need and opportunity for change. Human Resource Excellence delivers the newest findings about what makes HR successful and how it can add value to today's organizations. Tracing changes in a global sample of firms across the US, Europe, and Asia, this landmark volume provides an international benchmark against which to measure a company's HR practice. For over twenty years, USC's Center for Effective Organizations has conducted the definitive longitudinal study of the human resource management function. Analyzing new data every three years, the Center charts changes in HR and offers guidance on how human resource professionals can drive firm performance. In this latest survey, Edward E. Lawler III and John W. Boudreau conclude that HR is most powerful when it plays a strategic role, makes use of information technology, and has tangible metrics and analytics. Their insights offer an essential understanding of HR's changing role in strategy, big data, social and knowledge networks, and the gig economy.
The Human Resource Professional's Guide to Change Management by
The ability to help an organization effectively deal with change is a key competency that all human resource (HR) professionals must possess. However, many people in the HR function have not received any formal training or instruction on how to fulfill this important role. This book provides HR professionals with key concepts and practical techniques to successfully launch, support, and sustain change management initiatives within their organizations. Pragmatic tools and explanations will illuminate critical change management competencies and processes, thereby enabling HR professionals to take on strategic and active roles. As well, understanding of one's own reactions to change will also be explored to assist HR professionals to effectively manage and guide change. Questions posed at the end of each chapter allow for personal reflection and growth, thereby providing further development of skills relating to change management. This text is an excellent resource for HR students, those new to practicing HR and seasoned HR professionals alike.
Leading the Positive Organization by
Positive psychology and positive organizational scholarship have begun to have an impact on the enterprise. It is important for organizational leaders at all levels to understand this powerful new framework. This volume brings together a wide range of organizational scholars who have derived implications from positive research for the modern enterprise. Engaging topics from leadership, to self-esteem, and to conflict resolution, this book provides practical tools, actions, and processes that can be used to create positive organizations.
The Nonprofit Human Resource Management Handbook by
As an increasing number of individuals go to work in the nonprofit sector, nonprofit managers need support on how best to build their human resource management capacity. They need to know what systems to examine, what questions to ask, and how to ensure they are managing people in a legal manner and as effectively as possible given their particular resource constraints. Important questions include: Do we have a clear philosophy, one that aligns with our nonprofit mission and values and allows us to treat our employees as the professionals they are? How do we select, develop, and retain the best people who will produce high value, high performance work, and how do we do so with limited resources? How do we effectively manage our mix of volunteers and paid staff? What do we need to consider to ensure diverse people work together in a harmonious fashion? With all-new chapters written by the top scholars in the field of nonprofit HRM, these are but a few of the many questions that are addressed in this timely volume.　 These scholars delve into their particular areas of expertise, offering a comprehensive look at theories and trends; legal and ethical issues; how to build HRM from recruitment, management, labor relations, to training and appraisal; as well as topics in diversity, technology, and paid versus volunteer workforce management. This essential handbook offers all core topic coverage as well as countless insider insights, additional resource lists, and tool sets for practical application. With chapters grounded in existing research, but also connecting research to practice for those in the field, The Nonprofit Human Resource Management Handbook will be required reading for a generation of scholars, students, and practitioners of nonprofit human resource management.　
Talking about Structural Inequalities in Everyday Life by
The book, Talking About Structural Inequalities in Everyday Life: New Politics of Race in Groups, Organizations, and Social Systems, provides critical attention to contemporary, innovative, and cutting-edge issues in group, organizational, and social systems that address the complexities of racialized structural inequalities in everyday life. This book provides a comprehensive focus on systemic, societal, and organizational functioning in a variety of contexts in advancing the interdisciplinary fields of human development, psychology, counseling, social work, education, public health, multiculturalism/cultural studies, and organizational consultation. One of the most fundamental aspects of this book engages readers in the connection between theory and praxis that incorporates a critical analytic approach to learning and the practicality of knowledge. A critical emphasis examines how inequalities and power relations manifest in groups, organizations, communities, and social systems within societal contexts. In particular, suppressing talk about racialized structural inequalities in the dominant culture has traditionally worked to marginalize communities of color. The subtle, barely visible, and sometimes unspeakable behavioral practices involving these racialized dynamics are explored. This scholarly book provides a valuable collection of chapters for researchers, prevention experts, clinicians, and policy makers, as well as research organizations, not-for-profit organizations, clinical agencies, and advanced level undergraduate and graduate courses focused on human development, psychology, counseling, social work, education, public health, organizational consultation and advocacy.
Vision : how it works and what can go wrong by
"Over the past fifty years, enormous progress has been made in understanding visual mechanisms and treating eye disorders. And yet the scientist is not always aware of the latest clinical advances and the clinician is often not up to date on the basic scientific discoveries. Writing in nontechnical language, John and Joseph Dowling, a neuroscientist and an ophthalmologist, examine vision from both perspectives, providing concise descriptions of basic visual mechanisms and related clinical abnormalities. Thus, an account of the photoreceptors is followed by a consideration of retinitis pigmentosa and macular degeneration; an explanation of the retina's function is followed by details of glaucoma and diabetic retinopathy. The authors begin with the cornea and lens, which project an image on the light-sensitive elements inside the eye, the photoreceptors, and how that process can be compromised by such disorders as cataracts and corneal disease. They go on to describe, among other things, how the photoreceptors capture light; retinal and visual cortical anatomy and physiology; and higher level visual processing that leads to perception. Cortical disorders such as amblyopia are discussed as well as specific deficits such as the inability to recognize faces, colors, or moving objects. Finally, they survey the evolution of our knowledge of vision, and speculate about future advances"--MIT CogNet.
Human Behavior in Organizations
This course deals with the study of individual and group dynamics in organizations. It is primarily concerned with the psychosocial, interpersonal and behavioral dynamics in organizations as well as the organizational variables that affect human behavior at work.
Cases and Exercises in Organization Development and Change by
Cases and Exercises in Organization Development & Change, Second Edition encourages students to practice organization development (OD) skills in unison with learning about theories of organizational change and human behavior. The book includes a comprehensive collection of cases about the OD process and organization-wide, team, and individual interventions, including global OD, dialogic OD, and OD in virtual organizations. In addition to real-world cases, author Donald L. Anderson gives students practical and experiential exercises that make the course material come alive through realistic scenarios that managers and organizational change practitioners regularly experience.
Empowerment Series: Human Behavior in the Macro Social Environment by
Go straight to the heart of what social work is all about--and learn how to promote positive change by building upon the strengths of macro systems. In HUMAN BEHAVIOR IN THE MACRO SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT, 5th Edition, Karen Kirst-Ashman and Grafton Hull provide a comprehensive overview of the subject while citing real-world practice and case studies to illustrate theories and their application. They focus on empowerment--encouraging communities, organizations and groups to promote change from the inside out. They also prompt you to think critically about how macro systems affect human behavior, and ultimately, how those systems shape the practice of social work. Up-to-date coverage of environmental justice, cognitive restructuring, building effective teams, faith-based social services and health care and many other topics reflects the latest developments and concerns in the field.
Human relations in organizations : applications and skill building by
Human Relations in Organizations: Applications and Skill Building, 11th edition, offers a workbook-style approach that is perfect for incorporating activities and exercises into the classroom. This approach helps students master critical concepts as well as develop skills that they can use in their professional lives. The book provides a balanced, three-pronged approach: A clear, concise understanding of human relations and organizational behavior concepts; Application of human relations and organizational behavior in the business world; and Development of human relations and organizational behavior skills [https://www.prioritytextbook.com].
M: Organizational Behavior by
M: Organizational Behavior, 4th edition by McShane and Von Glinow delivers essential OB knowledge in an accessible, student-focused style. Students learn the latest concepts and associated workplace practices, with real-world examples to demonstrate their relevance. This book builds on the strengths of the main textbook, including a strong literature foundation, excellent readability, meaningful exhibits, and a global representation of examples. Through Connect, students also have access to dozens of self-assessments and learning activities.Our most affordable offering, this book also adopts the view that OB is for everyone in organizations, not just for managers.
Managing Change, Creativity and Innovation by
A fresh approach to managing organizational change by looking at it as complex, dynamic, and messy as opposed to a series of neat, linear stages and processes leading to success. Key to the approach is the idea that change, creativity and innovation all overlap and interconnect rather than being three separate areas of study and that managing the three together is central to organizations having the competitive edge in developing new technologies and techniques, products and services. Managing Change, Creativity and Innovation continues to offer practical guidelines as well as a theoretical understanding of change, creativity and innovation. It delivers an equal balance of critical perspectives and sound ideas for organizational change and development and presents the idea that change can be proactive, driven by creativity and innovation. The Third Edition includes additional change management content including learning, personal change, managing the self, employability, developments in conventional Organizational Development and new emergent forms including appreciative inquiry. Along with a series of rich international case studies, including TNT Australia, Amazon, Leeds Rhinos, Jerusalem Paints, Alpha Pro Pump and KPMG. It is supported by a range of learning and revision aids including reflective exercises, review and discussion questions and hands-on research tasks. All of which help students to reflect on the material covered and provide a source for more open group discussion and debate. A companion website accompanies the book, with additional material including PowerPoint slides for lecturers and video links and access to SAGE journal articles for students. Suitable for upper-level undergraduates and postgraduate students.
Organizational Behavior by
Prepare to Think and Act like a manager with the powerful insights, solid concepts, and reader-friendly approach in ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR: MANAGING PEOPLE AND ORGANIZATIONS, 12th Edition. This text equips you with the skills and practical understanding to meet modern management challenges. You will delve into the fundamentals of employee behavior in today's organizations as the book balances classic management ideas with thorough coverage of the most recent organizational behavior developments and contemporary trends. Memorable examples from organizations and managers you will instantly recognize are woven throughout the book and work with new cases and boxed features that focus on pressing issues and reinforce the book's practical perspective. You'll also learn more about your strengths and areas where you need development though an array of self-assessment activities.
Organizational Culture and Leadership by
The book that defined the field, updated and expanded for today's organizations Organizational Culture and Leadership is the classic reference for managers and students seeking a deeper understanding of the inter-relationship of organizational culture dynamics and leadership. Author Edgar Schein is the 'father' of organizational culture, world-renowned for his expertise and research in the field; in this book, he analyzes and illustrates through cases the abstract concept of culture and shows its importance to the management of organizational change. This new fifth edition shows how culture has become a popular concept leading to a wide variety of research and implementation by various organizations and expands the focus on the role of national cultures in influencing culture dynamics, including some practical concepts for how to deal with international differences. Special emphasis is given to how the role of leadership varies with the age of the organization from founding, through mid-life to old age as the cultural issues vary at each stage. How culture change is managed at each stage and in different types of organizations is emphasized as a central concern of leader behavior.. This landmark book is considered the defining resource in the field. Drawing on a wide range of research, this fifth edition contains 25 percent new and revised material to provide the most relevant new concepts and perspectives alongside the basic culture model that has helped to define the field. Dig into assumptions and typologies to decipher organizational culture Learn how culture begins, thrives, or dies with leadership Manage cultural change effectively and appropriately Understand the leader's role in managing disparate groups The resurgence of interest in organizational culture has spurred an awakening in research, and new information is continuously coming to light. Outdated practices are being replaced by more effective methods, and the resulting shift affects organizations everywhere. Organizational Culture and Leadership is an essential resource for scholars, consultants and leaders seeking continuous improvement in the face of today's business realities.
Reframing Organizations by
Set aside trends to focus on the fundamentals of great leadership Reframing Organizations provides time-tested guidance for more effective organizational leadership. Rooted in decades of social science research across multiple disciplines, Bolman and Deal's four-frame model has continued to evolve since its conception over 25 years ago; this new sixth edition has been updated to include coverage of cross-sector collaboration, generational differences, virtual environments, globalization, sustainability, and communication across cultures. The Instructor's guide has been expanded to provide additional tools for the classroom, including chapter summary tip sheets, mini-assessments, Bolman & Deal podcasts, and more. These recent revisions reflect the intersection of reader recommendations and the current leadership environment, resulting in a renewed practicality and even greater alignment with everyday application. Combining the latest research from organizational theory, organizational behavior, psychology, sociology, political science and more, the model detailed here provides real guidance for real leaders. Guide, motivate, and inspire your team's best performance as you learn to: Optimize group, team, and organizational structure Build a positive, collaborative dynamic across generations, teams, and sectors Understand power and conflict amidst the internal and external political landscape Shape your organization's culture and build a cohesive sense of spirit Bolman and Deal's four-frame model has withstood the test of time because it offers an accessible, compact, and powerful set of ideas for navigating complexity and turbulence. In today's business climate, leadership trends come and go; today's flash in the pan is tomorrow's obsolete strategy, but a leadership framework built on a solid foundation will serve your organization well no matter what the future holds. Reframing Organizations provides clear guidance and up-to-date insight for anyone facing the challenges of contemporary leadership.
Rethinking Leadership by
Leadership, corporate responsibility and management ethics underline the human centered paradigm in the complex world of today. One major issue in management is impact on people. This book relates to the outcomes of human interaction within and beyond the borders of an organization. It discusses what motivates moral behavior at the individual and the collective levels, how morality is engrained in markets and how it is deployed in business processes and stakeholder relations. The book shows that human centered management is built and consolidated in four complementary dimensions: ethical, social, economic and institutional. It emphasizes that moral managers and moral markets are essential for business sustainability. Rethinking Leadershipcovers ethics development from its origin to help managers understand and confront the 21st century's increasing challenges and disruptions. Its clear narrative and cogent examples bridge scholars and practitioners, with distinctive examples on how to implement human centered management and how to teach the subject to executives. The author has 30 years of business experience in developed and developing countries and 20 years in academia in the US and in Europe, which provides solid background to effectively and affectively discuss the topic from the multiple angles.
Transformations : 7 roles to drive change by design by
Tracking how design has changed in previous bookDesign Transitions has inevitably led the authors to explore how organisations are changing using design. Design is now the key driver of innovation and change within organisations across the globe. It is therefore important to learn how, when and why to use design to drive change in your organisation. Transformations documents how design is being used to support change across different organisations, countries and sectors, sharing the stories of experts in their fields at varying stages of their transformative journeys. The authors present seven roles for change that are used to influence the development of products and services, the shape of the organisation itself and, most importantly, their ability to embrace change. These seven roles can transform organisations to be more innovative, human-centeredand resilient: Cultural Catalyst; Framework Maker; Humaniser; Power Broker; Friendly Challenger; Technology Enabler and Community Builder. Well-documented case studies offer readers insight into how design strategies can be successfully activated in different types of organisation. The seven roles offer both designers and non-designers a common language and framework to support design-driven transformation.Transformations, in the right hands, is a potent tool to understand, shape and implement design-driven change.
Human Behavior in Organizations
This course deals with the study of individual and group dynamics in organizations. It is primarily concerned with the psychosocial, interpersonal and behavioral dynamics in organizations as well as the organizational variables that affect human behavior at work.
The Human Resource Professional's Guide to Change Management by
The ability to help an organization effectively deal with change is a key competency that all human resource (HR) professionals must possess. However, many people in the HR function have not received any formal training or instruction on how to fulfill this important role. This book provides HR professionals with key concepts and practical techniques to successfully launch, support, and sustain change management initiatives within their organizations. Pragmatic tools and explanations will illuminate critical change management competencies and processes, thereby enabling HR professionals to take on strategic and active roles. As well, understanding of one's own reactions to change will also be explored to assist HR professionals to effectively manage and guide change. Questions posed at the end of each chapter allow for personal reflection and growth, thereby providing further development of skills relating to change management. This text is an excellent resource for HR students, those new to practicing HR and seasoned HR professionals alike.
Leading the Positive Organization by
Positive psychology and positive organizational scholarship have begun to have an impact on the enterprise. It is important for organizational leaders at all levels to understand this powerful new framework. This volume brings together a wide range of organizational scholars who have derived implications from positive research for the modern enterprise. Engaging topics from leadership, to self-esteem, and to conflict resolution, this book provides practical tools, actions, and processes that can be used to create positive organizations.
The Nonprofit Human Resource Management Handbook by
As an increasing number of individuals go to work in the nonprofit sector, nonprofit managers need support on how best to build their human resource management capacity. They need to know what systems to examine, what questions to ask, and how to ensure they are managing people in a legal manner and as effectively as possible given their particular resource constraints. Important questions include: Do we have a clear philosophy, one that aligns with our nonprofit mission and values and allows us to treat our employees as the professionals they are? How do we select, develop, and retain the best people who will produce high value, high performance work, and how do we do so with limited resources? How do we effectively manage our mix of volunteers and paid staff? What do we need to consider to ensure diverse people work together in a harmonious fashion? With all-new chapters written by the top scholars in the field of nonprofit HRM, these are but a few of the many questions that are addressed in this timely volume.　 These scholars delve into their particular areas of expertise, offering a comprehensive look at theories and trends; legal and ethical issues; how to build HRM from recruitment, management, labor relations, to training and appraisal; as well as topics in diversity, technology, and paid versus volunteer workforce management. This essential handbook offers all core topic coverage as well as countless insider insights, additional resource lists, and tool sets for practical application. With chapters grounded in existing research, but also connecting research to practice for those in the field, The Nonprofit Human Resource Management Handbook will be required reading for a generation of scholars, students, and practitioners of nonprofit human resource management.　
Organizational behavior by
This OpenStax resource aligns to introductory courses in Organizational Behavior. The text presents the theory, concepts, and applications with particular emphasis on the impact that individuals and groups can have on organizational performance and culture. An array of recurring features engages students in entrepreneurial thinking, managing change, using tools/technology, and responsible management; furthermore, the unique chapter on Social Media and Communication contextualizes the importance and implications of various platforms and communications methods.
Reframing Organizations by
Set aside trends to focus on the fundamentals of great leadership Reframing Organizations provides time-tested guidance for more effective organizational leadership. Rooted in decades of social science research across multiple disciplines, Bolman and Deal's four-frame model has continued to evolve since its conception over 25 years ago; this new sixth edition has been updated to include coverage of cross-sector collaboration, generational differences, virtual environments, globalization, sustainability, and communication across cultures. The Instructor's guide has been expanded to provide additional tools for the classroom, including chapter summary tip sheets, mini-assessments, Bolman & Deal podcasts, and more. These recent revisions reflect the intersection of reader recommendations and the current leadership environment, resulting in a renewed practicality and even greater alignment with everyday application. Combining the latest research from organizational theory, organizational behavior, psychology, sociology, political science and more, the model detailed here provides real guidance for real leaders. Guide, motivate, and inspire your team's best performance as you learn to: Optimize group, team, and organizational structure Build a positive, collaborative dynamic across generations, teams, and sectors Understand power and conflict amidst the internal and external political landscape Shape your organization's culture and build a cohesive sense of spirit Bolman and Deal's four-frame model has withstood the test of time because it offers an accessible, compact, and powerful set of ideas for navigating complexity and turbulence. In today's business climate, leadership trends come and go; today's flash in the pan is tomorrow's obsolete strategy, but a leadership framework built on a solid foundation will serve your organization well no matter what the future holds. Reframing Organizations provides clear guidance and up-to-date insight for anyone facing the challenges of contemporary leadership.
This course will enable you to grasp the fundamentals and principles of training, education (career development), and development (in relation to organizational change) of employees. You will be introduced to the conceptual and operational framework of human resource development and have an in-depth knowledge of the training process or training design and evaluation model. Lastly, you will acquire sensitivity to employee and organizational needs and the creativity to address them with equal attention such as matching employee growth with the organizational manpower needs.
Career Development by
Career Development: A Human Resource Development Perspective offers a strategic framework that demonstrates the role of career development within the human resource function. It goes beyond conventional interventions and includes key topics such as diversity, work-life balance, and ethics. Historically, the career development literature has been viewed either from the perspective of the individual (how to build a career) or from an economic perspective (how an organization benefits from developing employees). In this book, McDonald and Hite bring together the strengths of both traditions, offering an integrated framework for career development. The theoretical foundation expands on the counseling literature by incorporating the literature from human resource development and related fields. The application section reflects on the wide range of ages and working options that characterize the current and future workplace. The final section of the book addresses career development issues such as managing a diverse, global workforce; ethics; and work-life balance. This book will help prepare human resource development students, scholars, and practitioners to develop and maintain successful career development programs, and to foster more innovative research that advances the discourse.
Career Development Interventions by
Theories, assessments, planning tools, resources, and technologies relevant to modern career development in a practical approach that shows theory and research in action. KEY TOPICS: Career development, life stages, career choice, career theory, career transition, career guidance, career counseling, school-based career guidance, program development, technology in career guidance, occupational information, assessment, community counseling, counselor competencies, practical interventions, career guidance tools, career guidance techniques, job placement, career studies, web-based systems, objectives, ethics MARKET: Current and future career counselors
Coaching and Mentoring by
This book is not available as a print inspection copy. To download an e-version click here or for more information contact your local sales representative. Drawing on extensive research and the authors' own experiences as coaches and mentors, the book offers a critical perspective on the theory and practice of coaching and mentoring.The Third Editionis split into four parts and has been updated to include the contemporary debates, issues and influences in the field. It features a collection of new international case-studies, drawn from the USA, Africa, Asia and South America, along with an increased emphasis on current topics such as internal coaching schemes, e-technologies and social media. In addition to these features, there are four new chapters: Perspectives on Coaching and Mentoring from around the Globe - Comparing case studies written by practitioners in locations around the world. The Skilled Coachee - An examination of the role of coachee in the coaching and mentoring process. Question of Ethics - A chapter devoted to the ethical issues inherent in coaching and mentoring. Towards a Meta-Theory - A chance for the reader to conceive new ways to engage with theory and practice. The book is complemented by a companion websitefeaturing a range of tools and resources for instructors and students, including PowerPoint slides, flash-cards and access to full text SAGE Journal articles.Suitable reading for students on coaching and mentoring modules.
The Employee Experience Advantage by
Research Shows Organizations That Focus on Employee Experience Far Outperform Those That Don't Recently a new type of organization has emerged, one that focuses on employee experiences as a way to drive innovation, increase customer satisfaction, find and hire the best people, make work more engaging, and improve overall performance. The Employee Experience Advantage is the first book of its kind to tackle this emerging topic that is becoming the #1 priority for business leaders around the world. Although everyone talks about employee experience nobody has really been able to explain concretely what it is and how to go about designing for it...until now. How can organizations truly create a place where employees want to show up to work versus need to show up to work? For decades the business world has focused on measuring employee engagement meanwhile global engagement scores remain at an all time low despite all the surveys and institutes that been springing up tackle this problem. Clearly something is not working. Employee engagement has become the short-term adrenaline shot that organizations turn to when they need to increase their engagement scores. Instead, we have to focus on designing employee experiences which is the long term organizational design that leads to engaged employees. This is the only long-term solution. Organizations have been stuck focusing on the cause instead of the effect. The cause is employee experience; the effect is an engaged workforce. Backed by an extensive research project that looked at over 150 studies and articles, featured extensive interviews with over 150 executives, and analyzed over 250 global organizations, this book clearly breaks down the three environments that make up every single employee experience at every organization around the world and how to design for them. These are the cultural, technological, and physical environments. This book explores the attributes that organizations need to focus on in each one of these environments to create COOL spaces, ACE technology, and a CELEBRATED culture. Featuring exclusive case studies, unique frameworks, and never before seen research, The Employee Experience Advantage guides readers on a journey of creating a place where people actually want to show up to work. Readers will learn: The trends shaping employee experience How to evaluate their own employee experience using the Employee Experience Score What the world's leading organizations are doing around employee experience How to design for technology, culture, and physical spaces The role people analytics place in employee experience Frameworks for how to actually create employee experiences The role of the gig economy The future of employee experience Nine types of organizations that focus on employee experience And much more! There is no question that engaged employees perform better, aspire higher, and achieve more, but you can't create employee engagement without designing employee experiences first. It's time to rethink your strategy and implement a real-world framework that focuses on how to create an organization where people want to show up to work. The Employee Experience Advantage shows you how to do just that.
Human Development and Performance Throughout the Lifespan by
Human Development & Performance Throughout the Lifespan, 2nd Edition is ideal for occupational therapy, physical therapy, and other rehabilitation disciplines. It provides a broad, occupation-based viewpoint of development and performance throughout all life stages with an emphasis on the factors that influence daily participation and optimal performance of desired daily life tasks. The authors use a life course conceptual model as an organizational foundation for clinical reasoning to help readers understand how to implement the activity- and participation-based goals and outcomes for therapy. Written by an occupational therapist and a physical therapist, the book incorporates chapters by leading experts in human development, giving users cutting-edge information and a wide range of perspectives. By integrating information from the International Classification of Function and Disability (ICF) with a developmental life-task perspective, the book gives both newcomers and experienced professionals an essential, contemporary frame of reference.
Human Resource Management by
This book is not available as a print inspection copy. To download an e-version click here or for more information contact your local sales representative. A comprehensive introduction to HRM for students who are new to the field, but who will be seeking employment in a global market, working with diverse colleagues and across international borders. Broken down into three parts covering Strategic Issues in HRM, HRM in Practice and HRM in Context, and weaving international and cross-cultural perspectives throughout, the text explores the ever-changing world of human resource management. The various theories, practices and debates that populate this field are examined, and the challenges and controversies that arise when theory meets practice are explored. The international dimension in all its aspects including cross-cultural working, diversity, equality and international business have been considered throughout. Practical learning features have been included to help students develop skills they can apply to their course and in graduate employment.In the new edition, the authors have further explored the international context for HRM, not just for multinational corporations but also for small businesses and not-for-profit organizations, with added analysis on the importance of recognizing that effective functioning of organizations is not simply measured by financial performance, but also by taking into account the broader social, economic and political contexts.International case studies covering emerging economies and specific ethical issues are included with each chapter containing two case studies - one short case mid-chapter and a longer end-of-chapter case, each of which has a set of accompanying questions for students to explore individually or in groups to broaden their learning.The book is supported by a SAGE Edge site, featuring a range of tools and resources for lecturers and students, including SAGE journal articles, PowerPoint slides, web and video links, interactive multiple choice questions, chapter specific podcasts and an instructor's manual.Suitable for undergraduates and post-graduate students looking for a strategic and international perspective of HRM.
Human resource management by
Human Resource Management, 9th edition, combines quality, trusted content from market leading HRM author Ray Stone with game-changing digital delivery. Rich in original media such as media excerpts, case studies and thought-leader interviews, it is designed to help readers engage with and apply HRM concepts to real-world contexts.
Human Resource Management by
This book contains comprehensive coverage of all aspects of human resource management and is primarily directed towards public schools, but is also suitable for all organizations---corporate business and small companies, municipalities, and non-profit associations. The main topics include succession planning, succession planning, recruiting, hiring, orientation, mentoring, leading, motivating, laws and policies, appraising, compensating, collective bargaining, and terminating. The information and strategies are practical and useful techniques that can be used by any human resource professional or leaders, or graduate human resource and collective bargaining student who desire to optimize human resources. There are practical strategies for human resources planning, extensive examples for developing strategic plans, and a comprehensive description of Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Commission laws and executive orders. The topic of building collaboration and disciplining employees are cover in chapter five. Other areas include managing conflict, and terminating employees. Several practical examples and forms are also provided, and the chapters concludes with a comprehensive case study. The last chapter includes the area of managing human resources, core competencies of human resource professionals, conducting audits, creating efficiencies, position control, and technology. Several process mapping and technology checklists are included. Several illustrations and a comprehensive case study are included at the end of the chapter.
Human Resource Management in Public Service by
Recognizing the inherent tensions and contradictions that result from managing people in organizations, Human Resource Management in Public Service: Paradoxes, Processes, and Problems offers provocative and thorough coverage of the complex issues of management in the public sector. Continuing the award-winning tradition of previous editions, this Fifth Editionhelps students to understand complex managerial puzzles and covers all of the stages of the employment process, including recruitment, selection, training, legal rights and responsibilities, compensation, and appraisal. Extensive skill-building exercises help you practice and apply the material and develop hands-on, technical skills that will help you in the workplace. A broad range of examples from local, state, federal, and international settings provide you with examples of the issues in a variety of public sector contexts. Questions at the end of each chapter, along with a mix of individual, group, and in-class exercises, encourage active learning and mastery of concepts.
The Talent Management Handbook, Third Edition: Making Culture a Competitive Advantage by Acquiring, Identifying, Developing, and Promoting the Best People by
The go-to guide to strategic talent management-- revised and reorganized for the new world of business HR professionals, CEOs, and high-level executives routinely consult The Talent Management Handbook to drive spectacular results for their staff and for their organization. This comprehensive guide provides everything you need to build and manage a diverse, talented, and motivated workforce--the lynchpin to succeeding in today's hyper-competitive world. Each section of the book provides the most current HR processes, practical management tools and techniques, and invaluable resources that will help you: * Attract new talent and retain the cream of the crop * Design career plans that boost employee morale * Improve performance through a personal value exchange * Coach, develop, and inspire raw talent and prepare the CEOs of the future * Improve the performance review process * Create a culture of innovation and sustainability This updated edition retains all the frameworks, methods, and insights that have made the book a classic in the field, and it includes brand-new information about talent acquisition, professional development, big data, global talent, and more. Packed with best practices from the world's leading talent management firms, associations, and top talent management thinkers--Korn Ferry-Hay Group, Mercer, Society for Human Resources Management, Association for Talent Management, Center for Creative Leadership, Dave Ulrich, and Marshall Goldsmith just to name a few. The Talent Management Handbook is the all-in-one resource you need to drive organizational excellence and seize the competitive edge
This course will enable you to grasp the fundamentals and principles of training, education (career development), and development (in relation to organizational change) of employees. You will be introduced to the conceptual and operational framework of human resource development and have an in-depth knowledge of the training process or training design and evaluation model. Lastly, you will acquire sensitivity to employee and organizational needs and the creativity to address them with equal attention such as matching employee growth with the organizational manpower needs.
21st Century Skills for Non-Profit Managers by
Over the last 30 years nonprofit organizations have grown massively in capacity, scope, and authority across the world. With growing demand for services, there are numerous opportunities for nonprofits to respond innovatively and sustainably. Any experienced nonprofit manager knows the role is sometimes frustrating but always exhilarating, working with people and empowering them. Severe funding cuts make this more testing, but new prospects are appearing. If you are new to management or the sector, you need a book describing good practice to inform and guide you. Managing a small nonprofit, requires you to multitask, manage your time and prioritize tasks, while taking on extra responsibilities, you need new skills such as fundraising, all covered in this book. This book covers essential aspects (staffing, communications, charity governance, donations, corporate social responsibility, crowdfunding). With useful case studies, resources and links, it avoids jargon and intellectualizing. Topics include effective business planning, empowering staff and clients, writing successful fundraising applications and preparing government tenders for the U.S. and UK. Don used his experience as a nonprofit manager, volunteer, staffer, fundraiser, community fund overseer, trustee and consultant to make the book relevant, topical and helpful.
Big Data in Organizations and the Role of Human Resource Management by
Big data are changing the way we work as companies face an increasing amount of data. Rather than replacing a human workforce or making decisions obsolete, big data are going to pose an immense innovating force to those employees capable of utilizing them. This book intends to first convey a theoretical understanding of big data. It then tackles the phenomenon of big data from the perspectives of varied organizational theories in order to highlight socio-technological interaction. Big data are bound to transform organizations which calls for a transformation of the human resource department. The HR department's new role then enables organizations to utilize big data for their purpose. Employees, while remaining an organization's major competitive advantage, have found a powerful ally in big data.
The Employee Experience by
The Employee Experience: A Capstone Guide to Peak Performance is a book about people--celebrating people, appreciating people, letting them be heard, engaging them in meaningful ways, and leading them to greatness.A superior employee experience is the driving force behind a thriving organization. It starts with effective leadership--putting customers second and your employees first.In our work over the past decade, we've uncovered a collection of solutions that have been used over and over to achieve positive results. This book, which is as enjoyable to read as it is informative, is a means to get these solutions in your hands. Whether you are leading an organization-wide transformation, a new leader just starting out, or maybe just looking for a few tips to elevate your leadership, your team, or your results--this book is filled with real stories and real solutions that can help.
Handbook of Human Resource Development by
Human Resource Development Relies Upon a Strong Educational Foundation In the Handbook of Human Resource Development, Neal Chalofsky, Tonette Rocco, and Michael Lane Morris have compiled a collection of chapters sponsored by the Academy of Human Resource Development to address the fundamental concepts and issues that HR professionals face daily. The chapters are written and supported by professionals who offer a wide range of experience and who represent the industry from varying international and demographic perspectives. Topics addressed form a comprehensive view of the HRD field and answer a number of key questions. Nationally and internationally, how does HRD stand with regard to academic study and research? What is its place in the professional world? What are the philosophies, values, and critical perspectives driving HRD forward? What theories, research initiatives, and other ideas are required to understand HRD and function successfully within this field? As the industry grows, what are the challenges and important issues that professionals expect to face? What hot topics are occupying these professionals now? The Handbook's insight and guidelines allows students and HR professionals to build a fundamental understanding of HRD as an industry, as a field of research, and for future professional success.
Human resource development in Mauritius : context, challenges and opportunities by
Content: Human resource development in Mauritius: context, challenges and opportunities; Is Mauritius ready to become the HRD leader in Africa?; Barriers to employee training in small and medium sized enterprises; Does human capital contribute to economic growth in Mauritius?; The empowering of public sector officers in the Mauritian public sector in the context of reforms.
Human resource excellence : an assessment of strategies and trends by
The eighth version of this serial publication draws on twenty-one years of data collected by the Center for Effective Organizations to chart the state of the Human Resources--how it is organized and managed, how it contributes to organizational performance, and how it is changing. It provides an international benchmark against which to measure real-world practice.
The Nonprofit Human Resource Management Handbook by
As an increasing number of individuals go to work in the nonprofit sector, nonprofit managers need support on how best to build their human resource management capacity. They need to know what systems to examine, what questions to ask, and how to ensure they are managing people in a legal manner and as effectively as possible given their particular resource constraints. Important questions include: Do we have a clear philosophy, one that aligns with our nonprofit mission and values and allows us to treat our employees as the professionals they are? How do we select, develop, and retain the best people who will produce high value, high performance work, and how do we do so with limited resources? How do we effectively manage our mix of volunteers and paid staff? What do we need to consider to ensure diverse people work together in a harmonious fashion? With all-new chapters written by the top scholars in the field of nonprofit HRM, these are but a few of the many questions that are addressed in this timely volume.　 These scholars delve into their particular areas of expertise, offering a comprehensive look at theories and trends; legal and ethical issues; how to build HRM from recruitment, management, labor relations, to training and appraisal; as well as topics in diversity, technology, and paid versus volunteer workforce management. This essential handbook offers all core topic coverage as well as countless insider insights, additional resource lists, and tool sets for practical application. With chapters grounded in existing research, but also connecting research to practice for those in the field, The Nonprofit Human Resource Management Handbook will be required reading for a generation of scholars, students, and practitioners of nonprofit human resource management.　
Personnel Selection by
This is a fully updated edition of Personnel Selection, a seminal text on the psychometric approach to personnel selection by a noted expert in the field. Focuses on cutting-edge topics including the influence of social networking sites, adverse impact, age differences and stereotypes, distribution of work performance, and the problems of selecting new employees using research based on incumbent employees Questions established beliefs in the field, especially issues that have been characterized as "not a problem," such as differential validity, over-reliance on self-report, and "faking good" Contains expanded discussion of research and practice in the US and internationally, while maintaining the definitive coverage of UK and European selection approaches Provides comprehensive yet accessible information for professionals and students, as well as helpful pedagogical tools (technical and statistical boxes, simplified figures and tables, research agenda boxes, key point summaries, and key references)
Productivity and Organizational Management by
Effective work practices and good employee relations are a real necessity of nowadays organizations, as they can help to reduce absenteeism, turnover, organizational costs, conducting to high levels of commitment, effectiveness, performance as well as productivity. Addressing these questions, this book focuses on the implications of changes in productivity and organizational management, exploring models, tools and processes.
Skills Management by
Managing skills is at the core of Human Resources Management. Based on previous literature and realized with researchers from Magellan, the Research Center in Management of iaeLyon, Skills Management examines how skills can be analyzed at the individual and collective levels, and investigates the focus on different types of skills - including technical, soft, learning, leadership and emotional skills. The book examines how skills management is applied in various contexts and for various populations, cultures and profiles, with examples ranging from middle managers having to develop organizational skills in a changing environment, to engineers having to develop soft skills beyond their technical skills; from police officers developing emotional skills, to the new skills that are needed when a hospital introduces a new approach to shared leadership. In the concluding chapter, this book also investigates how it is sometimes difficult to focus on skills development when organization needs are focused on flexibility.
This is an integrating course for Human Resource Management students, you will deal with the formulation and development of Human Resource Management programs and practices to address the strategic direction of an organization. It emphasizes on the importance of HRM function in the attainment of corporate goals and objectives vis a vis identified key business issues. You will examine how managers may implement more effectively the people-intensive strategies.
Fundamentals of human resource management by
"Applicable to both HR majors and non-majors, Fundamentals of Human Resource Management, 8e, focuses on human resource issues and how HR is a key component of any company's overall corporate strategy. With Fundamentals of Human Resource Management, 8e, students learn about best practices and are actively engaged through the use of cases and decision making. As a result, students will be able to take what they have learned in the course and apply it to solving HRM problems they will encounter on the job." -- Provided by publisher.
A Guide to the Human Resource Body of Knowledge (HRBoK) by
An essential reference for HR professionals A Guide to the HR Body of Knowledge (HRBoKTM) from HR Certification Institute (HRCI®) is an essential reference book for HR professionals and a must-have guide for those who wish to further their expertise and career in the HR field. This book will help HR professionals align their organizations with essential practices while also covering the Core Knowledge Requirements for all exams administered by HRCI. Filled with authoritative insights into the six areas of HR functional expertise: Business Management and Strategy; Workforce Planning and Employment; Human Resource Development; Compensation and Benefits; Employee and Labor Relations; and Risk Management, this volume also covers information on exam eligibility, and prep tips. Contributions from dozens of HR subject matter experts cover the skills, knowledge, and methods that define the profession's best practices. Whether used as a desk reference, or as a self-assessment, this book allows you to: Assess your skill set and your organization's practices against the HRCI standard Get the latest information on strategies HR professionals can use to help their organizations and their profession Gain insight into the body of knowledge that forms the basis for all HRCI certification exams As the HR field becomes more diverse and complex, HR professionals need an informational "home base" for periodic check-ins and authoritative reference. As a certifying body for over four decades, HRCI has drawn upon its collective expertise to codify a standard body of knowledge for the field. The HRBoK is the definitive resource that will be your go-to HR reference for years to come.
Human resource management : strategy and practice by
In its 9th edition, AHRI-endorsed Human Resource Management continues to provide a strong conceptual and practical framework for students of human resource management. A multitude of contemporary regional and international examples are integrated throughout, alongside an expanded coverage on ethics and a focus on critical analysis. Thoroughly revised and updated with the latest research findings, this edition includes corporate social responsibility, ethics, sustainable management practice, leadership, talent management, industrial relations, and retains its focus on core human resource elements.
International Entrepreneurship by
Combining comprehensive coverage with a wide variety of real-life cases, International Entrepreneurship gives you the tools you need to successfully launch international ventures in today's hypercompetitive world. Bestselling author Dr. Robert D. Hisrich helps students and entrepreneurs develop global business plans, select international opportunities, and determine the best entry strategy. The text also covers practical considerations such as legal concerns, the global monetary systems, global marketing, and global human resource management for entrepreneurs. NEW TO THIS EDITION: New global case studies from recent entrepreneurial ventures illustrate relevant application of the principles in the modern market New profiles of global entrepreneurs throughout the world start each chapter to inspire readers and keep them engaged with the material New coverage of Virtual Team includes tips on how to foster virtual team collaborate and maximize the effectiveness of virtual teams. Case studies from around the world profile a range of successful global business ventures, including: RidingO, Virgin Australia Airlines, Miyako Hotels & Resorts, MTN, YPlan, Aentropico, Spotify, Vente-privee, Nando's, Haier, and Globant.
The Jossey-Bass Handbook of Nonprofit Leadership and Management by
The go-to nonprofit handbook, updated and expanded for today's leader The Jossey-Bass Handbook of Nonprofit Leadership and Management is the bestselling professional reference and leading text on the functions, processes, and strategies that are integral to the effective leadership and management of nonprofit and nongovernmental organizations. Now in its fourth edition, this handbook presents the most current research, theory, and practice in the field of nonprofit leadership and management. This practical, relevant guide is invaluable to the effective practice of nonprofit leadership and management, with expanded attention to accountability, transparency, and organizational effectiveness. It also extensively covers the practice of social entrepreneurship, presented via an integrative perspective that helps the reader make practical sense of how to bring it all together. Nonprofit organizations present unique opportunities and challenges for meeting the needs of societies and their communities, yet nonprofit management is more complex and challenging than ever. This Handbook provides a framework to help you lead and manage efficiently and effectively in this new environment. Building on solid current scholarship, the handbook provides candid, practical guidance from nationally-recognized leaders who share their insights on: The relationship between board performance and organizational effectiveness Managing internal and external stakeholder relationships Financial viability and sustainability and how to enhance both for the long term Strategies to successfully attract, retain, and mobilize the very best of staff and volunteers The fourth edition of the handbook also includes content relevant to associations and membership organizations. The content of the handbook is supplemented and enriched by an extensive set of online supplements and tools, including reading lists, web references, checklists, PowerPoint slides, discussion guides, and sample exams. Running your nonprofit or nongovernmental organization effectively in today's complex and challenging environment demands more knowledge and skill than ever, deployed in a thoughtful and pragmatic way. Grounded in the most useful modern scholarship and theory, and explained from the perspective of effective practice, The Jossey-Bass Handbook of Nonprofit Leadership and Management is a pivotal resource for successful nonprofit leaders in these turbulent times.
MGMT by
Learn Management YOUR Way with MGMT! MGMT�s easy-reference, paperback textbook presents course content through visually-engaging chapters as well as Chapter Review Cards that consolidate the best review material into a ready-made study tool. With the textbook or on its own, MGMT MindTap allows you to learn on your terms. Read or listen to textbooks and study with the aid of instructor notifications, flashcards and practice quizzes. Track your scores and stay motivated toward your goals. Whether you have more work to do or are ahead of the curve, you�ll know where you need to focus your efforts. And the MindTap Green Dot will charge your confidence along the way. When it�s time to study, everything you�ve flagged or noted can be gathered into a guide you can organize.
Organization Theory and Design by
Discover the most progressive thinking about organizations today as acclaimed author Richard Daft balances recent, innovative ideas with proven classic theories and effective business practices. Daft�s best-selling ORGANIZATION THEORY AND DESIGN presents a captivating, compelling snapshot of contemporary organizations and the concepts driving their success that will immediately engage any reader. Recognized as one of the most systematic, well-organized texts in the market, ORGANIZATION THEORY AND DESIGN helps both future and current managers thoroughly prepare for the challenges of today�s business world. This revision showcases some of today�s most current examples and research alongside time-tested principles. Readers see how many of today�s well-known organizations thrive amidst a rapidly changing, highly competitive international environment. New learning features provide opportunities for readers to apply concepts and refine personal business skills and insights.
Oxford Handbook of Strategy Implementation by
Good strategies can fail because they are poorly implemented. Behind this straightforward statement is a complex reality. This innovative volume explores various aspects of strategy implementation, a process that is as challenging as it is important.For strategies to be implemented effectively, firms must have the right resources and capabilities available. Available resources must be integrated in ways that create the capabilities needed and then those capabilities must be leveraged to effectively implement the strategy in order to create andsustain a competitive advantage.This handbook focuses on how strategy implementation is influenced by resources and governance, human capital and management of it, and accounting-based control systems. It examines how the dynamic, competitive, and international environment increases the importance of knowledge and itsacquisition, effective governance as a signal of proper incentives, the interaction of legality and legitimacy, and the connections between compliance and enforcement.Because people implement the strategies through the completion of their job tasks and achievement of their job-related goals, the second section explores how changes in workforce demographics have influenced and may influence strategy. Major factors include the greater proportion of older workersand the increasing role women play in leadership. Acquiring, developing, and having a motivated work force is critical to implementation, whether and how best practices spread is explored, as is the effectiveness of setting goals.Controlling managerial behavior plays a critical role in the implementation of strategies, and is the focus of the third section on accounting-based control systems. These can be helpful both in identifying inappropriate behaviors and in promoting positive managerial actions to achieve desiredfinancial outcomes. They can also encourage experimentation and creativity. The effectiveness of accounting and accountability systems is influenced by four dimensions, including the intended users, standards of compliance, enforcement criteria, and the assurance process.
Reframing Organizations by
Set aside trends to focus on the fundamentals of great leadership Reframing Organizations provides time-tested guidance for more effective organizational leadership. Rooted in decades of social science research across multiple disciplines, Bolman and Deal's four-frame model has continued to evolve since its conception over 25 years ago; this new sixth edition has been updated to include coverage of cross-sector collaboration, generational differences, virtual environments, globalization, sustainability, and communication across cultures. The Instructor's guide has been expanded to provide additional tools for the classroom, including chapter summary tip sheets, mini-assessments, Bolman & Deal podcasts, and more. These recent revisions reflect the intersection of reader recommendations and the current leadership environment, resulting in a renewed practicality and even greater alignment with everyday application. Combining the latest research from organizational theory, organizational behavior, psychology, sociology, political science and more, the model detailed here provides real guidance for real leaders. Guide, motivate, and inspire your team's best performance as you learn to: Optimize group, team, and organizational structure Build a positive, collaborative dynamic across generations, teams, and sectors Understand power and conflict amidst the internal and external political landscape Shape your organization's culture and build a cohesive sense of spirit Bolman and Deal's four-frame model has withstood the test of time because it offers an accessible, compact, and powerful set of ideas for navigating complexity and turbulence. In today's business climate, leadership trends come and go; today's flash in the pan is tomorrow's obsolete strategy, but a leadership framework built on a solid foundation will serve your organization well no matter what the future holds. Reframing Organizations provides clear guidance and up-to-date insight for anyone facing the challenges of contemporary leadership.
Strategic Human Resource Management by
A research-focused introductory text written by a stellar contributor line-up including Linda Holbeche, Stephen Taylor, and Jim Stewart.The Second Editionintegrates an international perspective using examples and case studies from a broad range of regions and industries including Microsoft, Volkswagen, and Rolls-Royce. The two new chapters on Culture and Globalization reflect the contemporary workplace, and the future of HR based on Linda Holbeche's latest research is included in the final chapter.Suitable for upper undergraduate and Masters level strategic HRM modules or HRM modules that have a strategic angle.
This is an integrating course for Human Resource Management students, you will deal with the formulation and development of Human Resource Management programs and practices to address the strategic direction of an organization. It emphasizes on the importance of HRM function in the attainment of corporate goals and objectives vis a vis identified key business issues. You will examine how managers may implement more effectively the people-intensive strategies.
21st Century Skills for Non-Profit Managers by
Over the last 30 years nonprofit organizations have grown massively in capacity, scope, and authority across the world. With growing demand for services, there are numerous opportunities for nonprofits to respond innovatively and sustainably. Any experienced nonprofit manager knows the role is sometimes frustrating but always exhilarating, working with people and empowering them. Severe funding cuts make this more testing, but new prospects are appearing. If you are new to management or the sector, you need a book describing good practice to inform and guide you. Managing a small nonprofit, requires you to multitask, manage your time and prioritize tasks, while taking on extra responsibilities, you need new skills such as fundraising, all covered in this book. This book covers essential aspects (staffing, communications, charity governance, donations, corporate social responsibility, crowdfunding). With useful case studies, resources and links, it avoids jargon and intellectualizing. Topics include effective business planning, empowering staff and clients, writing successful fundraising applications and preparing government tenders for the U.S. and UK. Don used his experience as a nonprofit manager, volunteer, staffer, fundraiser, community fund overseer, trustee and consultant to make the book relevant, topical and helpful.
Big Data in Organizations and the Role of Human Resource Management by
Big data are changing the way we work as companies face an increasing amount of data. Rather than replacing a human workforce or making decisions obsolete, big data are going to pose an immense innovating force to those employees capable of utilizing them. This book intends to first convey a theoretical understanding of big data. It then tackles the phenomenon of big data from the perspectives of varied organizational theories in order to highlight socio-technological interaction. Big data are bound to transform organizations which calls for a transformation of the human resource department. The HR department's new role then enables organizations to utilize big data for their purpose. Employees, while remaining an organization's major competitive advantage, have found a powerful ally in big data.
The Challenge for Business and Society by
A roadmap to improve corporate social responsibility The 2016 U.S. Presidential Campaign focused a good deal of attention on the role of corporations in society, from both sides of the aisle. In the lead up to the election, big companies were accused of profiteering, plundering the environment, and ignoring (even exacerbating) societal ills ranging from illiteracy and discrimination to obesity and opioid addiction. Income inequality was laid squarely at the feet of us companies. The Trump administration then moved swiftly to scrap fiscal, social, and environmental rules that purportedly hobble business, to redirect or shut down cabinet offices historically protecting the public good, and to roll back clean power, consumer protection, living wage, healthy eating initiatives and even basic public funding for public schools. To many eyes, and the lens of history, this may usher in a new era of cowboy capitalism with big companies, unfettered by regulation and encouraged by the presidential bully pulpit, free to go about the business of making money--no matter the consequences to consumers and the commonwealth. While this may please some companies in the short term, the long term consequences might result in just the opposite. And while the new administration promises to reduce "foreign aid" and the social safety net, Stanley S. Litow believes big companies will be motivated to step up their efforts to create jobs, reduce poverty, improve education and health, and address climate change issues -- both domestically and around the world. For some leaders in the private sector this is not a matter of public relations or charity. It is integral to their corporate strategy--resulting in creating new markets, reducing risks, attracting and retaining top talent, and generating growth and realizing opportunities. Through case studies (many of which the author spearheaded at IBM), The Challenge for Business and Society provides clear guidance for companies to build their own corporate sustainability and social responsibility plans positively effecting their bottom lines producing real return on their investments. This book will help: * Create an effective corporate social responsibility and sustainability plan * Provide long-term bottom line benefit * Protect and enrich brand value * Recruit and retain top talent Perfect for CEOs, CFOs, Human Resource/Corporate Affairs executives, but also for government and not-for-profit leaders, this book helps you come up with a solid plan for giving back to society, producing real sustainable value.
Creating value : a concise guide for boards and directors by
Provides a framework of basic tools and terminology for understanding and evaluating the various and often confusing measures and concepts surrounding value and its creation and management.
Creative Management of Complex Systems by
This book is a general presentation of complex systems, examined from the point of view of management. There is no standard formula to govern such systems, nor to effectively understand and respond to them. The interdisciplinary theory of self-organization is teeming with examples of living systems that can reorganize at a higher level of complexity when confronted with an external challenge of a certain magnitude. Modern businesses, considered as complex systems, ideally know how to flexibly and resiliently adapt to their environment, and also how to prepare for change via self-organization. Understanding sources of potential crisis is essential for leaders, though not all crises are necessarily bad news, as creative firms know how to respond to challenges through innovation: new products and markets, organizational learning for collective intelligence, and more.
Employee assistance programmes : theory and practical applications by
While Employee Assistance Programmes (EAPs) have grown tremendously in organisations across the world, many EAP practitioners are not prepared for the changing challenges of the role. With employees experiencing more stress than ever before, they increasingly need assistance in the following areas:* Mental health, * Financial wellbeing, * Debt relief, * Work life balance, * Substance abuse, * Alcoholism, * Emotional well-being, * Preparing for retirement, * Bereavement, * Grief counseling,* And more.To rise to the challenges of the changing needs of the employee, EAP practitioners need to grow their skills in essential areas such: Counseling, coaching, therapy, trauma briefings, crises management and life skills development.This is the first South African book to focus specifically on the development of EAP practitioners. It provides practical guidelines to develop and implement EAP programmes, including how to conduct a needs analyses, data collection and analyses, and impact assessments. It also offers EAP practitioners an ethical framework against which to practice their profession.
The handbook of board governance : a comprehensive guide for public, private and not for profit board members by
Build a more effective board with insight from the forefront of corporate governance The Handbook of Board Governance provides comprehensive, expert-led coverage of all aspects of corporate governance for public, nonprofit, and private boards. Written by collaboration among subject matter experts, this book combines academic rigor and practitioner experience to provide thorough guidance and deep insight. From diversity, effectiveness, and responsibilities, to compensation, succession planning, and financial literacy, the topics are at once broad-ranging and highly relevant to current and aspiring directors. The coverage applies to governance at public companies, private and small or medium companies, state-owned enterprises, family owned organizations, and more, to ensure complete and clear guidance on a diverse range of issues. An all-star contributor list including Ram Charan, Bob Monks, Nell Minow, and Mark Nadler, among others, gives you the insight of thought leaders in the areas relevant to your organization. A well-functioning board is essential to an organization's achievement. Whether the goal is furthering a mission or dominating a market, the board's composition, strategy, and practices are a determining factor in the organization's ultimate success. This guide provides the information essential to building a board that works. Delve into the board's strategic role in value creation Gain useful insight into compensation, risk, accountability, legal obligations Understand the many competencies required of an effective director Get up to speed on blind spots, trendspotting, and social media in the board room The board is responsible for a vast and varied collection of duties, but the singular mission is to push the organization forward. Poor organization, one-sided composition, inefficient practices, and ineffective oversight detract from that mission, but all can be avoided. The Handbook of Board Governance provides practical guidance and expert insight relevant to board members across the spectrum.
The Jossey-Bass Handbook of Nonprofit Leadership and Management by
The go-to nonprofit handbook, updated and expanded for today's leader The Jossey-Bass Handbook of Nonprofit Leadership and Management is the bestselling professional reference and leading text on the functions, processes, and strategies that are integral to the effective leadership and management of nonprofit and nongovernmental organizations. Now in its fourth edition, this handbook presents the most current research, theory, and practice in the field of nonprofit leadership and management. This practical, relevant guide is invaluable to the effective practice of nonprofit leadership and management, with expanded attention to accountability, transparency, and organizational effectiveness. It also extensively covers the practice of social entrepreneurship, presented via an integrative perspective that helps the reader make practical sense of how to bring it all together. Nonprofit organizations present unique opportunities and challenges for meeting the needs of societies and their communities, yet nonprofit management is more complex and challenging than ever. This Handbook provides a framework to help you lead and manage efficiently and effectively in this new environment. Building on solid current scholarship, the handbook provides candid, practical guidance from nationally-recognized leaders who share their insights on: The relationship between board performance and organizational effectiveness Managing internal and external stakeholder relationships Financial viability and sustainability and how to enhance both for the long term Strategies to successfully attract, retain, and mobilize the very best of staff and volunteers The fourth edition of the handbook also includes content relevant to associations and membership organizations. The content of the handbook is supplemented and enriched by an extensive set of online supplements and tools, including reading lists, web references, checklists, PowerPoint slides, discussion guides, and sample exams. Running your nonprofit or nongovernmental organization effectively in today's complex and challenging environment demands more knowledge and skill than ever, deployed in a thoughtful and pragmatic way. Grounded in the most useful modern scholarship and theory, and explained from the perspective of effective practice, The Jossey-Bass Handbook of Nonprofit Leadership and Management is a pivotal resource for successful nonprofit leaders in these turbulent times.
People Analytics in the Era of Big Data by
Apply predictive analytics throughout all stages of workforce management People Analytics in the Era of Big Data provides a blueprint for leveraging your talent pool through the use of data analytics. Written by the Global Vice President of Business Intelligence and Predictive Analytics at Monster Worldwide, this book is packed full of actionable insights to help you source, recruit, acquire, engage, retain, promote, and manage the exceptional talent your organization needs. With a unique approach that applies analytics to every stage of the hiring process and the entire workforce planning and management cycle, this informative guide provides the key perspective that brings analytics into HR in a truly useful way. You're already inundated with disparate employee data, so why not mine that data for insights that add value to your organization and strengthen your workforce? This book presents a practical framework for real-world talent analytics, backed by groundbreaking examples of workforce analytics in action across the U.S., Canada, Europe, Asia, and Australia. Leverage predictive analytics throughout the hiring process Utilize analytics techniques for more effective workforce management Learn how people analytics benefits organizations of all sizes in various industries Integrate analytics into HR practices seamlessly and thoroughly Corporate executives need fact-based insights into what will happen with their talent. Who should you hire? Who should you promote? Who are the top or bottom performers, and why? Who is at risk to quit, and why? Analytics can provide these answers, and give you insights based on quantifiable data instead of gut feeling and subjective assessment. People Analytics in the Era of Big Data is the essential guide to optimizing your workforce with the tools already at your disposal.
Reframing Organizations by
Set aside trends to focus on the fundamentals of great leadership Reframing Organizations provides time-tested guidance for more effective organizational leadership. Rooted in decades of social science research across multiple disciplines, Bolman and Deal's four-frame model has continued to evolve since its conception over 25 years ago; this new sixth edition has been updated to include coverage of cross-sector collaboration, generational differences, virtual environments, globalization, sustainability, and communication across cultures. The Instructor's guide has been expanded to provide additional tools for the classroom, including chapter summary tip sheets, mini-assessments, Bolman & Deal podcasts, and more. These recent revisions reflect the intersection of reader recommendations and the current leadership environment, resulting in a renewed practicality and even greater alignment with everyday application. Combining the latest research from organizational theory, organizational behavior, psychology, sociology, political science and more, the model detailed here provides real guidance for real leaders. Guide, motivate, and inspire your team's best performance as you learn to: Optimize group, team, and organizational structure Build a positive, collaborative dynamic across generations, teams, and sectors Understand power and conflict amidst the internal and external political landscape Shape your organization's culture and build a cohesive sense of spirit Bolman and Deal's four-frame model has withstood the test of time because it offers an accessible, compact, and powerful set of ideas for navigating complexity and turbulence. In today's business climate, leadership trends come and go; today's flash in the pan is tomorrow's obsolete strategy, but a leadership framework built on a solid foundation will serve your organization well no matter what the future holds. Reframing Organizations provides clear guidance and up-to-date insight for anyone facing the challenges of contemporary leadership.
S-BPM in the Production Industry by
This book is open access under a CC BY-NC 4.0 license. This volume presents several case studies highlighting the latest findings in Industry 4.0 projects utilizing S-BPM features. Their potential is explored in detail, while the limits of engineering a company from a communication-centred perspective are also discussed. After a general introduction and an overview of the book in chapter 1, chapter 2 starts by condensing the industrial challenges driven by the German "Industry 4.0" trend to form a concrete vision for future production industries. Subsequently, chapter 3 introduces the basic concepts of S-BPM and its capabilities, in particular for supporting the restructuring of processes. The next three chapters then present various case studies, e.g. at an SME offering the production of atypical, unique and special purpose machinery, equipment and technologically complex units particularly useful in the automotive and electronic industries; and at a further SME producing highly-customized floor cleaning machines. Rounding out the coverage, the last two chapters summarize the achievements and lessons learned with regard to the road ahead. Overall, the book provides a realistic portrait of the status quo based on current findings, and outlines the future activities to be pursued in order to establish stakeholder-centred digital production systems. As such, developers, educators, and practitioners will find both the conceptual background and results from the field reflecting the state-of-the-art in vertical and horizontal process integration.
Truth, growth, repeat : a business manual for generation why by
The plain English guide to growing your business with purpose. Avoiding corporate jargon and overly-academic theorising in favor of a commonsense analysis of modern business behaviour, Truth, Growth, Repeat is like a user manual for company growth in a new world of commercial transparency. By mapping the way business works today at a very honest and human level, this street-smart book is a must-read for any business owner who wants to achieve growth and success without compromising their personal values. The book introduces The Circle of True Purpose, a virtuous sequence of knock-on effects that proves that enduring commercial growth is the result when a business owner's authentic motive is placed at the core of everything the business does. Author and brand expert Mike Edmonds explains the correct sequence to follow to acquire both financial return and personal fulfilment, and why going the other way leads to a never-ending cycle of inconsistent sales and consumer distrust. To illustrate these two key paths in life, the book contains many stories of actual businesses who've experienced these effects. This practical guide takes business owners through a series of exercises to help surface their own True Purpose and implement it in their sector of industry. Get tips on growing your business authentically from an expert in translating complex theory into usable advice Find out why truth is not only an admirable moral quality but is increasingly the key to lasting business success Discover ways to surface your True Purpose and learn the actual steps you can take to implement them in our always-on, super-connected world Bust the corporate myths that might be holding you back and obtain simple, usable tools that will help your higher ideal deliver higher returns If you feel there's a powerful truth inside your business that the world isn't seeing, Truth, Growth, Repeat could be the most important book you ever read.
An effective and successful human resources practitioner is regarded as an expert in people behavior. In this course, the student of human resources management will learn why people behave the way they do. The focus is on the individual as the basic unit of interaction. Once the student is able to have a mastery of how the individual thinks and works, s/he will then find it easy to grasp more advanced concepts of behavior involving groups and organizations. In INDIBEH, the student will be able to identify the different factors that influence a person’s way of thinking and acting in various situations. S/he will able to practice assessing characters, their personalities, values and motivation and other behavioral factors. S/he will be able to determine the fitness and satisfaction of people to and in their jobs. The course will require the student to perform people assessment in case studies or in film/video or in real life, as group reports, exams, and projects.
The Cambridge Handbook of Workplace Training and Employee Development by
With comprehensive coverage of topics related to learning, training, and development, this volume is a must-have resource for industrial and organizational (I/O) psychologists, human resource (HR) scholars, and adult education specialists. Brown provides a forward-looking exploration of the current research on workplace training, employee development, and organizational learning from the primary point of view of industrial organizational psychology. Each chapter discusses current practices, recent research, and, importantly, the gaps between the two. In analyzing these aspects of the topic, the chapter authors both present the valuable knowledge available and show the opportunities for further study and practice.
Cases and Exercises in Organization Development and Change by
Cases and Exercises in Organization Development & Change, Second Edition encourages students to practice organization development (OD) skills in unison with learning about theories of organizational change and human behavior. The book includes a comprehensive collection of cases about the OD process and organization-wide, team, and individual interventions, including global OD, dialogic OD, and OD in virtual organizations. In addition to real-world cases, author Donald L. Anderson gives students practical and experiential exercises that make the course material come alive through realistic scenarios that managers and organizational change practitioners regularly experience.
Introducing organizational behaviour and management by
David Knights and Hugh Willmott provide a fresh approach to the study of organizational behaviour and management in this book. Seeking to make the subject matter more relevant and accessible, it treats organizational behaviour as a field of activity that has many parallels with what is experienced in everyday life.
M: Organizational Behavior by
M: Organizational Behavior, 4th edition by McShane and Von Glinow delivers essential OB knowledge in an accessible, student-focused style. Students learn the latest concepts and associated workplace practices, with real-world examples to demonstrate their relevance. This book builds on the strengths of the main textbook, including a strong literature foundation, excellent readability, meaningful exhibits, and a global representation of examples. Through Connect, students also have access to dozens of self-assessments and learning activities.Our most affordable offering, this book also adopts the view that OB is for everyone in organizations, not just for managers.
Organizational Behavior: Improving Performance and Commitment in the Workplace by
Organizational Behavior 6th edition by Colquitt, LePine, and Wesson continues to offer a novel approach using an integrative model and roadmap to illustrate how individual, team, leader, and organizational factors shape employee attitudes, and how those attitudes impact performance and commitment. This model reminds students where they are, where they've been, and where they're going. They include two unique chapters on job performance and organizational commitment. Those topics are critical to managers and students alike, and represent critical outcomes in OB. Each successive chapter then links back to those outcomes, illustrating why OB matters in today's organizations.
Organizational Ethics by
We are constantly faced with ethical decisions, no matter what organisations we join. The ethical choices we make determine the health of our businesses, schools, government agencies, religious congregations, charities, and other institutions. Our ethical decisions also determine our career success or failure. Bestselling author, Craig E. Johnson, shows how we can develop our ethical competence, just as we develop our abilities to manage or oversee operations. Every chapter of Organizational Ethics provides you with opportunities to apply ethical principles and practices in a variety of settings through self-reflection, analyses, projects, and discussion. Written in a reader-friendly style, each part of the book is layered around organisational behaviour. The parts introduce moral theories used in ethical problem-solving; examines individual motivations; looks at the ethical dilemmas of groups, teams, and leaders as well as offers strategies for creating ethical cultures and promoting social responsibility. This book shows how you can develop your ethical expertise and provides opportunities to practice problem-solving to defend your decisions. NEW TO THIS EDITION Additional self-assessments and updated case studies foster skill development and ground the theories introduced in the text. New cases featuring Sea World, Rolling Stone, and other organizations illustrate relevant application of the principles of organizstional ethics. A new chapter focused exclusively on ethics and global diversity provides the tools and strategies necessary for creating ethical global citizens. Extended material on corporate social responsibility further promotes organisational citizenship. The incorporation of emotion into ethical decision making examines the impact emotion has on moral deliberation and behaviour. New and updated coverage of key topics such as Aristotelian ethics, proactive influence tactics, apology, financial fraud, and cosmopolitanism illustrates relevant application of the principles and brings students up-to-date in important areas of organisational ethics.
Organization Theory and Design by
Discover the most progressive thinking about organizations today as acclaimed author Richard Daft balances recent, innovative ideas with proven classic theories and effective business practices. Daft�s best-selling ORGANIZATION THEORY AND DESIGN presents a captivating, compelling snapshot of contemporary organizations and the concepts driving their success that will immediately engage any reader. Recognized as one of the most systematic, well-organized texts in the market, ORGANIZATION THEORY AND DESIGN helps both future and current managers thoroughly prepare for the challenges of today�s business world. This revision showcases some of today�s most current examples and research alongside time-tested principles. Readers see how many of today�s well-known organizations thrive amidst a rapidly changing, highly competitive international environment. New learning features provide opportunities for readers to apply concepts and refine personal business skills and insights.
The Oxford Handbook of Organizational Identity by
The topic of organizational identity has been fast growing in management and organization studies in the last 20 years. Identity studies focus on how organizations define themselves and what they stand for in relation to both internal and external stakeholders. Organizational identity (OI)scholars study both how such self-definitions emerge and develop, as well as their implications for OI, leadership and change, among others.We believe there are at least four inter-related reasons for the growing importance of OI. OI addresses essential questions of social existence by asking: Who are we and who are we becoming as a collective? It is a relational construct connecting concepts and ideas that are often viewed asoppositional, such as "us" and "them" or "similar" and "different". OI is also nexus concept serving to gather multiple central constructs, also represented in this Handbook. Finally, OI is inherently useful, as knowing who you are is the foundation for being able to state what you stand for andwhat you are promising to others, no matter their relation with the organization.The Handbook provides a road-map to the OI field organized in over 25 chapters across seven sections. Each chapter not only offers a broad overview of its particular topic, each also advances new knowledge and discusses the future of research in its area of focus.
Rethinking Leadership by
Leadership, corporate responsibility and management ethics underline the human centered paradigm in the complex world of today. One major issue in management is impact on people. This book relates to the outcomes of human interaction within and beyond the borders of an organization. It discusses what motivates moral behavior at the individual and the collective levels, how morality is engrained in markets and how it is deployed in business processes and stakeholder relations. The book shows that human centered management is built and consolidated in four complementary dimensions: ethical, social, economic and institutional. It emphasizes that moral managers and moral markets are essential for business sustainability. Rethinking Leadershipcovers ethics development from its origin to help managers understand and confront the 21st century's increasing challenges and disruptions. Its clear narrative and cogent examples bridge scholars and practitioners, with distinctive examples on how to implement human centered management and how to teach the subject to executives. The author has 30 years of business experience in developed and developing countries and 20 years in academia in the US and in Europe, which provides solid background to effectively and affectively discuss the topic from the multiple angles.
Women, Business and Leadership by
This book explores the range of challenges faced by women in business and leadership today, identifying how far we need to progress before women in business experience the same level of advancement as men. Including a range of different viewpoints, the book analyses women's position at work from three perspectives: the constraints affecting women's career advancements, gender-specific challenges to women in leadership roles, and women's experiences of undertaking these roles while trying to maintain a work-life balance. By highlighting the specific disadvantages relating to gender, chapters outline the extent of change needed culturally, as well as through policy and attitude, if women are to achieve parity with their male counterparts. Researchers and students of gender in management, leadership and organisation studies will find this a thought-provoking read, particularly those studying work-family balance and the future paths to breaking the glass ceiling for women in business.
An effective and successful human resources practitioner is regarded as an expert in people behavior. In this course, the student of human resources management will learn why people behave the way they do. The focus is on the individual as the basic unit of interaction. Once the student is able to have a mastery of how the individual thinks and works, s/he will then find it easy to grasp more advanced concepts of behavior involving groups and organizations. In INDIBEH, the student will be able to identify the different factors that influence a person’s way of thinking and acting in various situations. S/he will able to practice assessing characters, their personalities, values and motivation and other behavioral factors. S/he will be able to determine the fitness and satisfaction of people to and in their jobs. The course will require the student to perform people assessment in case studies or in film/video or in real life, as group reports, exams, and projects.
Behaviour, Development and Evolution by
"The role of parents in shaping the characters of their children, the causes of violence and crime, and the roots of personal unhappiness are central to humanity. Like so many fundamental questions about human existence, these issues all relate to behavioural development. In this lucid and accessible book, eminent biologist Professor Sir Patrick Bateson suggests that the nature/nurture dichotomy we often use to think about questions of development in both humans and animals is misleading. Instead, he argues that we should pay attention to whole systems, rather than to simple causes, when trying to understand the complexity of development. In his wide-ranging approach Bateson discusses why so much behaviour appears to be well-designed. He explores issues such as 'imprinting' and its importance to the attachment of offspring to their parents; the mutual benefits that characterise communication between parent and offspring; the importance of play in learning how to choose and control the optimal conditions in which to thrive; and the vital function of adaptability in the interplay between development and evolution. Bateson disputes the idea that a simple link can be found between genetics and behaviour. What an individual human or animal does in its life depends on the reciprocal nature of its relationships with the world about it. This knowledge also points to ways in which an animal's own behaviour can provide the variation that influences the subsequent course of evolution. This has relevance not only for our scientific approaches to the systems of development and evolution, but also on how humans change institutional rules that have become dysfunctional, or design public health measures when mismatches occur between themselves and their environments. It affects how we think about ourselves and our own capacity for change."--Publisher's website.
Daily Knowledge Valuation in Organizations by
One of the major challenges for modern organizations is the management of individual and collective knowledge, which is at the root of specific practices designed to optimize knowledge acquisition, maintenance and application. There are, however, still a disproportionately low number of studies focused on the structure and nature of knowledge. This book tackles the subject of daily knowledge: the knowledge related to everyday tasks. How does this knowledge present itself in the mind? How do we acquire and preserve it? To answer these questions, the authors explore a number of techniques which help to keep track of information produced in collaborative activity and extract knowledge by aggregating these traces.
Managing Customer Experience and Relationships by
Boost profits, margins, and customer loyalty with more effective CRM strategy Managing Customer Experience and Relationships, Third Edition positions the customer as central to long-term strategy, and provides essential guidance toward optimizing that relationship for the long haul. By gaining a deep understanding of this critical dynamic, you'll become better able to build and manage the customer base that drives revenue and generates higher margins. A practical framework for implementing the IDIC model merges theory, case studies, and strategic analysis to provide a ready blueprint for execution, and in-depth discussion of communication, metrics, analytics, and more allows you to optimize the relationship on both sides of the table. This new third edition includes updated examples, case studies, and references, alongside insightful contributions from global industry leaders to give you a well-rounded, broadly-applicable knowledge base and a more effective CRM strategy. Ancillary materials include a sample syllabus, PowerPoints, chapter questions, and a test bank, facilitating use in any classroom or training session. The increased reliance on customer relationship management has revealed a strong need for knowledgeable practitioners who can deploy effective initiatives. This book provides a robust foundation in CRM principles and practices, to help any business achieve higher customer satisfaction. Understand the fundamental principles of the customer relationship Implement the IDIC model to improve CRM ROI Identify essential metrics for CRM evaluation and optimization Increase customer loyalty to drive profits and boost margins Sustainable success comes from the customer. If your company is to meet performance and profitability goals, effective customer relationship management is the biggest weapon in your arsenal--but it must be used appropriately. Managing Customer Experience and Relationships, Third Edition provides the information, practical framework, and expert insight you need to implement winning CRM strategy.
Organizational behavior by
This OpenStax resource aligns to introductory courses in Organizational Behavior. The text presents the theory, concepts, and applications with particular emphasis on the impact that individuals and groups can have on organizational performance and culture. An array of recurring features engages students in entrepreneurial thinking, managing change, using tools/technology, and responsible management; furthermore, the unique chapter on Social Media and Communication contextualizes the importance and implications of various platforms and communications methods.
Organizational Design for Knowledge Management by
Information and communication technologies have increased their share of services in contemporary economic exchanges. We are witnessing a transformation of modern economies characterized by a predominant role of information and knowledge in the production of wealth. In order to make this intangible resource bear fruit, organizations are looking for ways, methods, procedures, processes and technical solutions to efficiently manage knowledge Within a framework of research into synergies and resource interdependence, organizations also rely on strategic alliances (joint venture), mergers or other legal forms of association that have an impact on knowledge management. This book explores the range of knowledge management techniques.
Performance management : towards organizational excellence by
How performance management systems should be re-positioned to focus on performance improvements.
Positive Psychology and Change by
Positive Psychology and Change explores how areas of positive psychology such as strengths, flow, and psychological capital can be applied to the everyday challenges of leading a dynamic and adaptive work community, and how collaborative group approaches to transformational change can be combined with a positive mindset to maintain optimism and motivation in an unpredictable working environment. Articulates a unique vision for organizational leadership in the 21st century that combines positive psychology, Appreciative Inquiry (AI), and collaborative group technologies Focuses on four specific co-creative approaches (Appreciative Inquiry, Open Space, World Café and SimuReal) and the ways in which they surpass traditional methods for organizational change Explains the latest theory, research, and practice, and translates it into concrete, actionable ideas for meeting the day-to-day challenges of effective and adaptive leadership and management Includes learning features such as boxed text, short case studies, stories, and cartoons
The remuneration handbook : a practical and informative handbook for managing reward and recognition by
How we remunerate employees reflects the dynamics of the market and context in which we operate. It aligns at all times to the strategic direction and specific value drivers of the businesses within which our organisation operates. Remuneration plays a critical role in attracting, motivating and retaining high-performing individuals. Remuneration also reinforces, encourages and promotes superior performance. Through variable remuneration linked to value drivers, superior performance is recognised and rewarded, while poor performance and under-achievement are coached and managed. Remuneration is never a stand-alone management process, but is rather fully integrated into other management processes, such as the performance management process, and the overall Human Resources policies.The contents include: • Remuneration Policy and Strategy • Job Roles and Competence • Job Evaluation • Broad-banding • Individual Performance Competence and Skills-based Pay • Pay Structures • Setting Pay Levels • Total Packages • Payroll • Team-based Pay • Sales Force Incentives • Variable Pay and Incentive Schemes • How to Design an Incentive Scheme • Share Schemes • International Assignment Remuneration • Remuneration Trends in Africa • Retention and Engagement • Reward and Recognition • Remuneration Committees and Boardroom Pay • Remuneration Governance • Reward Trends
Strategic Intelligence for the Future 2 by
Information in all its forms is at the heart of the economic intelligence process. It is also a powerful vector of innovation and, more than ever, a balance between economic and societal forces. That is why a large part of Strategic Intelligence for the Future 2 analyzes the various aspects of information, from traditional processing and research to the psychological and epigenetic aspects of its development. This leads to a new vision of its integration into organizations. In addition, new technologies offer extensive access to information, including social networks which are critically analyzed here. In a complex world where geopolitics and the new concept of information warfare are becoming increasingly important, it becomes imperative to better apprehend and understand our environment, in order to develop critical thinking that will reinforce the different global aspects of security in economic intelligence.
As a core/major subject for Human Resource Management students, this course provides an overview of labor organizations, concerted activities of employees, group dynamics between management and workers (including bargaining negotiations, strikes and lockouts, dispute resolution) and termination of employment. Each session is designed to cover both theoretical and practical applications of Labor Law provisions regarding employee-employer interactions, which consider workers` rights and management prerogative. The learner will accordingly acquire knowledge, augment skills and enhance values as a future HR practitioner and/or consider personnel concerns as one of the factors in decision-making regarding business matters.
Employee Relations by
Fostering positive relationships between employers and employees is crucial to ensure employee commitment and engagement, as well as overall business performance. Employee Relations is a practical guide to the principles and practice of employee relations in the workplace. Covering the key areas such as conflict and dispute resolution, dismissal and redundancies, rights and ethics, it equips you with the skills and knowledge you need to plan, implement and assess employee relations in any type of organization. Practical diagnostic tools and a variety of real-life examples from organizations including Amazon, HSBC and the UK Police Force are found throughout. This fully revised second edition of Employee Relations features new material on the gig economy, the virtual workplace, and recent legislation changes, and is more closely linked to the CIPD professions map. New online supporting resources include a series of templates, questionnaires and further tools to help evaluate and support the development of an effective employee relations strategy. HR Fundamentals is a series of succinct, practical guides for students and those in the early stages of their HR careers. They are endorsed by the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD), the UK professional body for HR and people development, which has over 145,000 members worldwide.
Employment relations by
This is the second edition of the well-regarded local text, Employment Relations. This new edition takes an even more practical approach to a complex area, considering both the industrial regulation and human resources dimensions of the employment relationship.
As well as providing a comprehensive guide to employment relations in Australia, the text also offers a selective international comparative view on the management of the employment relationship.
The text explains and emphasises the real-world connections between the important theories of industrial relations and human resources, which are key components of the employment relations discipline. The overarching aim is for students to gain a deeper understanding of the 'World of Work', through the discipline of Employment Relations [https://cengage.com.au/].
Employment Relations by
In Employment Relations the authors translate years of experience, with the help of interesting vignettes, real life examples and connections with popular culture, into a critical understanding of the topic that brings the field to life. Conceived by Chris Grey as an antidote to conventional textbooks, each book in the 'Very Short, Fairly Interesting and Reasonably Cheap' series takes a core area of the curriculum and turns it on its head by providing a critical and sophisticated overview of the key issues and debates in an informal, conversational and often humorous way. An excellent supplementary text for Employment Relations and HRM students or anyone interested in a short, succinct book on the subject of Employment Relations.
Human resource management : strategy and practice by
In its 9th edition, AHRI-endorsed Human Resource Management continues to provide a strong conceptual and practical framework for students of human resource management. A multitude of contemporary regional and international examples are integrated throughout, alongside an expanded coverage on ethics and a focus on critical analysis. Thoroughly revised and updated with the latest research findings, this edition includes corporate social responsibility, ethics, sustainable management practice, leadership, talent management, industrial relations, and retains its focus on core human resource elements.
Industrial Relations in Emerging Economies by
By examining the evolution of industrial relations institutions in the emerging economies of Brazil, China, India, South Africa and Turkey, the authors in this book assess the contribution of these institutions to inclusive development. Industrial Relations in Emerging Economies uses real-world examples to assess the relevance of the conceptual frameworks used to examine employment relations. The chapters focus on the evolution of industrial relations institutions and the role that these have played in periods of economic and political transition. They demonstrate that rather than acting as a constraint on development, trade unions can contribute to stability, security and equity. The contribution of industrial relations institutions to inclusive development nonetheless remains the subject of debate, viewed by some as increasingly irrelevant to the vast numbers of workers in the informal economy. The authors here, however, reveal a continuing demand for independent collective interest representation in labour relations, whether in the informal economy or in rapidly industrializing districts.This book will prove an interesting and stimulating read for students, academics and researchers in the fields of human resources, industrial relations, sociology and labour economics in addition to trade union researchers and policy-makers.
Industrial Relations Research and Analysis by
What is the scope and what are the limits of research in industrial relations? How to develop an appropriate methodological choice according to the peculiarities of a research subject in in working relationships? What are the mechanisms convened to identify the studied reality in human resources management? From the top of his professional background and expertise, the author guides us here through the meanders of research in industrial relations and business administration.Indeed, graduate students should find in this book the material needed, to prepare them for the labyrinth of research (from collection to data analysis), teachers and professors will find here a renewed and adapted tool (according to the use that will be made), to familiarize their students with the essential concepts to allow them to develop their own methodological considerations.Also, general public and professionals wishing to improve their personal approach in writing and / or analyzing scientific reports will find real opportunities for personal development; because reading is largely facilitated by a synthetic style, not hesitating to give life to the words with the help of numerous illustrations.In short, in this book, students, researchers, teachers, officials, managers, academic, general public, professional and the curious will appreciate the clear presentation of the fundamentals of research, as well as the way in which the usefulness of concepts in general is established.
International and Comparative Employment Relations by
"The most enduring and valuable book in the field of international and comparative employment relations in the last 30 years, the sixth edition covers advanced and emerging economies with insightful theoretical implications from a comparative perspective." - Dong-One Kim, Korea University; incoming President ILERA "This latest edition is another major contribution by a group of eminent scholars in the field. It serves to promote the study of comparative employment relations in the current context of globalisation, which is also of topical interest to the International Labour Organization (ILO)." - Guy Ryder, Director-General, ILO Established as the standard reference for a worldwide readership of students, scholars and practitioners in international agencies, governments, companies and unions, this text offers a systematic overview of international employment relations. Experts examine the context of employment relations in each country: economic, historical, legal, social and political. They consider the roles of the major players: employers, unions and governments. They outline the processes of employment relations: collective bargaining and arbitration, consultation and employee involvement. Topical issues are discussed: non-unionised workplaces, novel forms of human resource management, labour law reform, multinational enterprises, networked organisations, differences between Asian and western companies, small and medium-sized enterprises, migrant workers, technological change, labour market flexibility and pay determination. This sixth edition has an emphasis on globalisation and comparative theories, including concepts of convergence. It offers a new framework for varieties of capitalism in the introduction, and concludes with an insightful account of the forces shaping employment relations in the world economy.
Introducing Employment Relations by
Introducing Employment Relations draws on the most up-to-date research and many contemporary examples to encourage students to think critically about the significant issues surrounding employment relations from a variety of perspectives. Integrated learning features, factual examples, andreal-life case studies prompt students to reflect on how employment relations are regulated, experienced, and contested, by organizations and employees, collectively or individually. End-of-chapter assignment and discussion questions then develop reflective learning and promote lively debate.This edition offers a brand new chapter on employment relations in an international context and in relation to globalisation, covering global supply chains, international trade unions, and labour conflict. Comparison between labour markets and the spread of neoliberalism and financialization areanalysed in Chapter 2, with new material in Chapter 10 helping students turn a critical eye to how conflict is managed in practice, whether it's in the context of managing disciplinary procedures, staff absences, or grievances.Organized thematically to provide comprehensive coverage, while maintaining a critical focus to draw out the contemporary debates surrounding work, employment, and employment relations, it is clear to see why this book is the most trusted and thought-provoking introduction to the subject available.Williams' accessible and focussed style combined with the carefully designed learning features means students can rely on this book to provide all they need to support their study of employment relations.This book is supported by an Online Resource Centre, which includes:For students:* Flashcard glossary* Web case studies* Web links* Video links* UpdatesFor lecturers:* PowerPoint slides* Case study guide* Guide to end-of-chapter questions* Guide to web cases* Figures and tables from the book
The Labor Relations Process by
As globally recognized arbitration experts, the authors of THE LABOR RELATIONS PROCESS bring nearly a century of combined experience with the labor movement, labor relations, and collective bargaining to this popular text. Packed with real-world examples and quotes from practitioners in the field, this 11th edition explores labor's history from inception to current and emerging trends, touching on government, white-collar, and international contexts to give you an unmatched perspective of the topics. Chapters include in-depth analyses of the relationship between management and labor, including key participants in the processes, and the rights and responsibilities of each. Labor agreements, collective bargaining, contract administration, arbitration, and many other critical issues and processes highlight the complex, exciting nature of organized labor, and introduce you to the wide variety of professional opportunities available to you today.
The labor relations process : a partnership approach to creating strategic competitive advantage by
Subjects:
Industrial relations Singapore.
Labor unions Singapore.
Industrial relations.
Labor unions.
Singapore.
Managing Workplace Diversity and Inclusion by
Managing Workplace Diversity and Inclusion bridges the gap between social science theory and research and the practical concerns of those working in diversity and inclusion by presenting an applied psychological perspective. Using foundational ideas in the field of diversity and inclusion as well as concepts in the social sciences, this book provides a set of cognitive tools for dealing with situations related to workplace diversity and applies both classic theories and new ideas to topics such as United States employment law, teamwork, gender, race and ethnicity, sexual orientation, and other areas. Each chapter includes engaging scenarios and real-world applications to stimulate learning and help students conceptualize and contextualize diversity in the workplace. Intended for upper-level undergraduates as well as graduate students, this textbook brings together foundational theories with practical, real-world applications to build a strong understanding of managing diversity and inclusion in the workplace.
A Very Short, Fairly Interesting and Reasonably Cheap Book about Employment Relations by
In Employment Relations the authors translate years of experience, with the help of interesting vignettes, real life examples and connections with popular culture, into a critical understanding of the topic that brings the field to life. Conceived by Chris Grey as an antidote to conventional textbooks, each book in the 'Very Short, Fairly Interesting and Reasonably Cheap' series takes a core area of the curriculum and turns it on its head by providing a critical and sophisticated overview of the key issues and debates in an informal, conversational and often humorous way. An excellent supplementary text for Employment Relations and HRM students or anyone interested in a short, succinct book on the subject of Employment Relations.
As a core/major subject for Human Resource Management students, this course provides an overview of labor organizations, concerted activities of employees, group dynamics between management and workers (including bargaining negotiations, strikes and lockouts, dispute resolution) and termination of employment. Each session is designed to cover both theoretical and practical applications of Labor Law provisions regarding employee-employer interactions, which consider workers` rights and management prerogative. The learner will accordingly acquire knowledge, augment skills and enhance values as a future HR practitioner and/or consider personnel concerns as one of the factors in decision-making regarding business matters.
Executive guidance of industrial relations : an analysis of the experience of twenty-five companies by
Subjects:
Personnel management.
BUSINESS & ECONOMICS Industrial Management.
A Field in Flux by
Harry Katz, Cornell University, and author of Converging Divergences: "Robert McKersie nicely links discussions of the personal aspects of his career and the motivation for his work with intelligent insights about the evolution of the ILR field. His reflections are more than incidental, and I learned much by reading his book."
Industrial and Labor Relations Terms by
A popular reference book, this bulletin gives definitions and historical background for nearly 300 frequently used words, phrases, and acronyms. It has been revised to reflect recent developments in labor relations and is extensively cross-referenced.
Industrial peacemaker : George W. Taylor's contributions to collective bargaining by
Subjects:
Taylor, George W. 1901-1972.
Industrial relations United States.
Collective bargaining United States.
BUSINESS & ECONOMICS Labor.
Collective bargaining.
Industrial relations.
United States.
Industrial relations : challenges and responses by
To launch the Centre for Industrial Relations at the University of Toronto a conference was held with distinguished authorities invited to discuss the challenges and responses for Industrial Relations in the next decade. This volume, based on the papers presented, will be a welcome contribution to knowledge in this challenging field.
Industrial Relations Around the World by
Subjects:
Industrial relations.
International business enterprises Management.
Rights, not Interests : resolving value clashes under the National Labor Relations Act by
This provocative book by the leading historian of the National Labor Relations Board offers a reexamination of the NLRB and the National Labor Relations Act (NLRA) by applying internationally accepted human rights principles as standards for judgment. These new standards challenge every orthodoxy in U.S. labor law and labor relations. James A. Gross argues that the NLRA was and remains at its core a workers' rights statute. Gross shows how value clashes and choices between those who interpret the NLRA as a workers' rights statute and those who contend that the NLRA seeks only a "balance" between the economic interests of labor and management have been major influences in the evolution of the board and the law. Gross contends, contrary to many who would write its obituary, that the NLRA is not dead. Instead he concludes with a call for visionary thinking, which would include, for example, considering the U.S. Constitution as a source of workers' rights. Rights, Not Interests will appeal to labor activists and those who are trying to reform our labor laws as well as scholars and students of management, human resources, and industrial relations.
Studies in Economics and Industrial Relations by
Economic Resources in Economic Theory --Wesley C. Mitchell Our Future Economic Defense --Herbert Hoover Investment in Relation to Business Activity and Employment --John M. Clark Capital Formation, 1879-1938 --Simon Kuznets Investment Incentives --Alvin H. Hansen American Research in Price History --Arthur H. Cole Prices, Wages, and the Industrial Revolution --Earl J . Hamilton The Professional Accountant's Responsibilities to the Public --John K. Mathieson Management's Responsibilities to the Public for Accounting Reports --Phillip L. West The Government's Responsibility for the Regulation of Accounting Reports --William L. Werntz The Development of National Labor Policy --Sumner H. Slichter Is Unemployment Inevitable? --J . Douglas Brown Is Unemployment Inevitable? --William A. Berridge
Towards convergence in Europe : institutions, labour and industrial relations by
This book aims to answer a number of important questions. To what extent have European countries converged or diverged with EU-wide economic and social indicators over the past 20 years? What have been the drivers of convergence? Why do some countries lag behind, while others experience continuous upward convergence? Why are these trajectories not always linear? Particular attention is paid to the role of institutions, actors and industrial relations - focusing on the resources and strategies of governments, employers and trade unions - in nudging EU countries onto an upward convergence path.
Workplace industrial relations and the global challenge by
BélangerJacques: Jacques Bélanger is Professor of Industrial Relations at Université Laval in Quebec.
The main emphasis of InduTes is teaching each student to understand that the measurement of human attributes, such as behavior, intelligence, aptitude, achievement, interest, personality, emotion, attitudes and character, working habits, job performance and leadership, such as these, are the major components of testing.
The course covers practicum training in test administration, scoring and interpretation; writing of psychological self-profile; and test construction. The end goal of the subject will be developing each student on the acquisition of fundamental knowledge and skills in the application of tests in personnel recruitment, selection, placement decisions and promotion in the Human Resource world.
50 Top Tools for Employee Engagement by
Engaged employees are more productive, motivated and resilient, yet gaining financial support to develop engagement is harder than ever as budgets are being squeezed and everyone is being asked to do more with less. 50 Top Tools for Employee Engagement shows that you don't need expensive interventions or additional resource to achieve employee engagement. It contains practical tools which can be used to make an immediate difference to engagement, whether you're working with individuals, teams or the organization as a whole. Each tool in 50 Top Tools for Employee Engagement includes guidance on when to use it, how long it will take and useful hints and tips to help get the most out of it. Most importantly, this book will give guidance on how to measure the impact of each tool to show what's working and where efforts are best focused. Addressing all the key areas of engagement throughout the employee life cycle, from talent attraction and induction to career progression and development, this book is a complete resource to engaging your workforce.
Counterproductive Work Behaviors by
There has been a growing interest among scholars in the fields of organizational behaviour and industrial psychology in what can be termed "the dark side of the organizations." A main concept in this regard this is both important and relevant counterproductive work behaviours (CWBs), which can be defined as deliberate actions that harm the organization or its members. These behaviours include a variety of acts that can be directed toward organizations (CWB-O) or toward other people (CWB-P). Destroying organizational property, purposely doing work incorrectly, and taking unauthorized work breaks are examples of CWB-O, whereas hitting a co-worker, insulting others, and shouting at someone are forms of CWB-P. Despite the growing interest in CWBs as a research issue, not enough is known about the determinants of CWBs. The goal of Counterproductive Work Behaviors therefore is to cover this stimulating, important, and innovative issue of dark triad personalities in the workplace. The book will deal with important aspects of this issue, such as the characteristics of dark triad personalities, how they operate and damage organizations, what organizations are more vulnerable to them, ways to diagnose and detect them, and ways to handle dark triad personalities and prevent them from harming organizations and employees. There is no doubt that the issues covered by Counterproductive Work Behaviors will continue to attract academic attention and therefore the book is essential reading for researchers, academics and business professionals alike in the fields of Organizational Studies and Behaviour, Organizational Psychology, Strategy, Human Resource Management, Leadership and the related disciplines.
Developing Organizational Simulations by
This second edition of Developing Organizational Simulations provides a concise source of information on effective and practical methods for constructing simulation exercises for the assessment of psychological characteristics relevant to effectiveness in work organizations. Incorporating new additions such as the multiple ways technology can be used in the design, delivery, scoring, and evaluating of simulation exercises, as well as the delivery of feedback based on the results, this book is user-friendly with practical how-to guidance, including many graphics, boxes, and examples. This book is ideal for practitioners, consultants, HR specialists, students, and researchers in need of guidance developing organizational simulations for personnel selection, promotion, diagnosis, training, or research. It is also suited for courses, workshops, and training programs in testing and measurement, personnel selection, training and development, and research methodology.
Essentials of Business Analytics by
ESSENTIALS OF BUSINESS ANALYTICS, 2e provides students the opportunity to build valuable skills that are in high demand by today's businesses. Excellent examples and visuals help illustrate data and results for each topic. Step-by-step instructions for various software programs help you perform the analyses discussed. You will find practical, relevant problems at a variety of difficulty levels to help you learn and succeed in your course.
The Fearless Organization by
Conquer the most essential adaptation to the knowledge economy The Fearless Organization: Creating Psychological Safety in the Workplace for Learning, Innovation, and Growth offers practical guidance for teams and organizations who are serious about success in the modern economy. With so much riding on innovation, creativity, and spark, it is essential to attract and retain quality talent--but what good does this talent do if no one is able to speak their mind? The traditional culture of "fitting in" and "going along" spells doom in the knowledge economy. Success requires a continuous influx of new ideas, new challenges, and critical thought, and the interpersonal climate must not suppress, silence, ridicule or intimidate. Not every idea is good, and yes there are stupid questions, and yes dissent can slow things down, but talking through these things is an essential part of the creative process. People must be allowed to voice half-finished thoughts, ask questions from left field, and brainstorm out loud; it creates a culture in which a minor flub or momentary lapse is no big deal, and where actual mistakes are owned and corrected, and where the next left-field idea could be the next big thing. This book explores this culture of psychological safety, and provides a blueprint for bringing it to life. The road is sometimes bumpy, but succinct and informative scenario-based explanations provide a clear path forward to constant learning and healthy innovation. Explore the link between psychological safety and high performance Create a culture where it's "safe" to express ideas, ask questions, and admit mistakes Nurture the level of engagement and candor required in today's knowledge economy Follow a step-by-step framework for establishing psychological safety in your team or organization Shed the "yes-men" approach and step into real performance. Fertilize creativity, clarify goals, achieve accountability, redefine leadership, and much more. The Fearless Organization helps you bring about this most critical transformation.
Human relations : strategies for success by
Using time-tested, research-based psychology and management principles, as well as newer theories and philosophies of human relations drawn from management theory, group theory, personality theory, and relationship theory, Lamberton, Human Relations will help you prepare for this changing world. You will find strategies and techniques to achieve human relations success on and off the job, and human relations skills that transfer from the classroom to the real world of work.
Industrial and Organizational Psychology by
The field of industrial and organizational psychology continues to see attention and growth and has become one of the major applied specialties in the study of psychology. Since findings from research in this field are relevant to everyone who has held a job, and the field has developed proven methods that businesses and organizations need, industrial and organizational psychology is an excellent demonstration of how society can benefit from the study of psychology. The 6th Edition of Industrial and Organizational Psychology incorporates all new and updated literature that has been written on the topic since the 5th edition. Spector's goal is to provide an overview and comprehensive understanding of organizational psychology. Each of the major areas that comprise industrial and organizational psychology is covered in five parts: introduction to the discipline; assessment of jobs, performance, and people; selecting and training employees; the individual and the organization; and the social context of work.
Organization Theory and Design by
Discover the most progressive thinking about organizations today as acclaimed author Richard Daft balances recent, innovative ideas with proven classic theories and effective business practices. Daft�s best-selling ORGANIZATION THEORY AND DESIGN presents a captivating, compelling snapshot of contemporary organizations and the concepts driving their success that will immediately engage any reader. Recognized as one of the most systematic, well-organized texts in the market, ORGANIZATION THEORY AND DESIGN helps both future and current managers thoroughly prepare for the challenges of today�s business world. This revision showcases some of today�s most current examples and research alongside time-tested principles. Readers see how many of today�s well-known organizations thrive amidst a rapidly changing, highly competitive international environment. New learning features provide opportunities for readers to apply concepts and refine personal business skills and insights.
Psychological Testing by
PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTING: PRINCIPLES, APPLICATIONS, AND ISSUES, Ninth Edition explains the fundamentals of psychological testing, their important applications, and the controversies that emerge from those applications in clinical, education, industrial, and legal settings. Kaplan and Saccuzzo's engaging and thorough text demonstrates how psychological tests are constructed and used, both in a professional setting and in everyday lives. Part I focuses on the core concepts that affect the evaluation of all tests. Part II discusses the major types of psychological tests, while Part III looks at present-day issues affecting testing such as stereotype threat, bias, laws, and ethics. A multitude of test profiles and sample items illustrate how psychological testing is used and reported. Real-life case studies demonstrate the uses and misuses of psychological testing, while "Technical Example" boxes help you understand complex statistical concepts.
The SAGE handbook of industrial, work and organizational psychology by
The first volume in The SAGE Handbook of Industrial, Organizational and Work Psychology introduces key concepts in personnel and employee performance from cognitive ability and the psychological predictors used in assessments to employee and team values. The editor and contributors present a clear overview of key research in the areas of behaviour change and how to assess individual job performance - making Volume I indispensable for anyone working in or studying Human Resource Management.
Taking Sides: Clashing Views in Business Ethics and Society by
The Taking Sides Collection on McGraw-Hill Create(tm) includes current controversial issues in a debate-style format designed to stimulate student interest and develop critical thinking skills. This Collection contains a multitude of current and classic issues to enhance and customize your course. You can browse the entire Taking Sides Collection on Create or you can search by topic, author, or keywords. Each Taking Sides issue is thoughtfully framed with Learning Outcomes, an Issue Summary, an Introduction, and an "Exploring the Issue" section featuring Critical Thinking and Reflection, Is There Common Ground?, Additional Resources, and Internet References. Go to the Taking Sides Collection on McGraw-Hill Create(tm) at http://www.mcgrawhillcreate.com/takingsides and click on "Explore this Collection" to browse the entire Collection. Select individual Taking Sides issues to enhance your course, or access and select the entire Vega, Taking Sides: Clashing Views in Business Ethics and Society, 14/e book here http://create.mheducation.com/createonline/index.html#qlink=search%2Ftext%3Disbn:1259402797 for an easy, pre-built teaching resource. Visit http://create.mheducation.com for more information on other McGraw-Hill titles and special collections.
Understanding Business by
Long considered the Gold Standard for introduction to business courses, this comprehensive, readable text enhances teaching because the experienced author team revises in response to diverse, ever-changing course needs and learning styles. Real-world case studies ensure that students grapple with the most current challenges facing businesspeople today.
The main emphasis of InduTes is teaching each student to understand that the measurement of human attributes, such as behavior, intelligence, aptitude, achievement, interest, personality, emotion, attitudes and character, working habits, job performance and leadership, such as these, are the major components of testing.
The course covers practicum training in test administration, scoring and interpretation; writing of psychological self-profile; and test construction. The end goal of the subject will be developing each student on the acquisition of fundamental knowledge and skills in the application of tests in personnel recruitment, selection, placement decisions and promotion in the Human Resource world.
The Art of Authenticity by
Leverage your authentic self into a valuable leadership strategy The Art of Authenticity is a guide to becoming a better leader by achieving your best self. All people bring different sides of themselves to various situations. This book will show you how to broaden and deepen your effectiveness by presenting the most appropriate side of yourself. Dr. Karissa Thacker is the management psychologist called on by over two hundred Fortune 500 companies to work with high potential leaders. This book provides you with her expert guidance, based on validated psychological research and artful application of psychological principles to actual business situations, to help you become an authentic leader. You'll learn how to lead through reflection, action, and conscious choice, and how to maintain your guiding principles while effectively leading your team. By replacing habitual reactions with authentic ones, you'll find that you're modeling good behavior and effective decision-making--and that authenticity is contagious. This guide equips you with the tools and skills you need to be the catalyst of positive change your organization needs. How do you remain authentic while being an effective leader? This book argues that the question isn't a duality. Authenticity is the best way to lead, and the only way to maintain sustainable success as an organization. This insightful guide shows you how to find your authentic self, and leverage that into an effective, executable leadership strategy. Become authentic in a way that befits your values Show loyalty, honesty, ethics, and consideration Maintain authenticity in leadership roles Make conscious choices instead of blind reactions Some are born to lead, other must be taught, but all leaders must work to retain their own values and basic sense of self. A simple pause can mean the difference between a knee-jerk reaction and an authentic decision, and the effects ripple throughout your organization. The Art of Authenticity is your guidebook to finding the true authentic leader within, and leading from the inside out for the long haul.
Getting to "Yes And" : the Art of Business Improv. by
Amidst the deluge of advice for businesspeople, there lies an overlooked tool, a key to thriving in today's fast-paced, unpredictable environment: improvisation. In Getting to "Yes And" veteran improv performer, university professor, CEO, and consultant Bob Kulhan unpacks a form of mental agility with powers far beyond the entertainment value of comedy troupes. Drawing on principles from cognitive and social psychology, behavioral economics, and communication, Kulhan teaches readers to think on their feet and approach the most typical business challenges with fresh eyes and openness. He shows how improv techniques such as the "Yes, and" approach, divergent and convergent thinking, and focusing on being present can translate into more productive meetings, swifter decisions, stronger collaboration, positive conflict resolution, mindfulness, and more. Moving from the individual to the organizational level, Kulhan compiles time-tested teaching methods and training exercises into an instrumental guide that readers can readily implement as a party of one or a company of thousands.
Leadership Lessons from Compelling Contexts by
Research into leadership often focuses on standard business organizations. We know little about these proposed models apply to leadership in other contexts, such as the military, sports, film and television industries or religious organizations. Here, we deliberately reverse the idea of investigating how standard models fit into non-standard contexts; we want to know what leadership lessons can be drawn from compelling yet understudied contexts. Research and theory from four types of contexts are presented: Those characterized by high levels of competition, such as sport, those in which the generation of innovation and creativity is crucial e.g. film and television, high-risk contexts such as the military and aviation, and those where fostering the well-being of others is at the core. To summarize, as much as we can learn about leadership from standard business organizations and apply it to unusual contexts, the same applies the other way round: Idiosyncrasies of compelling contexts teach us fundamental lessons about leadership which are also applicable to other settings.
Leading the Positive Organization by
Positive psychology and positive organizational scholarship have begun to have an impact on the enterprise. It is important for organizational leaders at all levels to understand this powerful new framework. This volume brings together a wide range of organizational scholars who have derived implications from positive research for the modern enterprise. Engaging topics from leadership, to self-esteem, and to conflict resolution, this book provides practical tools, actions, and processes that can be used to create positive organizations.
The Mindful Leader by
The ultimate guide to becoming an extraordinary leader - while finding happiness, gaining authenticity, and banishing stress Integrating proven mindfulness practices and world-class leadership theory, The Mindful Leader is the essential guide for self-aware leadership. The book simplifies mindfulness principles and links them solidly to business benefits. It provides a practically-grounded template for leaders to develop unprecedented levels of self awareness, wellbeing and effectiveness. Research findings throughout the book detail the positive impact of mindfulness from the perspectives of brain science, psychology and leadership. International case studies from a variety of industries illustrate the everyday implementation of mindful leadership. You'll learn easy mindfulness practices that you can implement today and a practical framework for everyday mindful leadership. You'll also be given access to online resources for vision reflections, values clarification, mindfulness practices and more. Mindful leadership is a hot topic - but it's not as simple as "when you become mindful, great leadership will spontaneously happen." This book serves as both mindfulness training and leadership training, clarifying the parallel while guiding you through the many points of intersection. Improve your leadership skills via context-specific mindfulness practices Learn mindfulness from a practical perspective, with real workplace skills Discover how leaders from around the world practice mindful leadership every day Understand the neuroscience link between mindfulness and great leadership Learn practices that deliver a deeper sense of integrity, authenticity, fulfillment and bottom-line results improvement Mindfulness provides real, practical tools for self-awareness, mental wellbeing, stress reduction and more. When practiced through a leadership lens, it becomes much more than just another leadership guide. Mindfulness transforms leadership as a whole, delivering real, lasting change that transcends typical leadership training. For a clear, concise framework of mindfulness at work, The Mindful Leader is the ideal guide for those serious about effective, sustainable leadership.
Positive Psychology and Change by
Positive Psychology and Change explores how areas of positive psychology such as strengths, flow, and psychological capital can be applied to the everyday challenges of leading a dynamic and adaptive work community, and how collaborative group approaches to transformational change can be combined with a positive mindset to maintain optimism and motivation in an unpredictable working environment. Articulates a unique vision for organizational leadership in the 21st century that combines positive psychology, Appreciative Inquiry (AI), and collaborative group technologies Focuses on four specific co-creative approaches (Appreciative Inquiry, Open Space, World Café and SimuReal) and the ways in which they surpass traditional methods for organizational change Explains the latest theory, research, and practice, and translates it into concrete, actionable ideas for meeting the day-to-day challenges of effective and adaptive leadership and management Includes learning features such as boxed text, short case studies, stories, and cartoons
The psychology of Silicon Valley : ethical threats and emotional unintelligence in the tech industry by
This open access book explores the conscious and unconscious norms, values, and characteristics that drive behaviors within the high-tech capital of the world, Silicon Valley, and the sector it represents. In an era where the reach and influence of a single industry has the potential to define the future of our world, it has become apparent just how little we know about the organizations driving these changes. The Psychology of Silicon Valley offers a revealing look inside the mind of world's most influential industry and how the identity, culture, myths, and motivations of Big Tech are harming society. The book argues that the bad values and lack of emotional intelligence borne in the vacuum of Silicon Valley will have lasting consequences on everything from social equality to the future of work to our collective mental health. Katy Cook expertly walks us through the psychological landscape of Silicon Valley, including its leadership, ethical, and cultural problems, and artfully explains why we cannot afford to ignore the psychology and values that are behind our technology any longer.
The Sage encyclopedia of industrial and organizational psychology by
The third volume in The SAGE Handbook of Industrial, Organizational and Work Psychology concentrates on business decision-making and the many factors influencing the adoption and implementation of IWO practices. Chapter topics include utility assessments of interventions, decision-making errors in IWO systems, large-scale interventions and best practices reviews. Volume Three offers a comprehensive overview of the field for anyone working in or studying managerial or organizational psychology.
The SAGE Handbook of Industrial, Work and Organizational Psychology by
The third volume in The SAGE Handbook of Industrial, Organizational and Work Psychology concentrates on business decision-making and the many factors influencing the adoption and implementation of IWO practices. Chapter topics include utility assessments of interventions, decision-making errors in IWO systems, large-scale interventions and best practices reviews. Volume Three offers a comprehensive overview of the field for anyone working in or studying managerial or organizational psychology.
The Toxic Boss Survival Guide by
Written with a refreshing blend of humor as well as serious tips, this book identifies the six most common types of toxic bosses, describes the mindset you need to endure, and outlines a tactic-rich approach based on wilderness survival principles and the US Air Forces SERE School. -- Edited summary from book.
The Wiley Blackwell Handbook of the Psychology of Recruitment, Selection and Employee Retention by
"This is an excellent collection of chapters, providing in-depth coverage of important topics in the recruitment, selection and retention of employees. The handbook provides a deep exploration of the theoretical and empirical foundations of personnel psychology, and offers many useful insights into the opportunities created by new technologies, as well as strategies for dealing with the challenges of a global and diverse workforce." Scott Morris Professor of Industrial/Organizational Psychology, Illinois Institute of Psychology "The Handbook of the Psychology of Recruitment, Selection and Employee Retention will be of great value to psychologists and scholars as well as human resource practitioners, as evidence-based practice grows in organizations. This comprehensive resource covers the essential"knowledge in the field from talent attraction, assessment and selection, to diversity, work-life balance and retention strategies." Marcia J. Avedon Senior Vice President, Human Resources, Communications and Corporate Affairs, Ingersoll Rand This authoritative Wiley Blackwell Handbook in Organizational Psychology focuses on recruitment, selection and employee retention. The editors have drawn on their collective experience in collating thematically structured material from leading thinkers and practitioners based in the US, Europe and Asia-Pacific. Coinciding with growing international interest in the applications of psychology to organizations, the work offers a unique depth of analysis from an explicitly psychological perspective. Each chapter includes a detailed literature review that offers academics, researchers, scientist-practitioners and students an invaluable frame of reference. Coverage is built around competencies set forth by regulatory bodies including the APA and BPS, and includes job analysis, biodata, simulation exercises, online selection, talent management and assessment for leader development.
The Wiley Blackwell Handbook of the Psychology of Team Working and Collaborative Processes by
A state-of-the-art psychological perspective on team working and collaborative organizational processes This handbook makes a unique contribution to organizational psychology and HRM by providing comprehensive international coverage of the contemporary field of team working and collaborative organizational processes. It provides critical reviews of key topics related to teams including design, diversity, leadership, trust processes and performance measurement, drawing on the work of leading thinkers including Linda Argote, Neal Ashkanasy, Robert Kraut, Floor Rink and Daan van Knippenberg.
The Wiley Blackwell Handbook of the Psychology of the Internet at Work by
This authoritative Wiley Blackwell Handbook in Organizational Psychology focuses on individual and organizational applications of Internet-enabled technologies within the workplace. The editors have drawn on their collective experience in collating thematically structured material from leading writers based in the US, Europe, and Asia Pacific. Coinciding with the growing international interest in the application of psychology to organizations, the work offers a unique depth of analysis from an explicitly psychological perspective. Each chapter includes a detailed literature review that offers academics, researchers, scientist-practitioners, and students an invaluable frame of reference. Coverage is built around competencies set forth by regulatory agencies including the APA and BPS, and includes E-Recruiting, E-Leadership, and E-Learning; virtual teams; cyberloafing; ergonomics of human-computer interaction at work; permanent accessibility and work-life balance; and trust in online environments.
This course aims to provide the student the basic knowledge of the various employee rights and benefits as mandated law and apply them accordingly. It shall likewise aim to provide basic skills in employee-employer relations through the different the utilization of processes in Labor Organization, Collective Bargaining Negotiations and Grievance Machinery. The subject shall also provide insights not only to employees' rights to management prerogative as well.
Effective Human Relations by
Master the human relation skills you need to become successful in today's workplace with one of the most widely used human relations texts available. EFFECTIVE HUMAN RELATIONS incorporates hundreds of examples of real human relations issues and practices in successful companies. This comprehensive 13th edition explores goal- setting, the root causes of negative attitudes, the use of "personal branding" and social media in the job market, emotional intelligence, positive psychology and happiness, and how companies create a dynamic company cultures. Self-assessments and self-development opportunities throughout the book teach you to assume responsibility for improving your personal skills and competencies. This text will help you gain the insights, knowledge and relationship skills you need to deal successfully with the wide range of people-related challenges in business today. It is a text you can continue to refer to throughout your life!
Employee Relations by
Fostering positive relationships between employers and employees is crucial to ensure employee commitment and engagement, as well as overall business performance. Employee Relations is a practical guide to the principles and practice of employee relations in the workplace. Covering the key areas such as conflict and dispute resolution, dismissal and redundancies, rights and ethics, it equips you with the skills and knowledge you need to plan, implement and assess employee relations in any type of organization. Practical diagnostic tools and a variety of real-life examples from organizations including Amazon, HSBC and the UK Police Force are found throughout. This fully revised second edition of Employee Relations features new material on the gig economy, the virtual workplace, and recent legislation changes, and is more closely linked to the CIPD professions map. New online supporting resources include a series of templates, questionnaires and further tools to help evaluate and support the development of an effective employee relations strategy. HR Fundamentals is a series of succinct, practical guides for students and those in the early stages of their HR careers. They are endorsed by the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD), the UK professional body for HR and people development, which has over 145,000 members worldwide.
Employment relations by
Subjects:
Industrial relations Australia.
Labor laws and legislation Australia.
Personnel management Australia.
Industrial relations.
Labor laws and legislation.
Personnel management.
Australia.
Employment Relations by
In Employment Relations the authors translate years of experience, with the help of interesting vignettes, real life examples and connections with popular culture, into a critical understanding of the topic that brings the field to life. Conceived by Chris Grey as an antidote to conventional textbooks, each book in the 'Very Short, Fairly Interesting and Reasonably Cheap' series takes a core area of the curriculum and turns it on its head by providing a critical and sophisticated overview of the key issues and debates in an informal, conversational and often humorous way. An excellent supplementary text for Employment Relations and HRM students or anyone interested in a short, succinct book on the subject of Employment Relations.
Human relations : strategies for success by
Using time-tested, research-based psychology and management principles, as well as newer theories and philosophies of human relations drawn from management theory, group theory, personality theory, and relationship theory, Lamberton, Human Relations will help you prepare for this changing world. You will find strategies and techniques to achieve human relations success on and off the job, and human relations skills that transfer from the classroom to the real world of work.
Industrial Relations in Emerging Economies by
By examining the evolution of industrial relations institutions in the emerging economies of Brazil, China, India, South Africa and Turkey, the authors in this book assess the contribution of these institutions to inclusive development. Industrial Relations in Emerging Economies uses real-world examples to assess the relevance of the conceptual frameworks used to examine employment relations. The chapters focus on the evolution of industrial relations institutions and the role that these have played in periods of economic and political transition. They demonstrate that rather than acting as a constraint on development, trade unions can contribute to stability, security and equity. The contribution of industrial relations institutions to inclusive development nonetheless remains the subject of debate, viewed by some as increasingly irrelevant to the vast numbers of workers in the informal economy. The authors here, however, reveal a continuing demand for independent collective interest representation in labour relations, whether in the informal economy or in rapidly industrializing districts.This book will prove an interesting and stimulating read for students, academics and researchers in the fields of human resources, industrial relations, sociology and labour economics in addition to trade union researchers and policy-makers.
Industrial Relations Research and Analysis by
What is the scope and what are the limits of research in industrial relations? How to develop an appropriate methodological choice according to the peculiarities of a research subject in in working relationships? What are the mechanisms convened to identify the studied reality in human resources management? From the top of his professional background and expertise, the author guides us here through the meanders of research in industrial relations and business administration.Indeed, graduate students should find in this book the material needed, to prepare them for the labyrinth of research (from collection to data analysis), teachers and professors will find here a renewed and adapted tool (according to the use that will be made), to familiarize their students with the essential concepts to allow them to develop their own methodological considerations.Also, general public and professionals wishing to improve their personal approach in writing and / or analyzing scientific reports will find real opportunities for personal development; because reading is largely facilitated by a synthetic style, not hesitating to give life to the words with the help of numerous illustrations.In short, in this book, students, researchers, teachers, officials, managers, academic, general public, professional and the curious will appreciate the clear presentation of the fundamentals of research, as well as the way in which the usefulness of concepts in general is established.
International and Comparative Employment Relations by
"The most enduring and valuable book in the field of international and comparative employment relations in the last 30 years, the sixth edition covers advanced and emerging economies with insightful theoretical implications from a comparative perspective." - Dong-One Kim, Korea University; incoming President ILERA "This latest edition is another major contribution by a group of eminent scholars in the field. It serves to promote the study of comparative employment relations in the current context of globalisation, which is also of topical interest to the International Labour Organization (ILO)." - Guy Ryder, Director-General, ILO Established as the standard reference for a worldwide readership of students, scholars and practitioners in international agencies, governments, companies and unions, this text offers a systematic overview of international employment relations. Experts examine the context of employment relations in each country: economic, historical, legal, social and political. They consider the roles of the major players: employers, unions and governments. They outline the processes of employment relations: collective bargaining and arbitration, consultation and employee involvement. Topical issues are discussed: non-unionised workplaces, novel forms of human resource management, labour law reform, multinational enterprises, networked organisations, differences between Asian and western companies, small and medium-sized enterprises, migrant workers, technological change, labour market flexibility and pay determination. This sixth edition has an emphasis on globalisation and comparative theories, including concepts of convergence. It offers a new framework for varieties of capitalism in the introduction, and concludes with an insightful account of the forces shaping employment relations in the world economy.
Introducing Employment Relations by
Introducing Employment Relations draws on the most up-to-date research and many contemporary examples to encourage students to think critically about the significant issues surrounding employment relations from a variety of perspectives. Integrated learning features, factual examples, andreal-life case studies prompt students to reflect on how employment relations are regulated, experienced, and contested, by organizations and employees, collectively or individually. End-of-chapter assignment and discussion questions then develop reflective learning and promote lively debate.This edition offers a brand new chapter on employment relations in an international context and in relation to globalisation, covering global supply chains, international trade unions, and labour conflict. Comparison between labour markets and the spread of neoliberalism and financialization areanalysed in Chapter 2, with new material in Chapter 10 helping students turn a critical eye to how conflict is managed in practice, whether it's in the context of managing disciplinary procedures, staff absences, or grievances.Organized thematically to provide comprehensive coverage, while maintaining a critical focus to draw out the contemporary debates surrounding work, employment, and employment relations, it is clear to see why this book is the most trusted and thought-provoking introduction to the subject available.Williams' accessible and focussed style combined with the carefully designed learning features means students can rely on this book to provide all they need to support their study of employment relations.This book is supported by an Online Resource Centre, which includes:For students:* Flashcard glossary* Web case studies* Web links* Video links* UpdatesFor lecturers:* PowerPoint slides* Case study guide* Guide to end-of-chapter questions* Guide to web cases* Figures and tables from the book
The Labor Relations Process by
As globally recognized arbitration experts, the authors of THE LABOR RELATIONS PROCESS bring nearly a century of combined experience with the labor movement, labor relations, and collective bargaining to this popular text. Packed with real-world examples and quotes from practitioners in the field, this 11th edition explores labor's history from inception to current and emerging trends, touching on government, white-collar, and international contexts to give you an unmatched perspective of the topics. Chapters include in-depth analyses of the relationship between management and labor, including key participants in the processes, and the rights and responsibilities of each. Labor agreements, collective bargaining, contract administration, arbitration, and many other critical issues and processes highlight the complex, exciting nature of organized labor, and introduce you to the wide variety of professional opportunities available to you today.
The labor relations process : a partnership approach to creating strategic competitive advantage by
Subjects:
Industrial relations Singapore.
Labor unions Singapore.
Industrial relations.
Labor unions.
Singapore.
A Very Short, Fairly Interesting and Reasonably Cheap Book about Employment Relations by
In Employment Relations the authors translate years of experience, with the help of interesting vignettes, real life examples and connections with popular culture, into a critical understanding of the topic that brings the field to life. Conceived by Chris Grey as an antidote to conventional textbooks, each book in the 'Very Short, Fairly Interesting and Reasonably Cheap' series takes a core area of the curriculum and turns it on its head by providing a critical and sophisticated overview of the key issues and debates in an informal, conversational and often humorous way. An excellent supplementary text for Employment Relations and HRM students or anyone interested in a short, succinct book on the subject of Employment Relations.
This course aims to provide the student the basic knowledge of the various employee rights and benefits as mandated law and apply them accordingly. It shall likewise aim to provide basic skills in employee-employer relations through the different the utilization of processes in Labor Organization, Collective Bargaining Negotiations and Grievance Machinery. The subject shall also provide insights not only to employees' rights to management prerogative as well.
The Changing Role of Unions: New Forms of Representation by
With the trend toward multinational corporations, free trade pacts and dismantling import barriers, organized labour has been steadily losing ground in the United States. To reverse this trend, this book argues that US unions must create ties with unions in other countries.
Confronting Dystopia : the new technological revolution and the future of work by
In Confronting Dystopia, a distinguished group of scholars analyze the implications of the ongoing technological revolution for jobs, working conditions, and income. Focusing on the economic and political implications of AI, digital connectivity, and robotics for both the Global North and the Global South, they move beyond diagnostics to seek solutions that offer better lives for all. Their analyses of the challenges of technology are placed against the backdrop of three decades of rapid economic globalization. The two in tandem are producing the daunting challenges that analysts and policymakers must now confront. The conjuncture of recent advances in AI, machine learning, and robotization portends a vast displacement of human labor, argues the editor, Eva Paus. As Confronting Dystopia shows, we are on the eve of--indeed we are already amid--a technological revolution that will impact profoundly the livelihoods of people everywhere in the world. Across a broad and deep set of topics, the contributors explore whether the need for labor will inexorably shrink in the coming decades, how pressure on employment will impact human well-being, and what new institutional arrangements--a new social contract, for example, will be needed to sustain livelihoods. They evaluate such proposals as a basic income, universal social services, and investments that address key global challenges and create new jobs. Contributors: Vandana Chandra, Mignon Duffy, Dieter Ernst, Vincent Ferraro, Martin Ford, Juliana Martinez Franzoni, Irmgard Nubler, Robert Pollin, David Rueda, Diego Sanchez-Ancochea, Guy Standing, Stefan Thewissen
Crossing the Divide by
While work-related insecurities and worker vulnerability induced by neoliberal globalisation are undeniably affecting an increasing number of workers around the world, Crossing the Dividereveals that the history and legacy of colonialism is shaping the response of the Global South in ways that are quite different from that of the North. Comparing precarious work in India, Ghana and South Africa, this book shows how innovative organisational strategies are emerging in the Global South to bridge the widening divide between the formal and informal economy. Farm workers in Ghana, India and South Africa are challenging colonial-type work practices. Municipal workers in Johannesburg and Accra are organising collectively. In the cities of India, Ghana and South Africa, workers in domestic service, unregulated factories and home-based work face difficult conditions with little or no union representation. Yet, these vulnerable workers are engaging in a range of creative strategies to fight for decent work and living conditions. The studies in this collection are predominantly ethnographic, drawing on the experiences of vulnerable workers through in-depth interviews, observation and, in some cases, large-scale surveys. Together they uncover the largely invisible world of the informal economy and vulnerable workers. Crossing the Divide makes clear that informal workers are not passive victims but are building new forms of collective solidarity to promote their rights and interests. ABOUT THE EDITORS: Edward Webster is Professor Emeritus in the Society, Work and Development Institute (SWOP) at the University of the Witwatersrand in Johannesburg. He is the author of more than 100 scholarly publications, including Grounding Globalization: Labour in the Age of Insecurity (2008), written with Rob Lambert and Andries Bezuidenhout. The book won the American Sociological Association's Labor and Labor Movements Section Distinguished Monograph Prize. Akua Opokua Britwum is a Senior Research Fellow at the Institute for Development Studies at the University of Cape Coast in Ghana, where she is engaged in teaching and research in the areas of gender and labour studies. Her publications cover gender-based violence, gender and economic participation, trade union democracy, and labour force organisation in the informal economy. Sharit Bhowmik was Professor and Chairperson of the Centre for Labour Studies at the Tata Institute of Social Sciences in Mumbai. He engaged in labour studies throughout his working life, with a particular interest in plantation labour and informal work. He was a member of the Subgroup on Plantation Labour of the National Advisory Committee in India and a member of the Expert Committee on Street Vendors in Mumbai.
Labor in America by
This book, designed to give a survey history of American labor from colonial times to the present, is uniquely well suited to speak to the concerns of today's teachers and students. As issues of growing inequality, stagnating incomes, declining unionization, and exacerbated job insecurity have increasingly come to define working life over the last 20 years, a new generation of students and teachers is beginning to seek to understand labor and its place and ponder seriously its future in American life. Like its predecessors, this ninth edition of our classic survey of American labor is designed to introduce readers to the subject in an engaging, accessible way.
Labour migration structures and financing in Asia by
This study adopts a comparative perspective and provides a detailed analysis of the core issues in relation to India, the Philippines and Sri Lanka, three major labour-sending counties. The conceptual framework of the study presumes that migration management in countries of origin consists of three domains: regulation and (in certain countries) promotion of labour migration and support services; administrative structures; and financing.
Moving for prosperity : global migration and labor markets by
Migration presents a stark policy dilemma. Research repeatedly confirms that migrants, their families back home, and the countries that welcome them experience large economic and social gains. Easing immigration restrictions is one of the most effective tools for ending poverty and sharing prosperity across the globe. Yet, we see widespread opposition in destination countries, where migrants are depicted as the primary cause of many of their economic problems, from high unemployment to declining social services. Moving for Prosperity: Global Migration and Labor Markets addresses this dilemma. In addition to providing comprehensive data and empirical analysis of migration patterns and their impact, the report argues for a series of policies that work with, rather than against, labor market forces. Policy makers should aim to ease short-run dislocations and adjustment costs so that the substantial long-term benefits are shared more evenly. Only then can we avoid draconian migration restrictions that will hurt everybody. Moving for Prosperity aims to inform and stimulate policy debate, facilitate further research, and identify prominent knowledge gaps. It demonstrates why existing income gaps, demographic differences, and rapidly declining transportation costs mean that global mobility will continue to be a key feature of our lives for generations to come. Its audience includes anyone interested in one of the most controversial policy debates of our time.
When Good Jobs Go Bad by
From Chinese factories making cheap toys for export, to sweatshops in Bangladesh where name-brand garments are sewn--studies on the impact of globalization on workers have tended to focus on the worst jobs and the worst conditions. But in When Good Jobs Go Bad, Jeffrey Rothstein looks at the impact of globalization on a major industry--the North American auto industry--to reveal that globalization has had a deleterious effect on even the most valued of blue-collar jobs. Rothstein argues that the consolidation of the Mexican and U.S.-Canadian auto industries, the expanding number of foreign automakers in North America, and the spread of lean production have all undermined organized labor and harmed workers. Focusing on three General Motors plants assembling SUVs--an older plant in Janesville, Wisconsin; a newer and more viable plant in Arlington, Texas; and a "greenfield site" (a brand-new, state-of-the-art facility) in Silao, Mexico--When Good Jobs Go Bad shows how global competition has made nonstop, monotonous, standardized routines crucial for the survival of a plant, and it explains why workers and their local unions struggle to resist. For instance, in the United States, General Motors forced workers to accept intensified labor by threatening to close plants, which led local unions to adopt "keep the plant open" as their main goal. At its new factory in Silao, GM had hand-picked the union--one opposed to strikes and committed to labor-management cooperation--before it hired the first worker. Rothstein's engaging comparative analysis, which incorporates the viewpoints of workers, union officials, and management, sheds new light on labor's loss of bargaining power in recent decades, and highlights the negative impact of globalization on all jobs, both good and bad, from the sweatshop to the assembly line.
Women, Work, and Economic Growth by
Women make up a little over half of the world's population, but their contribution to measured economic activity and growth is far below its potential. Despite significant progress in recent decades, labor markets across the world remain divided along gender lines, and progress toward gender equality seems to have stalled. The challenges of growth, job creation, and inclusion are closely intertwined. This volume brings together key research by IMF economists on issues related to gender and macroeconomics. In addition to providing policy prescriptions and case studies from IMF member countries, the chapters also look at the gender gap from an economic point of view.
Women at Work : Trends 2016 by
This report provides a picture of where women stand today in the world of work and how they have progressed over the past 20 years. It examines the global and regional labour market trends and gaps, presents an in-depth analysis of the gender gaps in the quality of work and explores the key policy drivers for gender transformative change.
Workers' compensation : analysis for its second century by
"H. Allan Hunt and Marcus Dillender provide a succinct analysis of the state of WC programs in North America by focusing on three key performance issues: 1) the adequacy of compensation for those disabled in the workplace, 2) return-to-work performance for injured workers, and 3) prevention of disabling injury and disease. Following a brief introductory chapter that provides a discussion of the difficulties of trying to compare so many diverse programs, Hunt and Dillender devote a chapter to each of the three performance issues and provide empirical findings and useful guidance for policymakers"--Publisher's description.
Work out of place : historical legacies, present predicaments and future trends by
This series will trace at the example of work the historical connections between regions and critically engage with the idea of the North Atlantic World as normal and the rest as exceptional. The aim is to publish studies that change focus back and forth from the intimacy and complexity of relationships in specific places and their connections to distant places and long-term processes of change thereby looking beyond locality and region.
This course, a core HR subject, introduces the student to essential labor law concepts and policies arising employer-employer relationships. These consist of the difference between an employee and an independent contractor, kinds of employees, outsourcing/ job-contracting, minimum terms and conditions for employees which includes social welfare laws, special workers mentioned in the law and labor inspection parameters. For future HR practitioners or entrepreneurs, knowledge of the content provides advantages to: a) avoid violations of what are the prescribed bottom-line practices by the law; b) aid in making business decisions and c) create policies and programs which mutually satisfy both the employer and the employees.
The Concept of the Employer by
Employment law has increasingly struggled to adapt to complex modern work arrangements, from agency work to corporate groups. This book suggests that the reason for this failure can be found in our concept of the employer, which has become riddled with internal contradictions in its search fora unitary employer, the counterparty to a bilateral contract, through a series of multi-functional tests focussed on the exercise of a range of employer functions. As a result of this tension, full employment law coverage is restricted to a narrow scenario where a single legal entity exercises allemployer functions - a paradigm far from the reality of modern labour markets characterized by a fragmentation of work, from the rise of employment agencies and service companies to corporate groups and Private Equity investors.These problems can only be addressed by a careful reconceptualization and the development of a functional concept of the employer. The book draws on existing models in English, German, and European law to develop a definition of the employer as the entity, or combination of entities, exercisingfunctions regulated in a particular domain of employment law. Each of the two strands of the current concept is addressed in turn to demonstrate how a more openly multi-functional approach can successfully overcome the rigidities of the current notion without abandoning a coherent underlyingframework. It fills a crucial gap in employment law and corporate law with its analysis of the defects in our current understanding of the employer, and in developing a new functional concept designed to overcome the problems identified.
Employment and Labor Law by
Whether you are majoring in business or another non-legal professions, EMPLOYMENT AND LABOR LAW, 9E offers the ideal comprehensive introduction to employment and labor relations. This book uses excerpts from real law cases to illustrate how labor-related disputes arise and are resolved in the courts. Eye-opening features, such as The Working Law and Ethical Dilemma, demonstrate how labor legislation and ethical decision-making impact employees at all levels of organizations today -- from hourly workers to owners. You review the most up-to-date information on the NLRB and EEOC, the Fair Labor Standards Act, President Obama�s executive orders regarding undocumented immigrants and LGBT rights, Obamacare, the Defense of Marriage Act, and other employee-benefits developments. You also study issues relevant to you, such as FLSA and NLRB rights for unpaid interns, teaching assistants, and student-athletes. No other book combines such balanced coverage with a student-friendly approach.
Employment Law : a practical introduction by
To many, the world of employment law and seem complex and confusing. But, this important system that regulates the relationship between employers and employees is essential to understand. Employment Law is a clear and practical guide to understanding and applying the law effectively at work in the UK. It offers a complete overview of the fundamentals of employment law, exploring its importance for an organization, its employees and the HR function. Using a combination of practical tools, checklists, case studies and real-life examples, it builds legal knowledge in key areas including recruitment, contracts, discrimination, equal pay, health and safety and managing the end of the employment relationship. This fully revised second edition of Employment Law is updated to include the latest developments and changes in law and HR perspectives. It contains new material on employment statuses, Gender Pay Gap Reporting, Shared Parental Leave, the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), and disability discrimination, which is supported by updated case studies and a suite of new online resources. HR Fundamentals is a series of succinct, practical guides for students and those in the early stages of their HR careers. They are endorsed by the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD), the UK professional body for HR and people development, which has over 145,000 members worldwide.
Employment Law and Intellectual Property Law by
This collection includes twenty-four articles published over a period that spans almost seventy years and is related to the law in three jurisdictions. The volume is divided into five parts and brings together influential and significant scholarly work in this exciting field. The material examines various themes that arise at the points at which employment and intellectual property laws converge: historical perspectives on employee inventions; rationales for default rules; allocation of ownership of employee creation; restraints and employee mobility and discusses university approaches and issues. With an original introduction by the editor, this timely collection will be a valuable source of reference for students, academics and practitioners interested in employment and intellectual property law.
Employment Law for Business by
Contents:
The regulation of employment -- The employment law toolkit : resources for understanding the law and recurring legal concepts -- Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 -- Legal construction of the employment environment -- Affirmative action -- Race and color discrimination -- National origin discrimination -- Gender discrimination -- Sexual harassment -- Sexual orientation and gender identity discrimination -- Religious discrimination -- Age discrimination -- Disability discrimination -- The employee's right to privacy and management of personal information -- Labor law -- Selected employment benefits and protections.
Employment Law for Human Resource Practice by
Packed with cutting-edge cases and hands-on applications, Walsh's EMPLOYMENT LAW FOR HUMAN RESOURCE PRACTICE, 6E explains the major issues and rules of employment law in understandable terms. You learn how laws impact your career, as a manager or employee. The text addresses legal issues for each stage of employment, from hiring and managing to firing. Current news stories, hypothetical situations, and real cases help you understand how legal concepts apply to the actual workplace. Each chapter ends with a summary of practical advice for managers. Coverage addresses the most important topics of employment law including the latest legislation, regulations and case law. You learn how to prevent discrimination and harassment, accommodate disabled employees, provide family and medical leave, comply with wage and hour laws, and avoid wrongful terminations and other common legal issues.
Employment relations by
Short-term financial management skills are increasingly important. Written by authors who both hold Certified Cash Managers credentials, this comprehensive book offers broad coverage of treasury and working capital management, while using valuation and the cash flow timeline as integrating themes. Its complete coverage includes current developments in treasury management, banking deregulation, globalization of financial services delivery, e-commerce, international cash management and foreign exchange risk - all with a decision-making emphasis throughout. In addition, Short-Term Financial Management highlights examples of companies using the Internet for treasury management and other emerging trends [https://www.chegg.com].
The Labor Code : with comments and cases by
Subjects:
Labor laws and legislation Philippines.
Labor laws and legislation.
Philippines.
The labor code of the Philippines : Presidential Decree No. 442, as amended : a decree instituting a labor code, thereby revising and consolidating labor and social laws to afford protection to labor, promote employment and human resources development and by
Subjects:
Labor laws and legislation Philippines.
Labor laws and legislation.
Philippines.
Workplace Bullying and Harassment by
Workplace Bullying and Harassment: New Developments in International Law provides a comprehensive tour around the globe, summarizing relevant legislation and key developments in workplace bullying, harassment, sexual harassment, discrimination, violence, and stress in over 50 countries in Europe, the Asia Pacific region, the Americas region, and the Middle East and Africa. Workplace bullying, harassment, and other psychological workplace hazards are becoming increasingly acknowledged and legislated against in the modern work world. The costs of bullying, harassment, violence, discrimination, and stress at work are huge and far-reaching. Frequently under-reported and misunderstood, workplace bullying, harassment, violence, discrimination, and stress wreak havoc on the vitality and prosperity of organizations and individuals alike. Workplace laws have long dealt with physical risks, and psychological risks have begun to be treated similarly. In response to the changing workplace, many countries are regulating workplace bullying and harassment by introducing new legislation or incorporating new provisions into existing legislation to address these risks. Other countries have opted for non-regulatory instruments. Numerous European countries, Canada, Australia, and Japan all prohibit and punish workplace bullying and harassment, with other countries, including the United States of America, moving toward legislation against this abusive workplace conduct. This book brings together need-to-know information on global workplace bullying and harassment in one place, the first publication of its kind to do so. It will aid those in the fields of labor and employment, human resources management, occupational and industrial health psychology, health and safety, and workplace regulatory compliance stay abreast of laws and developments that these practitioners must be aware of, whether operating nationally or globally. Academics will also benefit. Links to laws and references are provided, enabling further research.
This course, a core HR subject, introduces the student to essential labor law concepts and policies arising employer-employer relationships. These consist of the difference between an employee and an independent contractor, kinds of employees, outsourcing/ job-contracting, minimum terms and conditions for employees which includes social welfare laws, special workers mentioned in the law and labor inspection parameters. For future HR practitioners or entrepreneurs, knowledge of the content provides advantages to: a) avoid violations of what are the prescribed bottom-line practices by the law; b) aid in making business decisions and c) create policies and programs which mutually satisfy both the employer and the employees.
Developing socioemotional skills for the Philippines' labor market by
While the Philippines has achieved remarkable progress in raising the education level of its labor force, the standard proxy for educational attainment-- years of formal schooling-- is increasingly inadequate as a measure of workforce skills. About one-third of employers report being unable to fill vacancies due to lack of applicants with the requisite skills. Most of these "missing skills" are socioemotional skills, also known as "non-cognitive skills", "soft skills" or "behavioral skills". Emerging international evidence suggests that socioemotional skills are increasingly crucial to the types of jobs being created by the global economy. The following study presents new evidence from employer and household surveys on the role of socioemotional skills in the Philippine labor market. The analysis reveals that: Two-thirds of employers report difficulty in finding workers with adequate work ethics or appropriate interpersonal and communications skills. Firm-based training increasingly focuses on socioemotional skills; The more educated and employed workers tend to score higher on measures of grit, decision-making, agreeableness, and extroversion; Socioemotional skills are associated with an increase in average daily earnings, in particular for women, young workers, less-educated workers, and those employed in the service sector; Higher levels of socioemotional skills are also correlated with a greater probability of being employed, having completed secondary education, and pursuing tertiary education. Studies suggest that primary school is the optimal age for shaping socioemotional skills, but the Philippines' elementary education curriculum devotes limited resources to their development. Schools continue to be judged solely by students' performance in cognitive achievement tests, but not on soft-skills competencies, and teachers are not appropriately trained to foster the development of them. Finally, interventions targeting workers entering the labor force can also effectively bolster their socioemotional skills, complementing effects to improve labor-market information and vocational counseling.
Discrimination at Work by
A free ebook version of this title is available through Luminos, University of California Press's new open access publishing program for monographs. Visitwww.luminosoa.org to learn more. Do the United States and France, both post-industrial democracies, differ in their views and laws concerning discrimination? Marie Mercat-Bruns, a Franco-American scholar, examines the differences in how the two countries approach discrimination. Bringing together prominent legal scholars--including Robert Post, Linda Krieger, Martha Minow, Reva Siegel, Susan Sturm, Richard Ford, and others--Mercat-Bruns demonstrates how the two nations have adopted divergent strategies. The United States continues, with mixed success at "colorblind" policies, to deal with issues of diversity in university enrollment, class action sex-discrimination lawsuits, and rampant police violence against African American men and women. In France, the country has banned the full-face veil while making efforts to present itself as a secular republic. Young men and women whose parents and grandparents came from sub-Sahara and North Africa are stuck coping with a society that fails to take into account the barriers to employment and education they face. Discrimination at Work provides an incisive comparative analysis of how the nature of discrimination in both countries has changed, now often hidden, or steeped in deep unconscious bias. While it is rare for employers in both countries to openly discriminate, deep systemic discrimination exists, rooted in structural and environmental causes and the ways each state has dealt with difference in general. Invigorating and incisive, the book examines hot-button issues such as sexual harassment; race, religious and gender discrimination; and equality for LGBT individuals, thereby delivering comparisons meant to further social equality and fundamental human rights across borders.
Employment Law for Business by
Content:
The regulation of employment -- The employment law toolkit : resources for understanding the law and recurring legal concepts -- Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 -- Legal construction of the employment environment -- Affirmative action -- Race and color discrimination -- National origin discrimination -- Gender discrimination -- Sexual harassment -- Sexual orientation and gender identity discrimination -- Religious discrimination -- Age discrimination -- Disability discrimination -- The employee's right to privacy and management of personal information -- Labor law -- Selected employment benefits and protections.
Employment Law for Human Resource Practice by
This text surveys the extensive and growing body of law regulating the employment relationship and influencing virtually every area of human resource practice. Each chapter explicitly considers the implications of the law for human resource practices. Chapters are organized around specific human resource practices.
HR Policies and Maternal Labor Supply by
The author asks how far the extension of employer-supported childcare serves as a driver for higher maternal labor supply. She addresses this question by categorizing employer-supported childcare as an efficiency wage introduced by the employer to increase the working volume of mothers. Applying various impact evaluation techniques in an econometric analysis, the author concludes that the availability of employer-supported childcare has a positive impact on the length and working volume of mothers who return back to work after giving birth. Furthermore, the usage of employer-supported childcare by mothers with pre-school age children influences the amount of agreed and actual working hours positively.
Implementing Standardized Work by
The first book in The One-Day Expert series detailed the initial steps that Thomas, a young, high-potential plant manager in an industrial group, took to assess his plant's situation through measurement of operators performance. The second book in the series, Implementing Standardized Work: Writing Standardized Work Forms focuses on the next step
Labour regulation and development : socio-legal perspectives by
"This book is an exploration of arguments about the economic and social effects of the regulation of labour, and whether it is likely to be helpful or harmful to development. Authored by contributors from a variety of fields, primarily legal as well as development studies, economics and regulatory studies, the book presents both empirical and theoretical analyses of the issues. With authors from several continents, this collection ... focuses on labour regulation in poor and middle-income countries rather than industrialized ones ... In large part, the authors conclude that regulation of labour can play a positive role in promoting social and economic development, especially over time. Effective regulation has the potential to promote democratic engagement at work and beyond. However its impact is dependent on how much its design grapples with the particular arrangements of work occurring within different industries, reflecting the nature of development and social relations within that country. Contributors emphasize that regulation needs to be adapted to the challenges presented by non-standard employment relations, changes in the structure of work and the rise of global value chains."-- Back cover.
Republic of the Philippines labor market review : employment and poverty by
This study analyzes labor market performance in the Philippines from the perspective of workers' welfare. It argues that pervasive in-work poverty is the main challenge facing labor policy. Poverty is primarily due to low earning capacity of the poor and to their limited access to regular and productive jobs. Behind these are the two interrelated root causes of in-work poverty - low education of the poor, and the scarcity of productive job opportunities. The labor market is segmented into good and bad jobs, with the poor working in the latter. They hold jobs that are informal, temporary or casual, and low-paid. Widespread informality means that the poor neither benefit from the minimum wage policy nor from employment protection legislation. They do not benefit from wage growth either, because their bargaining power is weak. Good jobs are so few, especially in rural areas, that even better educated workers are often forced to take unskilled jobs and work as low-paid laborers. The reduction of in-work poverty hinges on removing constraints to gainful employment in both supply side (better education and skills) and demand side (better jobs). It is critical that the young poor have improved access to quality education, and be equipped with skills required in the modern sector of the economy. But in parallel, better jobs need to be created, which can be attained from the growth of the formal and higher value added sector of the economy. The process of structural transformation should be supported by effective labor policy. Labor regulations need to be made simpler and more flexible to facilitate the reallocation of labor from less to more productive activities, and from informal to formal sector. Targeted training programs have the potential to address the problem of low skills among the poor workers, especially the young ones. Such programs should be developed on a pilot basis and expanded if proven to be cost-effective.
Resolving individual labour disputes : a comparative overview by
"This volume provides a comparative assessment of individual labour dispute settlement systems in nine OECD countries (Australia, Canada, France, Germany, Japan, Spain, Sweden, the United Kingdom and the United States), together with a synthetic overview of the key features across these systems. ... In carrying out this global research programme the ILO has sought to capture the reality of dispute resolution practices and experiences. To this end, it has established a range of external partnerships, for example with dispute resolution agencies, specialized labour court/tribunal judges, academics and research institutions."--Page v.
Rights, Not Interests by
This provocative book by the leading historian of the National Labor Relations Board offers a reexamination of the NLRB and the National Labor Relations Act (NLRA) by applying internationally accepted human rights principles as standards for judgment. These new standards challenge every orthodoxy in U.S. labor law and labor relations. James A. Gross argues that the NLRA was and remains at its core a workers' rights statute. Gross shows how value clashes and choices between those who interpret the NLRA as a workers' rights statute and those who contend that the NLRA seeks only a "balance" between the economic interests of labor and management have been major influences in the evolution of the board and the law. Gross contends, contrary to many who would write its obituary, that the NLRA is not dead. Instead he concludes with a call for visionary thinking, which would include, for example, considering the U.S. Constitution as a source of workers' rights. Rights, Not Interests will appeal to labor activists and those who are trying to reform our labor laws as well as scholars and students of management, human resources, and industrial relations.
This is an integration course for business administration majors. It provides you with an overview of different business and corporate strategies used by companies to achieve competitive advantage in the industry it chooses to operate. It also includes analysis of corporate environments and the study of concept, theories, and other emerging frameworks used for strategic formulation and analysis.
The course takes a corporate perspective where you will develop analytical skills and the attitude of getting business results. You are responsible for constructing the knowledge from the information/reading materials that are presented to you. You become active where the classroom environment plays an essential role in the realization your potential in becoming future business managers and executives.
Contemporary Issues in Strategic Management by
Traditional narratives on strategic management no longer fulfil the needs of students, practitioners, consultants and business owners operating within contemporary society. This textbook provides a differentiated approach to the topic, highlighting the dichotomy between theory and practice, and guiding readers towards an understanding of the future of strategic management. Moving beyond the short-sighted goal of profit maximization, Contemporary Issues in Strategic Management shines a light on measures that really matter, such as value. A wealth of global examples provide an illustration of competitive advantage from market-based and state-based perspectives, giving an insight into the activities that lead to the formation of successful and unsuccessful strategies. Written by two distinguished scholars in the field, this global textbook is essential reading for postgraduate students of strategic management worldwide.
Nonmarket Strategic Management by
Strategic management has traditionally concerned itself with delivering objectives based on an assessment of resources and the market environment. However, there are many actors considered 'outside' the firm that inevitably shape the dynamics within the market. Nonmarket strategies entail social, political, and legal arrangements that reinforce or enable market strategies, providing a comprehensive approach to improving performance and gaining a competitive advantage. This book introduces nonmarket strategic management within these contexts. Divided into two parts, the first part offers theories and managerial support for coping with the complex business realities surrounded by social, political and legal spheres; the second part presents examples of the challenges firms in the nonmarket environment. These examples show how firms can strategically manage and work with social, political and regulatory stakeholders to achieve their goals. Written by two leading scholars in the area, this book is essential reading for business students, managers and leaders.
Research Methods for Strategic Management by
The field of strategic management has developed significantly since its birth from "business policy" and "business planning" in the 1960s. Pioneering studies were essentially normative, prescriptive, and often based on in-depth case studies. The evolution of strategic management into a respected field of academic study resulted from the adoption of research methods previously employed in economics. Today, research in strategic management is likely to employ a mixture of methods borrowed from related and unrelated disciplines, such as politcal sciences, psychology, neuroscience, and behavioral economics, which can be confusing to researchers new to the field. This book provides the reader with a broad introduction to the array of qualitative and quantitative research methods required to investigate strategic management. Throughout the book, strong emphasis is placed on practical applications that transcend the mere analysis of the theoretical roots of single research methods. The underlying result is a book that encourages and aids readers to "learn by doing" - in applying the implications of each chapter to their own research. This text is vital reading for postgraduate students and researchers focused on business strategy.
Strategic Alliance Management by
Strategic alliances - partnerships between separate organizations to share resources collaboratively toward mutually beneficial goals - are an important management instrument, but one that is difficult for firms to manage. Among many desirable outcomes, alliances can reduce costs, provide access to new technology, and improve research and development endeavours, though collaborative arrangements come with risks, peril, and adversities. This renewed and re-worked text connects theory to practice to help understand this important business practice. Strategic Alliance Management presents an academically grounded alliance development framework, detailing eight stages of alliance development with consideration for specific management challenges. For each stage, readers are presented with state-of-the-art theoretical insights, evidence-based managerial guidelines and a business case illustration. Additional chapters detail on contemporary alliance management challenges, including co-opetition and business eco-systems. Other chapters highlight the role of alliance professionals, alliance capabilities and paradoxical challenges in alliance relationships. This second edition retains a blend of academic knowledge and practical examples, while updating case examples and adding five new chapters on emerging alliance topics. This book remains vital reading for business students and professionals interested in strategic management.
Strategic management by
Strategic Management, 4e by Frank T. Rothaermel is the fastest growing Strategy title in the market because it uses a unified, singular voice to help students synthesize and integrate theory, empirical research, and practical applications with current, real-world examples. His approach not only offers students a learning experience that uniquely combines rigor and relevance, but also provides tight linkage between the concepts and cases. Rothaermel 4e prepares students with the foundation they need to understand how companies gain and sustain competitive advantage, while developing students' skills to become successful future leaders capable of making well-reasoned strategic decisions [https://www.bookdepository.com/ISE-Strategic-Management-Frank-T-Rothaermel/9781260092370].
Strategic Management - Concepts by
Examine strategic management with the market-leading text that sets the standard for the most intellectually rich, practical analysis of strategic management. Written by respected experts Hitt, Ireland, and Hoskisson, the 12th edition of STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT is steeped in cutting-edge research featuring more than 500 emerging and leading companies, and reveals trends that you can implement immediately to succeed in your field. You'll discover how to integrate the classic industrial organization model with a resource-based view of the firm to give you a complete understanding of how today's businesses use strategic management to establish competitive advantages and create value for stakeholders in the global marketplace. The freshly reimagined MindTap learning solution provides you with real-world activities that will prepare you to excel as a leader and outperform rivals.
Strategic Management - Theory by
This comprehensive and engaging text presents the complexities of strategic management through up-to-date scholarship and hands-on applications. Highly respected authors Hill, Schilling, and Jones integrate cutting-edge research on topics including competitive advantage, corporate governance, diversification, strategic leadership, technology and innovation, and corporate social responsibility through both theory and case studies. Based on real-world practices and current thinking in the field, the 12th edition features an increased emphasis on the changing global economy and its role in strategic management. When paired with this student-centric text, the MindTap learning solution will prepare the next generation of strategic leaders.
Strategic management : awareness & change by
"Strategic Management: Awareness and Change provides a comprehensive introduction to modern strategy and is essential reading for those who will become future managers as well as managers in practice. Following the 'analysis, choice, implementation' model the book moves from examining the strategy process as a whole, through the three approaches to strategy, strategy formulation and growth and retrenchment issues, finally concluding with an exploration of strategy implementation."--Publisher's description.
Strategic management : text and cases by
Strategic Management: Text and Cases, Ninth edition, written by authors Dess, McNamara, Eisner, and Lee continues its tradition of being readable, relevant, and rigorous. Its engaging writing style minimizes jargon to maximize readability. It provides examples from management practice and societal themes including environmental sustainability, ethics, globalization, entrepreneurship, and data analytics to make the content relevant. It draws on the latest research by management scholars and insights from executives to balance accessibility with rigor [https://www.bookdepository.com].
Strategic Management: Theory & Cases by
This comprehensive and engaging text presents the complexities of strategic management through up-to-date scholarship and hands-on applications. Highly respected authors Hill, Schilling, and Jones integrate cutting-edge research on topics including competitive advantage, corporate governance, diversification, strategic leadership, technology and innovation, and corporate social responsibility through both theory and case studies. Based on real-world practices and current thinking in the field, the 12th edition features an increased emphasis on the changing global economy and its role in strategic management. The appendix walks students through the case-analysis process, and explains key ratios that managers use to compare the performance of firms. The high-quality case study program contains 31 cases covering small, medium, and large companies from a large range of industries and nations. Featured cases in this edition include Tesla Motors, India's Tata Group, Sangamo's development of a gene editing cure for HIV, Skullcandy, Uber, Microsoft, Google, and Staples. When paired with this student-centric text, the MindTap learning solution will prepare the next generation of strategic leaders.
Strategic Planning for Public and Nonprofit Organizations by
The essential planning resource and framework for nonprofit leaders Strategic Planning for Public and Nonprofit Organizations is the comprehensive, practical guide to building and sustaining a more effective organization. Solid strategy is now more important than ever, and this book provides a clear framework for designing and implementing an effective and efficient planning process. From identifying stakeholders and clarifying a shared vision, to implementing plans and revising strategies, the discussion covers all aspects of the process to help you keep your organization united and on track into the future. The field's leading authority shares insight, advice, helpful tools, and specific techniques, alongside a widely used and well-regarded approach to real-world planning. This new fifth edition includes new case studies and examples along with up-to-date resources and references, and new multimedia-related content. Innovation and creativity produce great ideas, but these ideas must be collected and organized into an actionable plan supported by a coalition of support to make your organization great. This book provides expert guidance and perspective to help you bring everything together into a workable organizational strategy. Discover an effective approach to the strategic planning process Identify issues, establish a vision, clarify mandates, and implement plans Manage the process with continual learning and revising Link unique assets and abilities to better accomplish the central mission Public and nonprofit leaders are forever striving to do more with less, and great strategic planning can help you build efficiency and effectiveness into your organization's everyday operations. Strategic Planning for Public and Nonprofit Organizations provides the framework and tools you need to start planning for tomorrow today.
This is an integration course for business administration majors. It provides you with an overview of different business and corporate strategies used by companies to achieve competitive advantage in the industry it chooses to operate. It also includes analysis of corporate environments and the study of concept, theories, and other emerging frameworks used for strategic formulation and analysis.
The course takes a corporate perspective where you will develop analytical skills and the attitude of getting business results. You are responsible for constructing the knowledge from the information/reading materials that are presented to you. You become active where the classroom environment plays an essential role in the realization your potential in becoming future business managers and executives.
The Art of Strategic Leadership by
Develop the qualities of strategic leadership and become an active contributor to the short- and long-term success of your organization Today's organizations face two daunting challenges: 1. How to create new sources of competitive advantage to sustain long-term growth, and 2. How to engage leaders at every level of the organization so that they are more proactive and forward-looking in their area of responsibility. The Art of Strategic Leadership uses a unique approach to examine what it means to be a strategic leader. Instead of focusing on the skills, behaviors, and tools found in typical books on strategic leadership, the authors shed light on the attributes and qualities necessary to lead strategic change and help transform a business. Strategic leadership is what modern leadership is all about. Organizations expect leaders to anticipate and be proactive more than ever before. In this book, the authors draw on their vast experience working directly with leaders at all levels and use an intriguing narrative to explain this inside-out approach to understanding strategic leadership. The narrative follows the journey of how one manager discovered these critically important qualities. You will experience first-hand how these values and attributes manifest in the lives of realistic leaders; how they orchestrate long-term strategic change needed for the organization to compete and survive and actively shape the future while delivering short-term results. The Art of Strategic Leadership provides the content that will help you informally assess and reflect on your own strategic leadership qualities--those that are strengths and those that indicate areas you need to develop. It will guide you as you incorporate these values and qualities into your own leadership style and become a more effective catalyst for change. This book will help you in the following ways: Develop a more proactive, forward-thinking approach to leadership Approach strategy from both short- and long-term perspectives Adopt the core values and principles of a strategic leader Model the qualities exhibited by powerful leaders Strategic leaders serve as powerful examples to others in the organization. Their qualities and traits spread rapidly to those around them, empowering people at every level to take a more active role in meeting the demands of the future. The Art of Strategic Leadership will help you deepen and broaden your understanding of the core qualities of strategic leadership, leaving you better equipped to lead yourself and your team to a better place and create greater value for customers, owners, and employees.
Out-think! : how to use game theory to outsmart your competition by
Business managers make decisions in an interactive strategic environment that resembles games. ‘Out-Think’ makes game theoretic concepts usable for strategic decision-makers and functional managers. The book exposes the reader to game theory concepts using examples not only from the domain of business, but also from the fields of professional sports, parlour games like chess, poker etc., and military practices.
Principles and Practice of Business Continuity (2nd Edition) by
Are you are a Business Continuity Manager or training for the job? Are you ready to keep the business up and running in the face of emergencies ranging from earthquakes to accidents to fires to computer crashes? In this second edition ofPrinciples and Practice of Business Continuity: Tools and Techniques, Jim Burtles explains six main scenarios. He promises: "If you and your organization are prepared to deal with these six generic risks, you will be able to recover from any business disaster." Using his decades of experience, Burtles speaks to you directly and personally, walking you through handling any contingency. He tells you how to bring people together to win executive support, create a Business Continuity Plan, organize response teams, and recover from the disruption. His simple, step-by-step actions and real-world examples give you the confidence to get the job done. To help you along, each chapter ofPrinciples and Practice of Business Continuity: Tools and Techniques starts with learning objectives and ends with a multiple-choice self-examination covering the main points. Thought-provoking exercises at the end of each chapter help you to apply the materials from the chapter to your own experience. In addition, you will find a glossary of the key terms currently in use in the industry and a full index. For further in-depth study, you may download the Business Continuity Toolkit, a wealth of special online material prepared for you by Jim Burtles. The book is organized around the phases of planning for and achieving resiliency in an organization: Part I: Preparation and Startup Part II: Building a Foundation Part III: Responding and Recovering Part IV: Planning and Implementing Part V: Long-term Continuity Are you a professor or a leader of seminars or workshops? On course adoption ofPrinciples and Practice of Business Continuity: Tools and Techniques, you will have access to an Instructor's Manual, Test Bank, and a full set of PowerPoint slides.
Strategic Analytics by
Defines common ground at the interface of strategy and management science and unites the topics with an original approach vital for strategy students, researchers and managers Strategic Analytics: Integrating Management Science and Strategy combines strategy content with strategy process through the lenses of management science, masterfully defining the common ground that unites both fields. Each chapter starts with the perspective of a certain strategy problem, such as competition, but continues with an explanation of the strategy process using management science tools such as simulation. Facilitating the process of strategic decision making through the lens of management science, the author integrates topics that are usually in conflict for MBAs: strategy and quantitative methods. Strategic Analytics features multiple international real-life case studies and examples, business issues for further research and theory review questions and exercises at the end of each chapter. Strategic Analytics starts by introducing readers to strategic management. It then goes on to cover: managerial capabilities for a complex world; politics, economy, society, technology, and environment; external environments known as exogenous factors (PESTE) and endogenous factors (industry); industry dynamics; industry evolution; competitive advanta≥ dynamic resource management; organisational design; performance measurement system; the life cycle of organisations from start-ups; maturity for maintaining profitability and growth; and finally, regeneration. Developed from the author's own Strategy Analytics course at Warwick Business School, personal experience as consultant, and in consultation with other leading scholars Uses management science to facilitate the process of strategic decision making Chapters structured with chapter objectives, summaries, short case studies, tables, student exercises, references and management science models Accompanied by a supporting website Aimed at both academics and practitioners, Strategic Analytics is an ideal text for postgraduates and advanced undergraduate students of business and management.
Strategic Intelligence for the Future 2 by
Information in all its forms is at the heart of the economic intelligence process. It is also a powerful vector of innovation and, more than ever, a balance between economic and societal forces. That is why a large part of Strategic Intelligence for the Future 2 analyzes the various aspects of information, from traditional processing and research to the psychological and epigenetic aspects of its development. This leads to a new vision of its integration into organizations. In addition, new technologies offer extensive access to information, including social networks which are critically analyzed here. In a complex world where geopolitics and the new concept of information warfare are becoming increasingly important, it becomes imperative to better apprehend and understand our environment, in order to develop critical thinking that will reinforce the different global aspects of security in economic intelligence.
Strategic Management Accounting by
This book critically analyzes the concept of strategic management accounting, the implications this emerging paradigm will have on the accounting profession, and the ramifications for businesses at large. This research examines current literature, and illustrates these concepts with current market examples. This manuscript approaches the topic in a way that is unique by linking the concept of SMA to the integrated reporting framework. In essence, strategic management accounting is a theory with broad-based support, but the IR framework and reporting structure provides a vehicle through which progress, costs, and benefits of a more strategic accounting function can be evaluated. Focusing on principles, primarily for internal management utilization, the following provides an outline and summary of concepts and techniques that can be used to elevate the role of the management accounting function. Whether you are a management expert, an accounting professional, or simply someone looking to keep up to date with emerging business trends, this text provides the content, and action-oriented steps to meet those expectations.
Strategic Management in the Media by
"This book provides vital insights into the elements of strategy and their application to media firms. Solidly grounded in theory but not pedantic, it is essential reading for those who make or wish to comprehend choices of media companies." - Robert Picard, University of Jönköping "Insightful, contextually analytical, yet easy to comprehend, Strategic Management in the Media successfully applies the adaptive and interpretative areas of strategic theory in the media sectors. It provides a unique perspective in which common themes linking media strategy and industry environment are thoughtfully discussed." - Sylvia M. Chan-Olmsted, University of Florida "...an invaluable asset for students of media management. The use of pertinent examples and case studies throughout brings the analysis to life and contributes to a highly readable introduction." - Gillian Doyle, University of GlasgowThis book is a comprehensive, accessible and expert introduction to strategy within a media management context. It is divided into two parts - part one providess an introduction to and overview of the media industry from a strategic management perspective, looking in detail at the sectors that together comprise the industry - newspaper, book and magazine publishing, music, radio and television - and the strategic forces at work in each. This provides the foundation for part two, which analyses a number of strategic topics central to the media sector, such as technological change, organisational structure, leadership, and creativity and innovation. The chapters follow the same structure: the relevant theory is outlined, its application to the media industry is discussed, and case studies from the media industry are used to illustrate the theory and illuminate its relevance for the media field. The cases and examples used come from all sectors of the industry and a range of geographic regions and include News Corporation, Endemol, BBC, Bertelsmann, CNN, MTV, Disney and Pixar.
Strategic Planning for Public and Nonprofit Organizations by
The essential planning resource and framework for nonprofit leaders Strategic Planning for Public and Nonprofit Organizations is the comprehensive, practical guide to building and sustaining a more effective organization. Solid strategy is now more important than ever, and this book provides a clear framework for designing and implementing an effective and efficient planning process. From identifying stakeholders and clarifying a shared vision, to implementing plans and revising strategies, the discussion covers all aspects of the process to help you keep your organization united and on track into the future. The field's leading authority shares insight, advice, helpful tools, and specific techniques, alongside a widely used and well-regarded approach to real-world planning. This new fifth edition includes new case studies and examples along with up-to-date resources and references, and new multimedia-related content. Innovation and creativity produce great ideas, but these ideas must be collected and organized into an actionable plan supported by a coalition of support to make your organization great. This book provides expert guidance and perspective to help you bring everything together into a workable organizational strategy. Discover an effective approach to the strategic planning process Identify issues, establish a vision, clarify mandates, and implement plans Manage the process with continual learning and revising Link unique assets and abilities to better accomplish the central mission Public and nonprofit leaders are forever striving to do more with less, and great strategic planning can help you build efficiency and effectiveness into your organization's everyday operations. Strategic Planning for Public and Nonprofit Organizations provides the framework and tools you need to start planning for tomorrow today.
Strategic Sustainability by
Strategic Sustainability examines how organizations can implement environmental sustainability science, theories, and ways of thinking to become more competitive. Including examples and ideas implemented in various countries, it is based on known scientific principles about the natural world and organizational principles focusing on the work domain. The intersection of these two realms of research creates a powerful and new approach to comprehensive, seemingly contradictory issues. Daniel S. Fogel draws from disparate fields and creates a story about organizations, their future and how people are part of the problem and, more importantly, part of the solution. Readers will find ways to take action to improve organizations and avoid denigrating our natural environment, learning to be mindful of the urgency we should feel to improve our impact on the world. The focus on the natural environment provides a powerful focus for creating value in organizations and addressing the major challenges we all face. Advanced sustainability students, working professionals and board members, managers and legislators responsible for governing organizations or implementing public policy will find this book useful. A companion website features an instructor's manual with test questions, as well as 38, 10-minute videos for classroom use.
Using the Project Management Maturity Model by
The industry validated Project Management Maturity Model developed by Dr. Harold Kerzner--updated and expanded Using the Project Management Maturity Model offers assessment tools for organizations of all sizes to evaluate their progress in effectively integrating project management along the maturity curve. This Third Edition includes maturity metrics, examples of Project Management Maturity Model (PMMM) reports, a new chapter on the characteristics of effective PMMM, assessment questions that align with the PMBOK® Guide--Sixth Edition, all-new illustrations that define advanced levels of maturity, assessment tools for organizations using traditional PM methods, and detailed guidance for organizations using Agile and Scrum. Using the Project Management Maturity Model: Strategic Planning for Project Management, Third Edition is broken down into three major parts. The first part discusses the principles of strategic planning and how it relates to project management, the definition of project management maturity, and the need for customization. The second part details the Project Management Maturity Model (PMMM), which provides organizations with general guidance on how to perform strategic planning for project management. The third part of the book looks at some relatively new concepts in project management such as how assessments can be made to measure the firm's growth using PM 2.0 and PM 3.0. Features customizable maturity model assessment tools for organizations of all sizes Includes assessment questions updated to line up with PMBOK® Guide--6th Edition Offers detailed guidance on applying the maturity model for Agile and Scrum Includes PowerPoint decks to aid in teaching the maturity model Using the Project Management Maturity Model: Strategic Planning for Project Management, Third Edition is an ideal book for senior level and middle level corporate managers, project and team managers, engineers, project team members, and business consultants. It also benefits both business and engineering students in courses on advanced project management.
Value Creation in Management Accounting and Strategic Management by
This book explores two combined approaches (strategy and accounting) from a cross-disciplinary perspective in order to improve knowledge of value creation in various contexts. Existing studies on this topic have generally adopted a purely account-based or strategy-oriented approach to address this issue. However, this book draws upon a number of well-defined theoretical and empirical backgrounds and methodologies. Since the 1980s, many changes have occurred and companies have increasingly focused their strategies on value creation. Consequently, new strategic directions have emerged, especially for managerial accounting. Management accounting and alignment with strategy could thus improve performance. This book encourages further thought and reflection on these issues which should be pursued in the future as firms face new challenges associated with the acceleration of digital transformation.
Methods of Research for Human Resource Management
This is an introductory undergraduate course on business research methods in the fundamentals of basic and applied management research with specialization in human resource management. The course emphasizes on the acquisition of knowledge, skills, and abilities in interpreting management research literature and the formulation and conduct of basic and applied management research in an industrial setting. It focuses on the role of research in the effective management of organizations by using scientific processes and principles in identifying and solving organizational problems and needs through the application of concepts, theories, and principles learned in core and major business courses. This course intends to strengthen the student’s planning and organizing, problem solving, and analytical skills, as well as developed competencies in technical writing in English.
Armstrong's Handbook of Human Resource Management Practice by
The bestselling, definitive text for all human resource management students and professionals. Providing a complete resource for understanding and implementing HR in relation to the needs of the business as a whole, this book contains in-depth coverage of all the key areas essential to the HR function such as employment law, employee relations, learning and development, performance and reward. Accessible and to the point as ever, this fully updated 14th edition includes emerging theory and practice, embracing the most current thinking on engagement, talent management and leadership development. With updated case studies and references to academic journals, professional magazines and recent research and surveys, it also includes coverage of new approaches to topics such as job evaluation and pay structures. Armstrong's Handbook of Human Resource Management Practice is aligned with the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD) professional map and standards, with the sections meeting CIPD learning outcomes now even clearer than before. Comprehensive online support material for instructors, students and HR managers are included. Resources for students and professionals include multiple choice questions, flash cards, case studies, further reading and a glossary of HRM terms. The lecturers' manual contains session notes, discussion questions, a literature review and a complete set of lecture slides.
Career Development by
Career Development: A Human Resource Development Perspective offers a strategic framework that demonstrates the role of career development within the human resource function. It goes beyond conventional interventions and includes key topics such as diversity, work-life balance, and ethics. Historically, the career development literature has been viewed either from the perspective of the individual (how to build a career) or from an economic perspective (how an organization benefits from developing employees). In this book, McDonald and Hite bring together the strengths of both traditions, offering an integrated framework for career development. The theoretical foundation expands on the counseling literature by incorporating the literature from human resource development and related fields. The application section reflects on the wide range of ages and working options that characterize the current and future workplace. The final section of the book addresses career development issues such as managing a diverse, global workforce; ethics; and work-life balance. This book will help prepare human resource development students, scholars, and practitioners to develop and maintain successful career development programs, and to foster more innovative research that advances the discourse.
Handbook of Qualitative Research Methods on Human Resource Management by
Human resource management as a field of research is a broad church, with a wide variety of research methods in use. This Handbook focuses on qualitative research methods and explores the opportunities and challenges of new technologies for innovating data collection and data analysis. The editors have brought together 18 chapters, written by some of the world's leading researchers in their field. They begin with the importance of good project design and then move on to reflect on innovations and developments in data sources, such as netnographical methods, legal research methods, the use of news media, and historical research. They go on to outline innovations in data collection methods with particular pertinence to key HRM topics. Finally, the contributors explore innovative data analysis, looking at the importance of computer-supported qualitative research, causal cognitive mapping and deriving behavioural role descriptions from the perspectives of job-holders.This Handbook is an invaluable tool for students, researchers and academics in the field of human resource management.
Handbook of Research Methods on Human Resource Development by
As Human Resource Development (HRD) research has developed, a growing variety of quantitative and qualitative data collection procedures and analysis techniques have been adopted; research designs now include mono, multiple and mixed methods. This Handbook brings together the wealth of research methods experience gained by HRD researchers into one essential volume. Organised into four parts, the book explores conceptual issues, qualitative research methods, quantitative research methods and methodological challenges. It utilises the wealth of research experiences of leading HRD scholars to provide a range of insights highlighting what works, what does not work and associated challenges. Each chapter provides annotated further reading, allowing the reader to expand on the topics discussed. The Handbook will prove invaluable for students and academics in the social sciences who are interested in the development of human resources - particularly postgraduates undertaking research on HRD and undergraduates researching HRD issues. It will also be of use to academics teaching research focused modules on HRD and people related issues, as well as experienced HRD researchers looking to further develop their understanding of methods for researching HRD.
Handbook of Research on Comparative Human Resource Management by
Edited by three renowned specialists in comparative human resource management (CHRM) this expanded and updated Handbook explores the range of approaches for conceptualizing CHRM and highlights different policies and practices across the world.Leading experts challenge the assumption that there are consistent solutions for managing human resources across nations. Valuing the importance of context, particularly at a national and regional level, the chapter authors question the 'best practice' solutions by discussing theoretical, issue-based and regional-based distinctions in HRM. New to this edition:* an extended focus on the most essential theoretical underpinnings of CHRM including an anthropological comparative method * additional in-depth studies in comparative areas covering the range of current HRM practice, including sustainable HRM* a broader set of countries and regions now including Central and South America, North and Sub-Saharan Africa, and Indonesia, Malaysia and the Philippines, to create the most comprehensive global coverage of comparative CHRM research.This extensive Handbook is an essential resource for researchers and postgraduate students in international business, business administration, HRM, socio-economics and cross-cultural management.
Human Resource Management by
Prepare for career and HR success with the text that has set the standard for excellence in human resource management. HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT, 15th Edition, offers the most current look at HRM and its impact on the success of organizations today. A leading resource in preparing for professional HR certification, this edition ensures you address all major topics for the various professional examinations given by the Society for Human Resource Management and the Human Resource Certification Institute. The latest HR research and an effective blend of solid theory and contemporary practice highlight emerging trends driving change in HRM today, including technology, globalization, competencies and HR metrics. The book's accompanying MindTap digital learning platform is a highly personalized, online learning platform of authoritative Cengage Learning content, assignments, and services offering you a tailored presentation of course curriculum created by your instructor. MindTap guides you through the course curriculum via an innovative Learning Path Navigator where you complete reading assignments, annotate your readings, complete homework, and engage with quizzes and assessments.
Keys to Running Successful Research Projects by
Keys to Running Successful Research Projects: All the Things They Never Teach You provides a step-by-step guide for the management of a successful research project or program. Through the use of illustrative case studies, the book covers all aspects of management that should be included during researcher training, helping researchers overcome the many challenges they face in their day-to-day management of people, time and resources. Links throughout provide more detailed information from gold standard sources on every topic. It is a must-have reference for postdocs, research managers and administrators in colleges, universities, hospitals and research institutes. In addition, it is an ideal resource for those working in grant and contract funding groups in the life sciences and medical fields.
A Research Agenda for Human Resource Management by
Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary.This state-of-the-art book takes a forward-looking perspective on the field of Human Resource Management (HRM). Each contribution takes a view, or position, on the likely development of the HR function, and identifies interesting areas and subjects of research that would help address this future positioning. The book's expert contributors provide short and succinct reviews of 12 key topics in strategic HRM, including HR strategy and structure, talent management, selection, assessment and retention, employee engagement, workplace well-being, leadership, HR analytics, productivity, innovation, and globalisation. Each chapter identifies the strengths and gaps in our knowledge, maps out the important intellectual boundaries for their field, and outlines current and future research agendas and how these should inform practice. In examining these strategic topics the authors point to the key interfaces between the field of HRM and cognate disciplines, enabling researchers and practitioners to understand the models and theories that help tie this agenda together.Offering a comprehensive guide to current research and pioneering perspectives for future avenues of inquiry, this Research Agenda will be essential reading for academics, practitioners and researchers in the field of HRM.
Research Handbook of Expatriates by
Constituting a comprehensive and carefully designed collection of contributions, the Research Handbook of Expatriates provides a nuanced and up-to-date discussion of expatriates. Theoretically broad and groundbreaking, it offers important and contemporary insights into emerging areas of research warranting future consideration.Drawing upon a range of perspectives from the field's most distinguished academics, contributions review the history of the literature in relation to expatriates, from the development of the expatriate construct through to the current state of research on business expatriates. Subsequent chapters progress into detailed examinations of the various types of business expatriates including LGBT, self-initiated expatriates, female assignees, inpatriates, international business travellers and commuters, and millennials. Other themes include expatriate performance, adjustment, expatriates to and from developing countries, global talent management, and expatriates' safety and security. The Research Handbook also covers expatriates in diverse communities such as education, military, missionary, sports and 'Aidland', and provides additional commentaries relating to methodological issues, research with practitioners, case studies, biculturals and ATCKs, and global families. The Research Handbook concludes with publishing advice for PhD and early career researchers.Stimulating insightful new areas of study, this collection is a must read for academics and scholars in the field of expatriate research, international management, global human resource management and business administration. It also offers a wealth of guidance for executives and recruiters along with expatriates and professionals who may expatriate.
Strategic Human Resource Management by
Research in the domain of Strategic Human Resource Management (SHRM) has burgeoned over the past thirty years. Over this time there was a shift towards a strategic conception which posited workers as 'assets' rather than 'costs'. These 'human resources' were reconceptualised as a key source of competitive advantage. Hence, these assets were to be treated seriously: selected with care, trained and developed, and above all, induced to offer commitment. The concept of 'human capital' came to the fore and during these three decades research output has been voluminous. Meanwhile, other trends vie with the SHRM model: precarious employment, zero-hour contracts, sub-contracting and outsourcing and other competing ways of arranging work. Finding a pathway through this minefield is challenging. Strategic Human Resource Management: A Research Overview, authored by three global research leaders, provides an expert summary and guide. This new shortform book develops the argument that a crucial element of organizational performance is the way work is organized in skill and talent packages both domestically and across global competency clusters. This succinct guide focuses on current and emergent challenges. The 'package' of HR approaches has changed over time. This new volume pays special regard to the HR implications which arise from radically altering contexts - economic, social and technological. This concise volume covers themes of vital interest and is essential reading for business scholars and professionals.
Methods of Research for Human Resource Management
This is an introductory undergraduate course on business research methods in the fundamentals of basic and applied management research with specialization in human resource management. The course emphasizes on the acquisition of knowledge, skills, and abilities in interpreting management research literature and the formulation and conduct of basic and applied management research in an industrial setting. It focuses on the role of research in the effective management of organizations by using scientific processes and principles in identifying and solving organizational problems and needs through the application of concepts, theories, and principles learned in core and major business courses. This course intends to strengthen the student’s planning and organizing, problem solving, and analytical skills, as well as developed competencies in technical writing in English.
Big Data in Organizations and the Role of Human Resource Management by
Big data are changing the way we work as companies face an increasing amount of data. Rather than replacing a human workforce or making decisions obsolete, big data are going to pose an immense innovating force to those employees capable of utilizing them. This book intends to first convey a theoretical understanding of big data. It then tackles the phenomenon of big data from the perspectives of varied organizational theories in order to highlight socio-technological interaction. Big data are bound to transform organizations which calls for a transformation of the human resource department. The HR department's new role then enables organizations to utilize big data for their purpose. Employees, while remaining an organization's major competitive advantage, have found a powerful ally in big data.
Disability and Employer Practices by
This book is about the employment of people with disabilities in the United States and the important role of employer practices. Nearly one in five people report some form of disability, and they are only half as likely to be employed as those without disabilities. With the aging workforce and returning military veterans both contributing to increasing number of disabilities in the workplace, there is an urgent need for better ways to address continuing employment disparities for people with disabilities. Examining employer behaviors is critical to changing this trend. It is essential to understand the factors that motivate employers to engage this workforce and which specific practices are most effective. Disability and Employer Practices features research-based documentation of workplace policies and practices that result in the successful recruitment, retention, advancement, and inclusion of individuals with disabilities. The Cornell team whose work is featured in this book drew from multiple disciplines, data sources, and methodologies to learn where employment disparities for people with disabilities occur and to identify workplace policies and practices that might remediate them. The contributors include individuals with expertise in the fields of business, economics, education, environmental design and analysis, human resources, management, industrial/organizational psychology, public health, rehabilitation psychology, research methods, survey design, educational measurement, statistics, and vocational rehabilitation counseling.
Human resource strategic planning process : a qualitative study of financial institutions by
This case study provides a multi-level investigation of human resource management strategy planning and implementation processes, through an intensive case study of the banking sector in Pakistan. The empirical findings from qualitative interviews with leaders, human resource managers, line managers and employees across five case study banks reveal that these processes are dependent on the enactment and contextualisation by the actors involved in the process. At a conceptual level, the thesis proposes a new 'Actor-Process Model' to understand the way these actors are involved in the process, shaped by various organisational, institutional and cultural conditions.
Introduction to Qualitative Research Methods by
An informative real-world guide to studying the "why" of human behavior Introduction to Qualitative Research Methods is a practical, comprehensive guide to the collection and presentation of qualitative data. Unique in the market, this book describes the entire research process -- from design through writing -- illustrated by examples of real, complete qualitative work that clearly demonstrates how methods are used in actual practice. This updated fourth edition includes all new case studies, with additional coverage of mixed methods, non-sociological settings, funding, and a sample interview guide. The studies profiled are accompanied by observation field notes, and the text includes additional readings for both students and instructors. More than just theory, this guide is designed to give you a real-world practitioner's view of how qualitative research is handled every step of the way. Many different disciplines rely on qualitative research as a method of inquiry, to gain an in-depth understanding of human behavior and the governing forces behind it. Qualitative research asks "why" and "how," and the data is frequently complex and difficult to measure. This book shows you how to effectively handle qualitative work, regardless of where it's being applied. Understand the strengths and limitations of qualitative data Learn how experts work around common methodological issues Compare actual field notes to the qualitative studies they generated Examine the full range of qualitative methods throughout the research process Whether you're studying sociology, psychology, marketing, or any number of other fields, especially in the social and behavioral sciences, human behavior is the central concern of your work. So what drives human behavior? That's what qualitative research helps to explain. Introduction to Qualitative Research Methods gives you the foundation you need to begin seeking answers.
The Jossey-Bass Handbook of Nonprofit Leadership and Management by
The go-to nonprofit handbook, updated and expanded for today's leader The Jossey-Bass Handbook of Nonprofit Leadership and Management is the bestselling professional reference and leading text on the functions, processes, and strategies that are integral to the effective leadership and management of nonprofit and nongovernmental organizations. Now in its fourth edition, this handbook presents the most current research, theory, and practice in the field of nonprofit leadership and management. This practical, relevant guide is invaluable to the effective practice of nonprofit leadership and management, with expanded attention to accountability, transparency, and organizational effectiveness. It also extensively covers the practice of social entrepreneurship, presented via an integrative perspective that helps the reader make practical sense of how to bring it all together. Nonprofit organizations present unique opportunities and challenges for meeting the needs of societies and their communities, yet nonprofit management is more complex and challenging than ever. This Handbook provides a framework to help you lead and manage efficiently and effectively in this new environment. Building on solid current scholarship, the handbook provides candid, practical guidance from nationally-recognized leaders who share their insights on: The relationship between board performance and organizational effectiveness Managing internal and external stakeholder relationships Financial viability and sustainability and how to enhance both for the long term Strategies to successfully attract, retain, and mobilize the very best of staff and volunteers The fourth edition of the handbook also includes content relevant to associations and membership organizations. The content of the handbook is supplemented and enriched by an extensive set of online supplements and tools, including reading lists, web references, checklists, PowerPoint slides, discussion guides, and sample exams. Running your nonprofit or nongovernmental organization effectively in today's complex and challenging environment demands more knowledge and skill than ever, deployed in a thoughtful and pragmatic way. Grounded in the most useful modern scholarship and theory, and explained from the perspective of effective practice, The Jossey-Bass Handbook of Nonprofit Leadership and Management is a pivotal resource for successful nonprofit leaders in these turbulent times.
Managing Quality by
An essential quality management resource for students and practitioners alike--now in its sixth edition This popular and highly successful text on Quality Management has been fully revised and updated to reflect recent developments in the field. New to the Sixth Edition is timely coverage of agile development, emerging markets, product research, evidence based decision-making, and quality control. Some of the material has been re-ordered and changes to terminology have been made to bring the book completely up to date. Contributions from new co-author David Bamford offer insights from a veteran teacher and practitioner. A popular resource for students, academics, and business practitioners alike Combines the latest information on quality management system series standards with up-to-date tools, techniques and quality systems Includes insights on quality, operations management, and strategic process improvement Highly relevant for professionals, particularly those involved with reacting to rapid developments in the global market The word "quality" has many definitions, dependent on context and situation. It is often over-used but always in-demand, and it can make or break a business. Quality management is becoming an increasingly vital factor in the success of a product or service, and it requires constant attention and a continuous drive to do better. Managing Quality is a comprehensive resource that helps you ensure - and sustain - high quality standards.
Managing the human factor : the early years of human resource management in American industry by
Human resource departments are key components in the people management system of nearly every medium-to-large organization in the industrial world. They provide a wide range of essential services relating to employees, including recruitment, compensation, benefits, training, and labor relations. A century ago, however, before the concept of human resource management had been invented, the supervision and care of employees at even the largest companies were conducted without written policies or formal planning, and often in harsh, arbitrary, and counterproductive ways. How did companies such as United States Steel manage a workforce of 160,000 employees at dozens of plants without a specialized personnel or industrial relations department? What led some of these organizations to introduce human resources practices at the end of the nineteenth century? How were the earliest personnel departments structured and what were their responsibilities? And how did the theory and implementation of human resources management evolve, both within industry and as an academic field of research and teaching? In Managing the Human Factor, Bruce E. Kaufman chronicles the origins and early development of human resource management (HRM) in the United States from the 1870s, when the Labor Problem emerged as the nation's primary domestic policy concern, to 1933 and the start of the New Deal. Through new archival research, an extensive review and synthesis of the historical and contemporary literatures, and case studies illustrating best (and worst) practices during this period, Kaufman identifies the fourteen ideas, events, and movements that led to the creation of specialized HRM departments in the late 1910s, as well as their further growth and development into strategic business units in the welfare capitalism period of the 1920s. The research presented in this book not only uncovers many new aspects of the early development of personnel and industrial relations but also challenges central parts of the contemporary interpretation of the concept and evolution of HRM. Rich with insights on both the present and past of human resource management, Managing the Human Factor will be widely regarded as the definitive account of the early history of employee management in American companies and a must-read for all those interested in the indispensable function of managing people in organizations.
The Nonprofit Human Resource Management Handbook by
As an increasing number of individuals go to work in the nonprofit sector, nonprofit managers need support on how best to build their human resource management capacity. They need to know what systems to examine, what questions to ask, and how to ensure they are managing people in a legal manner and as effectively as possible given their particular resource constraints. Important questions include: Do we have a clear philosophy, one that aligns with our nonprofit mission and values and allows us to treat our employees as the professionals they are? How do we select, develop, and retain the best people who will produce high value, high performance work, and how do we do so with limited resources? How do we effectively manage our mix of volunteers and paid staff? What do we need to consider to ensure diverse people work together in a harmonious fashion? With all-new chapters written by the top scholars in the field of nonprofit HRM, these are but a few of the many questions that are addressed in this timely volume.　 These scholars delve into their particular areas of expertise, offering a comprehensive look at theories and trends; legal and ethical issues; how to build HRM from recruitment, management, labor relations, to training and appraisal; as well as topics in diversity, technology, and paid versus volunteer workforce management. This essential handbook offers all core topic coverage as well as countless insider insights, additional resource lists, and tool sets for practical application. With chapters grounded in existing research, but also connecting research to practice for those in the field, The Nonprofit Human Resource Management Handbook will be required reading for a generation of scholars, students, and practitioners of nonprofit human resource management.　
Personnel Selection by
This is a fully updated edition of Personnel Selection, a seminal text on the psychometric approach to personnel selection by a noted expert in the field. Focuses on cutting-edge topics including the influence of social networking sites, adverse impact, age differences and stereotypes, distribution of work performance, and the problems of selecting new employees using research based on incumbent employees Questions established beliefs in the field, especially issues that have been characterized as "not a problem," such as differential validity, over-reliance on self-report, and "faking good" Contains expanded discussion of research and practice in the US and internationally, while maintaining the definitive coverage of UK and European selection approaches Provides comprehensive yet accessible information for professionals and students, as well as helpful pedagogical tools (technical and statistical boxes, simplified figures and tables, research agenda boxes, key point summaries, and key references)
The SAGE handbook of human resource management by
The new edition of this SAGE Handbook builds on the success of the first by providing a fully updated and expanded overview of the field of human resource management. Bringing together contributions from leading international scholars - and with brand new chapters on key emerging topics such as firm ownership, talent management, engagement and big data - the Handbook focuses on familiarising the reader with the fundamentals of applied human resource management, while contextualizing practice within wider theoretical considerations. Internationally minded chapters combine a critical overview with discussion of key debates and research, as well as comprehensively dealing with important emerging interests. The second edition of this Handbook remains an indispensable resource for advanced students and researchers in the field. PART 01: Context of Human Resource Management; PART 02: Fundamentals of Human Resource Management; and PART 03: Contemporary Issues.
Administrative and Office Management
The students will study the different phases of administrative and office management (AOM) and its vital role in the business organization on a global setting. It includes the importance of AOM on management, technology, communication, program development and strategic planning and organizing towards the promulgation of an effective and efficient organization. It covers topics in the areas of management, human resources, and managing the office environment, systems, and functions.
Administrative Assistant's and Secretary's Handbook by
An administrative professional's job requires a diverse range of abilities. From managing schedules, coordinating meetings, and fielding calls to planning events, deciphering legal documents, and creating PowerPoint presentations, today's administrative assistants are expected to effortlessly and efficiently juggle it all. Professionals looking to improve their performance--and enhance their value to employers--should turn to the fourth edition of Administrative Assistant's andSecretary's Handbook. With 250 pages of new or completely revised material, the handbook provides thorough, practical instruction on: Web conferencing * Creating graphics, charts, and presentations * Microsoft Office 2010 * Business math * Managing e-mail and schedules with Outlook * Organizing computer files * Research skills * Time management * Customer service skills * Troubleshooting computer problems * Event planning * and much more. Administrative jobs are constantly changing, but with the latest edition of this best-selling guide, professionals everywhere can stay ahead of the curve.
Administrative office management by
Administrative Office Management, 8th edition, offers the most technologically updated text on the market. In combination with technological updates, this comprehensive introduction to office management focuses on what office managers actually do on the job. Dr. Quible's signature easy-to-read style coupled with pedagogical aids throughout systematically explores the full range of office management topics-office environment, employees, systems, and functions [www.pearson.com].
Classics of Public Administration by
With this newly expanded eighth edition of CLASSICS OF PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION, authors Jay M. Shafritz and Albert C. Hyde introduce students to the principles of public administration via the most significant scholarly writings on the topic. Straightforward and informative, this text begins its discussion with Confucius in ancient China and continues to today's political scientists. This edition includes 17 new readings and addresses the key fields of public administration: bureaucracy, organization theory, human resources management, the budgetary process, public policy, implementation, evaluation, intergovernmental relations, and public service ethics.
The Facility Management Handbook by
The wide-ranging umbrella of facility management covers everything from technology systems to disaster recover planning to zoning compliance to furnishings to ground maintenance . . . and that's just getting started. It is a multidisciplinary function that requires a deep knowledge of the entire business and physical planning cycle. Undoubtedly, the sheer scope of duties requires a far-reaching reference for staying abreast of the latest innovations and best practices. The Facility Management Handbook is the answer.With insightful overviews, case studies, and practical guidelines pave the way for successful planning, budgeting, real estate transactions, construction, emergency preparedness, security, operations, maintenance, and more, the thoroughly revised fourth edition examines cutting-edge technologies and includes new information on:* Building Information Modeling (BIM)* Contracting and project management methods* FASB and IASB requirements* Distributed working * Sustainability reporting* And much moreThe Facility Management Handbook is the one-stop resource every facility manager must have to master a broad scope of duties while staying current on innovations and best practices.
Human Resource Management by
As competitors strive to win the war for talent, effective human resource management is necessary to gain true competitive advantage in the marketplace. Three challenges companies face are sustainability, technology, and globalization. Human Resource Management, Eighth Edition brings these challenges to life by highlighting real-world examples pertaining to these issues and relating it to the concepts within the chapter. This best-selling McGraw-Hill/Irwin Human Resource Management title provides students with the technical background needed to be a knowledgeable consumer of human resource (HR) products and services, to manage HR effectively, or to be a successful HR professional. While clearly strategic in nature, the text also emphasizes how managers can more effectively acquire, develop, compensate, and manage the internal and external environment that relates to the management of human resources.
The Office : procedures and technology by
THE OFFICE is a comprehensive text for courses in the high school office technology curriculum. The course name can be Office Procedures, Administrative Procedures, Business and Computer Technology, etc. The target market is high school student preparing for entry-level position in an office setting. The text focuses on the necessary skills that range from using email and the Internet to the use of integrated application and office suites. It covers the soft skills including customer satisfaction ethics, and telephone manners along with information systems and the global marketplace.
Procedures and Theory for Administrative Professionals by
PROCEDURES AND THEORY FOR ADMINISTRATIVE PROFESSIONALS, 7TH EDITION prepares students seeking entry-level assistant positions or who are transitioning to a job with greater responsibility. Instruction and activities target new technology and build communication and human relation skills. Emphasis on critical thinking, creative problem solving, and professional development prepare students for challenges they will face in today's global market place. The seventh edition has been reorganized to offer more thorough coverage of key topics ranging from new technologies, the changing workplace, leadership, and personal finance. This text is packed with professional pointers, technology, and practical activities that prepare students for success in today's global workplace.
Successful time management for dummies by
Incorporate effective time management and transform your life If you always feel like there's not enough time in the day to get everything accomplished, Successful Time Management For Dummies is the resource that can help change your workday and your life. Filled with insights into how the most successful people manage distractions, fight procrastination, and optimize their workspace, this guide provides an in-depth look at the specific steps you can use to take back those precious hours and minutes to make more of your workday and your leisure time. Modern life is packed with commitments that take up time and energy. But by more effectively managing time and cutting out unnecessary and unproductive activities, you really can do more with less. In this complete guide to time management, you'll find out how to manage email effectively, cut down on meetings and optimize facetime, use technology wisely, maximize your effectiveness during travel, and much more. Find out how to accomplish more at work and in life, all in less time Organize your professional life and workspace for optimal productivity Learn to put an end to procrastination and successfully handle interruptions Get specific insights into time management in various functions, from administration professionals to executives If you're looking to take back your time and ramp up your productivity, Successful Time Management For Dummies is the resource to help get your there in a hurry.
Time Management for Department Chairs by
"Department chairs who have asked themselves the question 'Who knows where the time goes' should ask Christian Hansen for the answer. His book, Time Management for Department Chairs, will help chairs maximize the investment of their most important resources--their time, focus, and energy."--Don Chu, author, The Department Chair Primer "Department chairs take note: Hansen's Time Management for Department Chairs can change your life in just three hours. Written by a seasoned academic chair, the author offers practical ideas and strategic advice about how to increase your day-to-day effectiveness (and sanity) by using proven approaches to managing expectations, organizing tasks, running meetings, monitoring communication, controlling calendars, avoiding interruptions, containing crises, and everything else in between. If you want to learn how to strike a better work-life balance, this book should be at the top of your reading list!"--Christine Licata, senior associate provost, Rochester Institute of Technology "It's about time--the resource department chairs have the least of and what faculty want the most! Christian Hansen's book is filled with insights, techniques, and artful strategies to help chairs maximize their time while working effectively with faculty and balancing their personal and professional lives. This book is a life saver!"--Walter Gmelch, dean, University of San Francisco
Administrative and Office Management
The students will study the different phases of administrative and office management (AOM) and its vital role in the business organization on a global setting. It includes the importance of AOM on management, technology, communication, program development and strategic planning and organizing towards the promulgation of an effective and efficient organization. It covers topics in the areas of management, human resources, and managing the office environment, systems, and functions.
The Administrative Assistant by
Today, the administrative assistant operates at a high level, often reporting to more than one person. Learn vital skills such as how to anticipate needs, be a communication liaison, act as a project manager, and operate as your boss' information manager.
Administrative Assistant's and Secretary's Handbook by
No day is the same. No hour is the same. Not even the boss's moods are ever the same! The expectations and duties of the modern-day administrative assistant are higher and more stressful than ever before. From managing the phones, coordinating meetings, and preparing presentations to planning events, crafting clear business communications, and deciphering legal documents, administrative assistants need to be everything to everyone, all the time--and all with a smile! They spend all day helping others. Who is going to help them?Long the gold standard for office professionals seeking to improve their performance and enhance their value to employers, The Administrative Assistant's and Secretary's Handbook is the definitive source of help for these true jack-of-all-trades, including information on topics such as: * Creating graphics, charts, and presentations * Microsoft Word, Excel, Outlook, and Publisher * Web conferencing * Electronic and paper filing systems * Recordkeeping * Meeting planning and management * Business math * Computer and software troubleshooting * And much moreExtensively updated with new information on Windows 8, Microsoft Office 2013, Apple OS, mobile computing, data security, Google Calendar, Google Drive, Google Docs, and Microsoft Web Applications, this bestselling guide will help these unsung heroes shine in the eyes of all their coworkers.
Administrative Office Management by
Contents; modern office and its functions; office management; office organisation; office administration; office space management; environment management; office systems and procedures; office services; office machines and equipment; office forms- design, management and control; records management; office stationery & supplies; communication management; office correspondence and mail service; management reporting; human resource management; work improvement and work measurement; secretarial, clerical and reception services; collection of data; control of office costs.
E-Government by
The use of information technology to provide consistent access to and dissemination of government information is essential to promote a more citizen-centred government in a cost-effective manner. Agencies manage web-based technologies and services to help citizens obtain government information and services. In addition, agencies use information technology to communicate with the public and gather feedback to determine whether Federal programs are achieving results and meeting user needs. E-Government is the result of this use of information technology to improve citizen access to government information and services. To ensure agencies apply E-Government principles and use information technology to the fullest potential, agencies measure results to verify progress and planned performance improvement. This allows agencies to better manage their information resources including their investments in information technology. The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) works with agencies to systematically track and measure whether resources used by programs help achieve intended goals and results through the President's Management Agenda (PMA) Scorecard each quarter. The Federal Government continues to deploy industry-leading information technologies to more effectively manage and deliver government information and services. This results in more effective and transparent operations of Federal programs with an increased ability to manage the risks associated with information technology and protect information in care of the Federal government. Greater access to government information benefits the country by sustaining an informed citizenry, aiding government decision-makers, and supporting the economy, all of which are fundamental to a healthy democracy.
Electronic HRM in Theory and Practice by
Organizations have increasingly been introducing web-based applications for HRM purposes, and these are frequently labeled as electronic Human Resource Management (e-HRM). Much is expected of e-HRM in terms of improving the quality of HRM, increasing its contribution to company performance and freeing staff from administrative loads. The editors of this volume have been involved in a series of research projects, academic workshops, and conferences exploring the application of information technologies to various HR practices. Along with the "Special Issues of the International Journal of HRM", "International Journal of Technology and Human Interactions", and "International Journal of Training and Development", this volume is a tangible outcome of three European e-HRM Academic Workshops (2006, 2008, 2010), and two International Workshops on Human Resource Management (2007 and 2008). "Electronic HRM in Theory and Practice" brings a greater focus to the theoretical developments within the field of e-HRM research and clarifies the need to crystallize a theoretical framework for e-HRM research, raises further questions, and supports discussions.
Encyclopedia of Educational Leadership and Administration by
SAGE Reference is proud to announce this major new collection in the fields of educational leadership and administration. The Encyclopedia of Educational Leadership and Administration presents the most recent theories, research, terms, concepts, ideas and histories on educational leadership and school administration as it is taught on PGCE courses and practiced in schools and colleges today. With over 600 entries, written by more than 200 professors, graduate students, practitioners and association officials, the two-volumes of this Encyclopedia represent the most comprehensive knowledge base of educational leadership and school administration that has, as yet, been compiled. Key features: - represents a `knowledge dynamic' of the field by presenting ideas and perspectives that are in the minds, hearts, and aspirations of those practicing in the profession; - includes a wide range of topics covering teaching and learning, curriculum, psychology and motivation, budgeting and finance, law, statistics, research, personnel management, planning, supervision, and much more; - contains over 75 biographical sketches of people whose ideas, aspirations, and lives have contributed much to the profession; - animates reader's thinking and defines possibilities by presenting terms, ideas, concepts, research, and theories that are circulating in the field. The Encyclopedia of Educational Leadership and Administration is a must-have reference for all academic libraries.
Evidence-Based Public Management: Practices, Issues and Prospects by
Evidence-based management (EBMgt) derives principles of good management from scientific research, meta-analysis, literature reviews, and case studies, and then translates them into practice. This book is the first systematic assessment of EBMgt and its potential application in public management.
Improving implementation : organisational change and project management by
"The business of government is necessarily diverse, changing and of considerable scale. A focus on improving the implementation of government programs and initiatives is important because the community expects the Government to deliver on its policies, as does the Government. The papers included in this collection address numerous aspects of improving implementation. They were initially presented at the Project Management and Organisational Change conference held in Canberra in February 2006, the first annual research conference organised by ANZSOG in conjunction with the Department of the Prime Minister and Cabinet. This collection represents a comprehensive drawing together of experience and insight from both practitioners and academic researchers, with speakers including top public sector executives from the Australian jurisdictions as well as representatives from the United Kingdom, Canada and New Zealand."--ANU Press.
The White House World by
When George W. Bush and his staff finally got word he had officially won the 2000 presidential election, they had only thirtyseven days to shift from campaign mode to governing. Fortunately for the Bush team, a group of presidency scholars had gathered and provided them with a wealth of substantive analysis about presidential transitions and White House operations. "The White House World" gathers and digests this same material and is a veritable "how to" manual on the dynamics of White House operations, the functions of seven critical White House offices, and the actual transition of President Bush.
This course deals with the group behavior and organization systems components of the study of behavior in organizations. It is primarily concerned with the psychosocial, interpersonal and behavioral dynamics in organizations as well as the organizational variables that affect human behavior at work.
M: Organizational Behavior by
M: Organizational Behavior, 4th edition by McShane and Von Glinow delivers essential OB knowledge in an accessible, student-focused style. Students learn the latest concepts and associated workplace practices, with real-world examples to demonstrate their relevance. This book builds on the strengths of the main textbook, including a strong literature foundation, excellent readability, meaningful exhibits, and a global representation of examples. Through Connect, students also have access to dozens of self-assessments and learning activities.Our most affordable offering, this book also adopts the view that OB is for everyone in organizations, not just for managers.
Organizational Behavior by
Prepare to Think and Act like a manager with the powerful insights, solid concepts, and reader-friendly approach in ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR: MANAGING PEOPLE AND ORGANIZATIONS, 12th Edition. This text equips you with the skills and practical understanding to meet modern management challenges. You will delve into the fundamentals of employee behavior in today's organizations as the book balances classic management ideas with thorough coverage of the most recent organizational behavior developments and contemporary trends. Memorable examples from organizations and managers you will instantly recognize are woven throughout the book and work with new cases and boxed features that focus on pressing issues and reinforce the book's practical perspective. You'll also learn more about your strengths and areas where you need development though an array of self-assessment activities.
Organizational Behavior by
Learn Organizational Behavior YOUR Way with ORGB 5! ORGB 5's easy-reference, paperback textbook presents course content through visually-engaging chapters as well as Chapter Review Cards that consolidate the best review material into a ready-made study tool. With the textbook or on its own, ORGB Online allows easy exploration of ORGB 5 anywhere, anytime - including on your device! Collect your notes and create StudyBits� from interactive content as you go to remember what's important. Then, either use preset study resources, or personalize the product through easy-to-use tags and filters to prioritize your study time. Make and review flashcards, review related content, and track your progress with Concept Tracker, all in one place and at an affordable price!
Organizational behavior : an asian perspective by
Subjects:
Organizational behavior Asia.
Organizational behavior.
Asia.
Organizational behavior : a practical, problem-solving approach by
Subjects:
Organizational behavior.
Organizational Behavior: Improving Performance and Commitment in the Workplace by
Organizational Behavior 6th edition by Colquitt, LePine, and Wesson continues to offer a novel approach using an integrative model and roadmap to illustrate how individual, team, leader, and organizational factors shape employee attitudes, and how those attitudes impact performance and commitment. This model reminds students where they are, where they've been, and where they're going. They include two unique chapters on job performance and organizational commitment. Those topics are critical to managers and students alike, and represent critical outcomes in OB. Each successive chapter then links back to those outcomes, illustrating why OB matters in today's organizations.
Organizational behavior and management by
Revised edition of Organizational behavior and management.
Title on cover: Organizational behavior & management.
Authors' names in reverse order in previous editions.
Organizational behavior emerging knowledge, global reality by
Subjects:
Organizational behavior.
Organizational behaviour and management by
Subjects:
Organizational behavior.
Industrial management.
ORGB by
Learn Organizational Behavior YOUR Way with ORGB! ORGB's easy-reference, paperback textbook presents course content through visually engaging chapters as well as Chapter Review Cards that consolidate the best review material into a ready-made study tool. With the textbook or on its own, ORGB Online allows easy exploration of ORGB anywhere, anytime--including on your device! Collect your notes, browse interactive content and create StudyBits as you go to remember what's important. Then, either use preset study resources or personalize the product through easy-to-use tags and filters to prioritize your study time. Make and review flashcards, review related content and track your progress with Concept Tracker--all in one place and at an affordable price!
This course deals with the group behavior and organization systems components of the study of behavior in organizations. It is primarily concerned with the psychosocial, interpersonal and behavioral dynamics in organizations as well as the organizational variables that affect human behavior at work.
Communicate Like a Leader by
Draw Them In, Don't Drive Them Away! People often get promoted to leadership positions without knowing how to communicate an inspiring strategic vision to the people who report to them. So they focus on what they know: tactics, not strategy. As a result, they become stuck in micromanagement mode. Dianna Booher wants to prevent micromanagement before it happens by providing you with the right leadership communication skills. Grounded in extensive research, this book offers practical guidelines to help professionals think, coach, converse, speak, write, meet, and negotiate strategically to deliver results. In thirty-six brief chapters, Booher shows you how to communicate effectively to audiences up and down the organization so you can fulfill your most essential responsibilities as a leader.
Leadership brand : deliver on your promise by
Everyone has a reputation. Whether good or bad, your reputation precedes you, and can inhibit or enhance your professional goals. However, how do you actively nurture, develop, and manage how others see you? In this book, we'll discuss how crafting a brand can give you control of how you're perceived at work. From proven strategies from CCL experts, to practical advice you can implement immediately, Leadership Brand: Deliver on Your Promise can help you figure out the leader you want to be, and how to build the brand that can get you there.
Leadership Lessons from Compelling Contexts by
Research into leadership often focuses on standard business organizations. We know little about these proposed models apply to leadership in other contexts, such as the military, sports, film and television industries or religious organizations. Here, we deliberately reverse the idea of investigating how standard models fit into non-standard contexts; we want to know what leadership lessons can be drawn from compelling yet understudied contexts. Research and theory from four types of contexts are presented: Those characterized by high levels of competition, such as sport, those in which the generation of innovation and creativity is crucial e.g. film and television, high-risk contexts such as the military and aviation, and those where fostering the well-being of others is at the core. To summarize, as much as we can learn about leadership from standard business organizations and apply it to unusual contexts, the same applies the other way round: Idiosyncrasies of compelling contexts teach us fundamental lessons about leadership which are also applicable to other settings.
The Nonprofit Human Resource Management Handbook by
As an increasing number of individuals go to work in the nonprofit sector, nonprofit managers need support on how best to build their human resource management capacity. They need to know what systems to examine, what questions to ask, and how to ensure they are managing people in a legal manner and as effectively as possible given their particular resource constraints. Important questions include: Do we have a clear philosophy, one that aligns with our nonprofit mission and values and allows us to treat our employees as the professionals they are? How do we select, develop, and retain the best people who will produce high value, high performance work, and how do we do so with limited resources? How do we effectively manage our mix of volunteers and paid staff? What do we need to consider to ensure diverse people work together in a harmonious fashion? With all-new chapters written by the top scholars in the field of nonprofit HRM, these are but a few of the many questions that are addressed in this timely volume.　 These scholars delve into their particular areas of expertise, offering a comprehensive look at theories and trends; legal and ethical issues; how to build HRM from recruitment, management, labor relations, to training and appraisal; as well as topics in diversity, technology, and paid versus volunteer workforce management. This essential handbook offers all core topic coverage as well as countless insider insights, additional resource lists, and tool sets for practical application. With chapters grounded in existing research, but also connecting research to practice for those in the field, The Nonprofit Human Resource Management Handbook will be required reading for a generation of scholars, students, and practitioners of nonprofit human resource management.　
Organizational behavior by
This OpenStax resource aligns to introductory courses in Organizational Behavior. The text presents the theory, concepts, and applications with particular emphasis on the impact that individuals and groups can have on organizational performance and culture. An array of recurring features engages students in entrepreneurial thinking, managing change, using tools/technology, and responsible management; furthermore, the unique chapter on Social Media and Communication contextualizes the importance and implications of various platforms and communications methods.
Organizational Design for Knowledge Management by
Information and communication technologies have increased their share of services in contemporary economic exchanges. We are witnessing a transformation of modern economies characterized by a predominant role of information and knowledge in the production of wealth. In order to make this intangible resource bear fruit, organizations are looking for ways, methods, procedures, processes and technical solutions to efficiently manage knowledge Within a framework of research into synergies and resource interdependence, organizations also rely on strategic alliances (joint venture), mergers or other legal forms of association that have an impact on knowledge management. This book explores the range of knowledge management techniques.
Organizing for Reliability by
Increasingly, scholars view reliability--the ability to plan for and withstand disaster--as a social construction. However, there is a tendency to evoke this concept only in the face of catastrophes, such as the British Petroleum oil spill or the Space Shuttle Challenger explosion. This book frames reliability as a fundamental issue in the study of organizations--one that can also improve day-to-day operations. Bringing together a diverse cast of contributors, it considers how we can account for the ability of some organizations to maintain high reliability and what we can learn from them. The chapters distinguish reliability from related lines of inquiry; take stock of relevant research from different disciplinary perspectives; highlight implications for practice; and identify directions, questions, and priorities for future research. The first of its kind in over twenty years, this volume delivers a dynamic base of shared knowledge and an integrative research agenda at a time when organizational reliability has never been so important.
Productivity and Organizational Management by
Effective work practices and good employee relations are a real necessity of nowadays organizations, as they can help to reduce absenteeism, turnover, organizational costs, conducting to high levels of commitment, effectiveness, performance as well as productivity. Addressing these questions, this book focuses on the implications of changes in productivity and organizational management, exploring models, tools and processes.
Research in Organizational Change and Development by
Highlights include a reflection on forty years of collaboration and provides an inside perspective on collegial partnerships; the first recipients of the Pasmore-Woodman Award (AOM 2015) consider personal recollections as well as general principles about successful academic partnerships; one of the first women in the field provides a perspective on the interdependence of research and practice through a gender lens; while reflecting on the role of women in ODC across a fifty-year time period; strategies for managing changes in the research question when conducting field-based action research advances our understanding of evidence-based practice through the application of theory; Dialogic OD, a relatively new perspective in the field, is explored by discussing a case in which 'social space' serves as 'transitional space' and the ODC practitioner is provided a theoretically informed set of principles that can be applied and evaluated across contexts; the nature and role of organization identity shades new insights about the potential impact of organization development work on company culture and effectiveness; the challenges of integrating business strategy and organization development in the fast changing newspaper industry.
Transforming the Clunky Organization by
Organizations, like people, get stuck! They get ensnared in routines and processes, and they fall back into old habits. This is the dangerous period of inertia, the period that precedes failure, when organizations show signs of sluggishness. In Transforming the Clunky Organization Samuel B. Bacharach specifies why organizations fall into patterns of inertia and details the critical pragmatic leadership skills leaders need to regain organizational momentum. From Alfred Sloan, to Lee Iacocca, to Lou Gerstner, to Indra Nooyi, to Steve Jobs, to Jeff Bezos, Bacharach argues that their pragmatic leadership skills assured that their organization did not get trapped by the doldrums of inertia. He employs case illustrations to identify clunky tendencies and inertia within organizations across a wide range of business sectors including technology, finance, banking, home entertainment, and retail. Illustrations are drawn from organizations such as Amazon, Apple, Borders, Merrill Lynch, Nintendo, Starbucks, and Unilever, among many others. Bacharach argues that in order to achieve their potential, organizations need to be perpetually involved in two activities. The first is discovery--organizational leaders need to continuously explore new opportunities and transfer new insights into new products, processes, and directions. The second is delivery--organizational leaders need to be able to mobilize support for ideas, sustain and drive these ideas forward, and achieve results. Successful discovery and delivery allows organizations to truly thrive and continuously meet their potential. Expanding on The Agenda Mover, the first book in the BLG Pragmatic Leadership Series, this book offers a roadmap for individual leaders at all levels to create the agility and synergy needed for the continuous organized flow of information and the movement of ideas. Clunky organizations need leaders that are explorers and innovators in the discovery phase and mobilizers and sustainers to deliver solutions. Transforming the Clunky Organization provides the keys for necessary behaviors that allow leaders to successfully break inertia and foster agility. This book will appeal to leaders at all levels within organizations, change-management consultants, and business-school professors.
Organizational and Business Communication
This course intends to align the skills of business majors to address the ever-changing needs of their respective fields by understanding, appreciating, and applying corporate communication principles to scenarios that are close to real-life situations as possible while keeping in mind current organizational trends. Furthermore, the subject aims to bridge the needs of the organization in managing its communication lines with different stakeholders using an interdisciplinary perspective highlighting concepts from the following areas: management, human behavior, public relations, audio-visual communications, organizational communications and organizational planning and development.
In addition, the students will be introduced to trends in the field of organizational communication which can further develop their interest in people management and communication. Overall, the students would have a thorough understanding of the dynamics of corporate communication as an integrative and on-going process critical to ethical management and globalization.
Business Management by
BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 14E is designed for more advanced high school business courses, going beyond the intro to business class. With the focus shifted to business management, this text approaches business operations from the entrepreneurial and management perspective. Finance, marketing, and human resources are some of the topics explored. This text combines concepts with a strong lesson-based instructional design, weaving in research opportunities, creative methods of assessment, interesting real-world features, mathematical calculations, case studies and academic connections. The introductory chapter provides an overview of management, discusses the history of management, and compares management approaches and philosophies. Another chapter focuses on data analysis and decision-making, demonstrating the importance of math, statistics, and quantitative decision-making. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 14E provides business management concepts and principles in a realistic, investigative, and enriching manner. All the functions of business management are covered extensively, including the use of technology and communication as tools of business. Students will enjoy exploring the global dimension of business and possible career opportunities as this text brings the world of business to your class.
Business Models for Teams by
Are you frustrated by these common problems? -Lack of a source of motivation common to millennials and boomers alike -Teambuilding exercises that fail to produce lasting results -Groups that isolate themselves in specialty silos -Job description myopia, or employee inability see the bigger picture -Organization charts that fail to show how work gets done Business Models for Teams helps you solve these problems. In fact, it may be the last teamwork toolkit you will ever need! Most leaders make the mistake of over-relying on verbal and written communications. But that approach is outmoded in today's systems-driven world. Using the same visual tools that made Business Model Generation and Business Model You so successful worldwide, Business Models for Teams lets you visually depict how any team really works - and how each person fits in. The Business Models for Teams toolkit provides the missing half of teambuilding, plus a research-based engagement method that works for employees of
Conscious by
Conscious is a deeply human approach to personal change Our world is changing faster than our ability to adapt. Ambushed by speed, complexity, and uncertainty, many of us are unprepared for this acceleration. We act on autopilot as new challenges confront us. We are too reactive to problems and miss out on opportunities. We get hijacked by conflicting values and polarizing relationships. We face uncertainty with fear and mistrust. Stress and burnout are pervasive as many of us do not perform up to our potential. Organizations are not adapting well either. Seventy percent of change efforts fail. Slow execution, unrealized growth, unhealthy cultures, and obsession with short-term results undermine long-term success. Inside communities, there is more tension, diminishing trust in our institutions, and a growing inability to solve our most complex social problems. The primary culprit for these maladies is our lack of awareness. Let's face it: Our current approach to change is running out of steam. And the cost of unaware people is too high to pay. In this age of acceleration, we need a fresh approach to living and leading. CONSCIOUS is our wake-up call - to be aware, awake, and accountable. Nothing is more important than understanding ourselves, our relationships, and our surroundings. Being conscious helps us think deeper, learn faster, and collaborate better. The more conscious we are, the faster we adapt, and the higher performing we become. Conscious is the new smart. As one of the premier global experts on leadership and transformation, Bob Rosen and Healthy Companies have revealed a profound truth about modern-day change: the most successful people, at all levels of society, follow four powerful practices of being conscious: Go Deep - Discover your inner self Think Big - See a world of possibilities Get Real - Be honest and intentional Step Up - Act boldly and responsibly Conscious is your personal roadmap through transformation - helping you adapt and accelerate into the future. To create sustainable change for yourself and your business. Why not be the one with your head lights on while others are driving in the dark?
Loose-Leaf Edition Understanding Business by
Long considered the Gold Standard for introduction to business courses, this comprehensive, readable text enhances teaching because the experienced author team revises in response to diverse, ever-changing course needs and learning styles. Real-world case studies ensure that students grapple with the most current challenges facing businesspeople today.
M: Organizational Behavior by
M: Organizational Behavior, 4th edition by McShane and Von Glinow delivers essential OB knowledge in an accessible, student-focused style. Students learn the latest concepts and associated workplace practices, with real-world examples to demonstrate their relevance. This book builds on the strengths of the main textbook, including a strong literature foundation, excellent readability, meaningful exhibits, and a global representation of examples. Through Connect, students also have access to dozens of self-assessments and learning activities.Our most affordable offering, this book also adopts the view that OB is for everyone in organizations, not just for managers.
Management and Business Research by
The Sixth Edition continues to give students a comprehensive overview of what is needed to carry-out successful and effective research, with practical hands-on guidance on how to conduct a dissertation project or research thesis, in business and management. New to This Edition: Complimentary fully integrated interactive eBook version. Coverage of online data collection, netnography, big data and data visualization. Research philosophy in chapter 3 is further supported and enhanced by an author video overview available online and a pull out at the back of the book that gives a useful visual representation of each key component of the research process using a tree as a metaphor. Annotated further reading recommendations. An important new feature is the "Research in Action" textboxes, which consist of engaging accounts of real-world research experiences from academics, practitioners and students. Examples include measuring the impact of development programmes on Chinese rural communities, and qualitative data being used to measure the experiences of UK taxi drivers. Each contributor has also given a practical 'top tip' for doing research successfully. The book is complemented by a FREE Interactive eBook and online resources including PowerPoint slides, datasets, multiple-choice questions, e-flashcards and links to additional online material. Suitable reading for any student carrying out a research project, dissertation or thesis in business and management. *Interactivity only available through Vitalsource eBook included as part of paperback product (ISBN 9781526446954). Access not guaranteed on second-hand copies (as access code may have previously been redeemed).
Organizational Behavior: Improving Performance and Commitment in the Workplace by
Organizational Behavior 6th edition by Colquitt, LePine, and Wesson continues to offer a novel approach using an integrative model and roadmap to illustrate how individual, team, leader, and organizational factors shape employee attitudes, and how those attitudes impact performance and commitment. This model reminds students where they are, where they've been, and where they're going. They include two unique chapters on job performance and organizational commitment. Those topics are critical to managers and students alike, and represent critical outcomes in OB. Each successive chapter then links back to those outcomes, illustrating why OB matters in today's organizations.
Organizational Ethics by
We are constantly faced with ethical decisions, no matter what organisations we join. The ethical choices we make determine the health of our businesses, schools, government agencies, religious congregations, charities, and other institutions. Our ethical decisions also determine our career success or failure. Bestselling author, Craig E. Johnson, shows how we can develop our ethical competence, just as we develop our abilities to manage or oversee operations. Every chapter of Organizational Ethics provides you with opportunities to apply ethical principles and practices in a variety of settings through self-reflection, analyses, projects, and discussion. Written in a reader-friendly style, each part of the book is layered around organisational behaviour. The parts introduce moral theories used in ethical problem-solving; examines individual motivations; looks at the ethical dilemmas of groups, teams, and leaders as well as offers strategies for creating ethical cultures and promoting social responsibility. This book shows how you can develop your ethical expertise and provides opportunities to practice problem-solving to defend your decisions. NEW TO THIS EDITION Additional self-assessments and updated case studies foster skill development and ground the theories introduced in the text. New cases featuring Sea World, Rolling Stone, and other organizations illustrate relevant application of the principles of organizstional ethics. A new chapter focused exclusively on ethics and global diversity provides the tools and strategies necessary for creating ethical global citizens. Extended material on corporate social responsibility further promotes organisational citizenship. The incorporation of emotion into ethical decision making examines the impact emotion has on moral deliberation and behaviour. New and updated coverage of key topics such as Aristotelian ethics, proactive influence tactics, apology, financial fraud, and cosmopolitanism illustrates relevant application of the principles and brings students up-to-date in important areas of organisational ethics.
The Power of Business Process Improvement by
Are you baffled by how your department can keep making the same mistakes? Do you feel you have been climbing an unending, uphill battle trying to focus your employees' limited time on more valuable work? You're not alone! In fact, these obstacles are so common in business that the solution to getting past them even has a name--business process improvement (BPI).Thankfully, though, you don't have to be a BPI expert in order to resolve these situations and find the results your business needs to find success again. Written by an experienced process analyst, The Power of Business Process Improvement is the resource you need to find a simple, bottom-line approach to process improvement work. By implementing its proven 10-step method, you will be able to:* Eliminate duplication and bureaucracy* Control costs* Establish internal controls to reduce human error* Test and rework the process before introducing it* Implement the changesWhether you are new to BPI or a seasoned pro, this user-friendly how-to guide--complete with software suggestions, quizzes, a comparison of industry improvement methods, and examples to help you apply the ideas--is your solution to turning your business into the well-oiled machine you know it can be.
Responsible Business by
As sustainable development becomes an increasingly important strategic issue for all organizations, there is a growing need for management and executive education to adapt to this new reality. This textbook provides a theoretically sound and highly relevant introduction to the topic of socially and environmentally responsible business. The authors take a "competence-based approach" to responsible management education. The book aims to go beyond the traditional domains of teaching and towards the facilitation of learning across key competences. Each chapter in this book has a section dedicated to exercises that cover five core competences - know, think, do, relate, be - to enable self-directed transformative learning. Drawing from the classic background theories such as corporate sustainability, business ethics, and corporate social responsibility, these concepts are applied to the most up-to-date practices. The book covers an international perspective, featuring cases from countries all around the world, has a strong theoretical basis, and fully integrates the topics of sustainability, responsibility and ethics.The book includes a wide variety of tools for change at individual, company and systemic levels. Published with the Principles for Responsible Management Education (PRME), a United Nations Global Compact supported initiative, this is both an essential resource for business students at all levels and self-study handbook for executives.
Organizational and Business Communication
This course intends to align the skills of business majors to address the ever-changing needs of their respective fields by understanding, appreciating, and applying corporate communication principles to scenarios that are close to real-life situations as possible while keeping in mind current organizational trends. Furthermore, the subject aims to bridge the needs of the organization in managing its communication lines with different stakeholders using an interdisciplinary perspective highlighting concepts from the following areas: management, human behavior, public relations, audio-visual communications, organizational communications and organizational planning and development.
In addition, the students will be introduced to trends in the field of organizational communication which can further develop their interest in people management and communication. Overall, the students would have a thorough understanding of the dynamics of corporate communication as an integrative and on-going process critical to ethical management and globalization.
Creating and Updating an Employee Policy Manual: Policies for Your Practice by
Provides sample employee policies and procedures, forms, and worksheets to help dental practices develop an employee handbook. Covers employee compensation and benefits; internet and social media communication; employee conduct; job descriptions; employment applications; sample interview questions for hygienists, dental assistants and front desk staff; employee motivation and appreciation.
Handbook of Business Communication by
In spite of the day-to-day relevance of business communication, it remains underrepresented in standard handbooks and textbooks on applied linguistics. The present volume introduces readers to a wide variety of linguistic studies of business communication, ranging from traditional LSP approaches to contemporary discourse-based work, and from the micro-level of lexical choice to macro-level questions of language policy and culture.
The Handbook of Organizational Rhetoric and Communication by
A one-stop source for scholars and advanced students who want to get the latest and best overview and discussion of how organizations use rhetoric While the disciplinary study of rhetoric is alive and well, there has been curiously little specific interest in the rhetoric of organizations. This book seeks to remedy that omission. It presents a research collection created by the insights of leading scholars on rhetoric and organizations while discussing state-of-the-art insights from disciplines that have and will continue to use rhetoric. Beginning with an introduction to the topic, The Handbook of Organizational Rhetoric and Communication offers coverage of the foundations and macro-contexts of rhetoric--as well as its use in organizational communication, public relations, marketing, management and organization theory. It then looks at intellectual and moral foundations without which rhetoric could not have occurred, discussing key concepts in rhetorical theory. The book then goes on to analyze the processes of rhetoric and the challenges and strategies involved. A section is also devoted to discussing rhetorical areas or genres--namely contextual application of rhetoric and the challenges that arise, such as strategic issues for management and corporate social responsibility. The final part seeks to answer questions about the book's contribution to the understanding of organizational rhetoric. It also examines what perspectives are lacking, and what the future might hold for the study of organizational rhetoric. Examines the advantages and perils of organizations that seek to project their voices in order to shape society to their benefits Contains chapters working in the tradition of rhetorical criticism that ask whether organizations' rhetorical strategies have fulfilled their organizational and societal value Discusses the importance of obvious, traditional, nuanced, and critically valued strategies such as rhetorical interaction in ways that benefit discourse Explores the potential, risks, paradoxes, and requirements of engagement Reflects the views of a team of scholars from across the globe Features contributions from organization-centered fields such as organizational communication, public relations, marketing, management, and organization theory The Handbook of Organizational Rhetoric and Communication will be an ideal resource for advanced undergraduate students, graduate students, and scholars studying organizational communications, public relations, management, and rhetoric.
Movements in Organizational Communication Research by
Movements in Organizational Communication Research is an essential resource for anyone wishing to become familiar with the current state of organizational communication research and key trends in the field. Seasoned organizational communication scholars will find that the book provides unique insights by way of the intergenerational dialogue that is found in the book, as well as the contributors' stories about their scholarly trajectories. Those who are new to the field will find that the book enables them to familiarize themselves with the field and become a part of the organizational communication scholarly community in an inviting and accessible way. Key features of the book include: A review of current issues and future directions in 13 topical areas of organizational communication research. Intergenerational dialogue and collaboration between both established and emerging scholars in their specialty areas. Reflections by the authors on their scholarly trajectories and how they became a part of the field. Discussion questions at the end of each chapter that prompt reflections and debate. The book also features online resources for instructors: Sample course syllabus Suggested case studies from the book Cases in Organization and Managerial Communication to align with this book's chapters The book is recommended as the anchor text for introductory graduate-level courses and upper-level undergraduate courses in organizational communication. It is also an excellent supplementary text for advanced doctoral-level courses in organizational communication, and courses in related fields such as organization studies, organizational behavior, and management.
Organizational Design for Knowledge Management by
Information and communication technologies have increased their share of services in contemporary economic exchanges. We are witnessing a transformation of modern economies characterized by a predominant role of information and knowledge in the production of wealth. In order to make this intangible resource bear fruit, organizations are looking for ways, methods, procedures, processes and technical solutions to efficiently manage knowledge Within a framework of research into synergies and resource interdependence, organizations also rely on strategic alliances (joint venture), mergers or other legal forms of association that have an impact on knowledge management. This book explores the range of knowledge management techniques.
Personal and Organizational Transformation Towards Sustainability by
Inspired by the WBCSD Vision 2050 in which "all people live well within the limits of the planet", this book asks how do we achieve this bold ambition? Telling a story of personal growth and corporate transformation, it provides insights and tools for anyone driving sustainable development within their organizations and in their own lives. Discover how you can consciously use your professional role as a source of change. Learn how the consistent use of few, yet meaningful visuals, enables generative dialogue and communication for aligned problem solving within multi-disciplinary and multi-stakeholder teams. See how personal mastery can guide you in identifying the contribution you can make, both towards wider goals and your individual well-being. On this journey, "meaning-making" is essential. In organizations, co-creation of a shared language and an understanding of disruptive innovation are fundamental to successful transformation. In exploring these topics, the book builds on a set of core concepts: Rogers' innovation diffusion curve, the triple bottom line (people, profit, planet) expanded with a fourth "P" (the individual), and the WWF "ice-breaker" graph which maps the environmental footprint against the human development index.
The Power of Business Process Improvement by
Baffled by repeated mistakes in your department? Want to focus your employees' limited time on more valuable work? The answer to these challenges and more is business process improvement (BPI). Every process in every organization can be made more effective, cost-efficient, and adaptable to changing business needs. The good news is you don't need to be a BPM expert to get great results. Written by an experienced process analyst, this how-to guide presents a simple, bottom-line approach to process improvement work. With its proven 10-step method you can: Identify and prioritize the processes that need fixing * Eliminate duplication and bureaucracy * Control costs * Establish internal controls to reduce human error * Test and rework the process before introducing it * Implement the changes Now in its second edition, The Power of Business Process Improvement is even more user-friendly with new software suggestions, quizzes, a comparison of industry improvement methods, and examples to help you apply the ideas. Whether you are new to BPI or a seasoned pro, you will have business running better in no time.
Zen and the Art of Business Communication by
In today's online world, our professional image depends on our ability to communicate. Whether we're communicating by email, text, social media, written reports or presentations, how we use our words often determines how others view us. This book offers tips and techniques that can improve anyone's professional image. The author covers how to analyze multiple audiences and strategies for communicating your message effectively for each; structuring your message for greatest readability and effect; persuasion and tone; and how to face your own fears of writing. The content is delivered in a simple, clear style that reflects the Zen approach of the title, perfect for both the entry-level employee and the seasoned executive.
This course will provide you with an overview of the human resource management functions. You will learn the strategic importance and relationship of human resource management with the other functional areas of an organization and develop a general understanding of human resource planning, staffing, training and development, compensation administration, performance management, and labor-management relations.
Armstrong's Handbook of Human Resource Management Practice by
The bestselling, definitive text for all human resource management students and professionals. Providing a complete resource for understanding and implementing HR in relation to the needs of the business as a whole, this book contains in-depth coverage of all the key areas essential to the HR function such as employment law, employee relations, learning and development, performance and reward. Accessible and to the point as ever, this fully updated 14th edition includes emerging theory and practice, embracing the most current thinking on engagement, talent management and leadership development. With updated case studies and references to academic journals, professional magazines and recent research and surveys, it also includes coverage of new approaches to topics such as job evaluation and pay structures. Armstrong's Handbook of Human Resource Management Practice is aligned with the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD) professional map and standards, with the sections meeting CIPD learning outcomes now even clearer than before. Comprehensive online support material for instructors, students and HR managers are included. Resources for students and professionals include multiple choice questions, flash cards, case studies, further reading and a glossary of HRM terms. The lecturers' manual contains session notes, discussion questions, a literature review and a complete set of lecture slides.
Change Management :a guide to effective implementation by
Now a classic in its field, the fourth edition of Change Management: A Guide to Effective Implementation continues to offer readers highly practical strategies and step-by-step guidance for applying different models of change in different organizational scenarios. New to the Fourth Edition: A third expert author, Sabina Siebert, bringing a background in sociology and cultural studies An improved structure that consolidates all the existing strengths of the previous editions and separates the book into three parts, beginning with chapters assessing 'The Impact and Definition of Change', 'Implementation and Evaluation of Change' and ending with a critical outlook in 'Change Management - A Critical Perspective' A wealth of new and richly detailed case studies with an international and cross-cultural scope that draw upon different organization types, environments and perspectives for a diverse and global understanding of the current field of change management Two additional chapters on leading change and organisational culture, offering unparalleled coverage of managing systems and processes, combined with increased emphasis on managing human issues. For students taking Change Management courses on Business and Management degrees, MBA′s, specialist masters and healthcare subjects.
Encyclopedia of Human Resource Management by
The Encyclopedia of Human Resource Management is an authoritative and comprehensive reference resource with almost 400 entries on core HR areas and key concepts. From age discrimination, to zero hours contracts, each entry reflects the views of an expert and authoritative author.The terms included vary from singular concepts such as performance appraisal and industrial conflict, to organisational behaviour terms including organisational culture and commitment; and broader management terms such a resourcing and management development. Each entry provides a list of references and further reading to enable the reader to gain a deeper awareness and understanding of each topic. This book is an ideal companion to a standard HRM textbook, and both undergraduate and postgraduate students will find it to be of value. It will also be useful for academic researchers, HR practitioners and policy specialists looking for a succinct expert summary of key HR concepts.
Fundamentals of Human Resource Management by
Fundamentals of Human Resource Management provides a complete introduction to human resource management for the general business manager who wants to learn more about how HRM is used in the everyday work environment. Its adaptive learning program and its engaging, focused, and applied content make it the fastest growing HRM program on the market.
Human Resource Management by
Prepare for career and HR success with the text that has set the standard for excellence in human resource management. HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT, 15th Edition, offers the most current look at HRM and its impact on the success of organizations today. A leading resource in preparing for professional HR certification, this edition ensures you address all major topics for the various professional examinations given by the Society for Human Resource Management and the Human Resource Certification Institute. The latest HR research and an effective blend of solid theory and contemporary practice highlight emerging trends driving change in HRM today, including technology, globalization, competencies and HR metrics. The book's accompanying MindTap digital learning platform is a highly personalized, online learning platform of authoritative Cengage Learning content, assignments, and services offering you a tailored presentation of course curriculum created by your instructor. MindTap guides you through the course curriculum via an innovative Learning Path Navigator where you complete reading assignments, annotate your readings, complete homework, and engage with quizzes and assessments.
Human resource management : strategy and practice by
In its 9th edition, AHRI-endorsed Human Resource Management continues to provide a strong conceptual and practical framework for students of human resource management. A multitude of contemporary regional and international examples are integrated throughout, alongside an expanded coverage on ethics and a focus on critical analysis. Thoroughly revised and updated with the latest research findings, this edition includes corporate social responsibility, ethics, sustainable management practice, leadership, talent management, industrial relations, and retains its focus on core human resource elements.
Human Resource Management at Work by
A leading textbook in its field, Human Resource Management at Work provides a clear introduction to the multiple meanings of HRM (human resource management) and the relationship between strategy and HRM. Covering international and comparative HRM as well as HRM and performance, it is filled with case studies and activities to bring the subject to life while summarizing the major forces shaping HRM and looking at the principal theoretical frameworks. Ideal for business and HR students taking a critical look at HRM theory and practice, this fully updated 6th edition of Human Resource Management at Work combines the latest research with real-world examples. Linking theory with practice, it encourages a critical awareness of HRM through case studies, real-world examples and activities. Now with a closer analysis of the forces shaping HRM at work and the growth of insecure work, it also features new case studies, an updated literature review and a stronger emphasis on international and comparative HRM. Knowledge intensive firms, employee engagement and talent management are discussed in detail as well, as is the role of bodies such as 'Engage for Success' in promoting new methods of working. Online supporting resources include an instructor's manual and lecture slides.
Performance Management : a practical introduction by
Effective performance management is at the heart of organizational success, delivering able and motivated employees who are aligned to an organization's values and goals. Using a combination of case studies, interviews, tools and diagnostic questionnaires, Performance Management is a complete and practical guide to getting the best out of people and achieving positive organizational outcomes through successful performance management. It covers all areas of the subject, from objective-setting, giving feedback, measuring performance and managing underperformance and absence, to effectively integrating systems and processes into organizational and HR strategies. This second edition of Performance Management contains new material on the ethical focus of the topic, promoting employee wellbeing through performance management, and the future of the annual appraisal, as well as new case studies and examples from Deloitte, Jumeirah Hotels, the CIPD and Hilton. Supporting online resources consist of additional activities and guidance for further research on the topic. HR Fundamentals is a series of succinct, practical guides for students and those in the early stages of their HR careers. They are endorsed by the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD), the UK professional body for HR and people development, which has over 145,000 members worldwide.
Skills Management : new applications, new questions by
Managing skills is at the core of Human Resources Management. Based on previous literature and realized with researchers from Magellan, the Research Center in Management of iaeLyon, Skills Management examines how skills can be analyzed at the individual and collective levels, and investigates the focus on different types of skills - including technical, soft, learning, leadership and emotional skills. The book examines how skills management is applied in various contexts and for various populations, cultures and profiles, with examples ranging from middle managers having to develop organizational skills in a changing environment, to engineers having to develop soft skills beyond their technical skills; from police officers developing emotional skills, to the new skills that are needed when a hospital introduces a new approach to shared leadership. In the concluding chapter, this book also investigates how it is sometimes difficult to focus on skills development when organization needs are focused on flexibility.
The Talent Management Handbook, Third Edition: Making Culture a Competitive Advantage by Acquiring, Identifying, Developing, and Promoting the Best People by
The go-to guide to strategic talent management-- revised and reorganized for the new world of business HR professionals, CEOs, and high-level executives routinely consult The Talent Management Handbook to drive spectacular results for their staff and for their organization. This comprehensive guide provides everything you need to build and manage a diverse, talented, and motivated workforce--the lynchpin to succeeding in today's hyper-competitive world. Each section of the book provides the most current HR processes, practical management tools and techniques, and invaluable resources that will help you: * Attract new talent and retain the cream of the crop * Design career plans that boost employee morale * Improve performance through a personal value exchange * Coach, develop, and inspire raw talent and prepare the CEOs of the future * Improve the performance review process * Create a culture of innovation and sustainability This updated edition retains all the frameworks, methods, and insights that have made the book a classic in the field, and it includes brand-new information about talent acquisition, professional development, big data, global talent, and more. Packed with best practices from the world's leading talent management firms, associations, and top talent management thinkers--Korn Ferry-Hay Group, Mercer, Society for Human Resources Management, Association for Talent Management, Center for Creative Leadership, Dave Ulrich, and Marshall Goldsmith just to name a few. The Talent Management Handbook is the all-in-one resource you need to drive organizational excellence and seize the competitive edge
This course will provide you with an overview of the human resource management functions. You will learn the strategic importance and relationship of human resource management with the other functional areas of an organization and develop a general understanding of human resource planning, staffing, training and development, compensation administration, performance management, and labor-management relations.
Human resource excellence : an assessment of strategies and trends by
The eighth version of this serial publication draws on twenty-one years of data collected by the Center for Effective Organizations to chart the state of the Human Resources--how it is organized and managed, how it contributes to organizational performance, and how it is changing. It provides an international benchmark against which to measure real-world practice.
Labor and product market reforms in advanced economies : fiscal costs, gains, and support by
Product and labor market reforms are needed to lift persistently sluggish growth in advanced economies. But reforms have progressed slowly because of concerns about their distributive and short-term economic effects. Our analysis, based on new empirical and numerical analysis and country case-studies shows that most labor and product market reforms can improve public debt dynamics over the medium-term. This because reforms raise output by boosting employment and/or labor productivity. But the effect of some labor market reforms on budgetary outcomes and fiscal sustainability depends critically on business cycle conditions. Our evidence also suggests that some temporary and well-designed up-front fiscal stimulus can help enhance the economic impact of reforms. In the past, countries have used fiscal incentives in the past to facilitate reforms by alleviating transition and social costs. But strong ownership of reforms was crucial for their successful implementation.
The life of Y : engaging millennials as employees and consumers by
A fascinating eye-opener into the Life of Generation Y!
Managing Risk in High-Stakes Faculty Employment Decisions by
Understanding the risks involved in hiring new faculty is becoming increasingly important. In Managing Risk in High-Stakes Faculty Employment Decisions Julee T. Flood and Terry Leap critically examine the landscape of US institutions of higher learning and the legal and human resource management practices pertinent to college and university faculty members. To help minimize the potential pitfalls in the hiring and promotion processes, Flood and Leap suggest ways that risk management principles can be applied within the unique culture of academia. Claims of workplace harassment and discrimination, violation of free speech and other First Amendment rights, social movements decrying unequal hiring practices, and the growing number of non-tenure track and adjunct faculty, require those involved in hiring and promotion decisions to be more knowledgeable about contract law, best practices in hiring, and risk management, yet many newly appointed administrators are often not sufficiently trained in these matters or in understanding how they might be applied in an academic setting. Human resource departments, hiring committees, department chairs, and academics seeking faculty jobs need resources such as Managing Risk in High-Stakes Faculty Employment Decisions now more than ever. Outlines critical issues affecting U.S. higher education Analyzes the social and psychological biases that can arise during hiring, promotion, and tenure decisions Discusses contract and constitutional law from the perspective of institutions of higher learning Illustrates complex interactions that shape contractual, constitutional, and collegial issues in institutions of higher learning Examines contract rights and controversies for tenured and tenure-track faculty Describes how risk management processes can help to deal with these complicated, but critical, issues Addresses constitutional issues associated with academic freedom and free speech on campus Investigates the nebulous, but important, issue of collegiality Discusses the future for institutions of higher learning in hiring faculty
The Nonprofit Human Resource Management Handbook by
As an increasing number of individuals go to work in the nonprofit sector, nonprofit managers need support on how best to build their human resource management capacity. They need to know what systems to examine, what questions to ask, and how to ensure they are managing people in a legal manner and as effectively as possible given their particular resource constraints. Important questions include: Do we have a clear philosophy, one that aligns with our nonprofit mission and values and allows us to treat our employees as the professionals they are? How do we select, develop, and retain the best people who will produce high value, high performance work, and how do we do so with limited resources? How do we effectively manage our mix of volunteers and paid staff? What do we need to consider to ensure diverse people work together in a harmonious fashion? With all-new chapters written by the top scholars in the field of nonprofit HRM, these are but a few of the many questions that are addressed in this timely volume.　 These scholars delve into their particular areas of expertise, offering a comprehensive look at theories and trends; legal and ethical issues; how to build HRM from recruitment, management, labor relations, to training and appraisal; as well as topics in diversity, technology, and paid versus volunteer workforce management. This essential handbook offers all core topic coverage as well as countless insider insights, additional resource lists, and tool sets for practical application. With chapters grounded in existing research, but also connecting research to practice for those in the field, The Nonprofit Human Resource Management Handbook will be required reading for a generation of scholars, students, and practitioners of nonprofit human resource management.　
Performance management : towards organizational excellence by
How performance management systems should be re-positioned to focus on performance improvements.
Productivity and Organizational Management by
Effective work practices and good employee relations are a real necessity of nowadays organizations, as they can help to reduce absenteeism, turnover, organizational costs, conducting to high levels of commitment, effectiveness, performance as well as productivity. Addressing these questions, this book focuses on the implications of changes in productivity and organizational management, exploring models, tools and processes.
The SAGE Handbook of Industrial, Work and Organizational Psychology by
The first volume in The SAGE Handbook of Industrial, Organizational and Work Psychology introduces key concepts in personnel and employee performance from cognitive ability and the psychological predictors used in assessments to employee and team values. The editor and contributors present a clear overview of key research in the areas of behaviour change and how to assess individual job performance - making Volume I indispensable for anyone working in or studying Human Resource Management.
Skills Management by
Managing skills is at the core of Human Resources Management. Based on previous literature and realized with researchers from Magellan, the Research Center in Management of iaeLyon, Skills Management examines how skills can be analyzed at the individual and collective levels, and investigates the focus on different types of skills - including technical, soft, learning, leadership and emotional skills. The book examines how skills management is applied in various contexts and for various populations, cultures and profiles, with examples ranging from middle managers having to develop organizational skills in a changing environment, to engineers having to develop soft skills beyond their technical skills; from police officers developing emotional skills, to the new skills that are needed when a hospital introduces a new approach to shared leadership. In the concluding chapter, this book also investigates how it is sometimes difficult to focus on skills development when organization needs are focused on flexibility.
Winning on HR analytics : leveraging data for competitive advantage by
A comprehensive handbook on excelling the techniques of HR analytics for potential outcomes.
Theories of Personality will introduce and teach the students to a wide variety of theoretical perspectives in order to understand how individual’s behave, specifically the focus will be the underlying constructs, processes, growth and development, psychopathology, and personality changes found in the different theoretical orientations that can be used in the understanding of the inter/intrapersonal relationships.
An Introduction to Personality, Individual Differences and Intelligence by
The second edition of this popular textbook builds on the strengths of the first, continuing its reputation for clarity, accessibility, conceptual sophistication and panoramic coverage of personality and intelligence. The authorship team is enriched by the addition of two high-profile international scholars, Luke Smillie and John Song, whose expertise broadens and deepens the text. New to this edition: Chapters exploring the neurobiological, genetic and evolutionary foundations of personality; and emotion, motivation and personality processes An enhanced coverage of personality disorders A thoroughly revised and extended section on intelligence which now addresses cognitive abilities and their biological bases; the role of intelligence in everyday life; and emotional intelligence A brand new companion website that includes a substantial test bank and lecture slides. An Introduction to Personality, Individual Differences and Intelligence, Second Edition is a key textbook for all psychology students on a personality or individual differences course.
The Nature of Human Creativity by
This book provides an overview of the approaches of leading scholars to understanding the nature of creativity, its measurement, its investigation, its development, and its importance to society. The authors are the twenty-four psychological scientists who are most frequently cited in the four major textbooks on creativity, and they can thus be considered among the most eminent living scholars in the field. Authors discuss how they define creativity, the kinds of questions they have addressed, theories they have proposed, and a description of their research and the most interesting empirical results it has produced. The chapters represent a wide range of substantive and methodological emphases, including psychometric, cognitive, expertise-based, developmental, neuropsychological, cultural, systems, and group-difference approaches. The Nature of Human Creativity brings together an incredible diversity of viewpoints, helping students and researchers to see the points of consensus as well as the differences in contemporary perspectives.
The Oxford Handbook of Organizational Identity by
The topic of organizational identity has been fast growing in management and organization studies in the last 20 years. Identity studies focus on how organizations define themselves and what they stand for in relation to both internal and external stakeholders. Organizational identity (OI)scholars study both how such self-definitions emerge and develop, as well as their implications for OI, leadership and change, among others.We believe there are at least four inter-related reasons for the growing importance of OI. OI addresses essential questions of social existence by asking: Who are we and who are we becoming as a collective? It is a relational construct connecting concepts and ideas that are often viewed asoppositional, such as "us" and "them" or "similar" and "different". OI is also nexus concept serving to gather multiple central constructs, also represented in this Handbook. Finally, OI is inherently useful, as knowing who you are is the foundation for being able to state what you stand for andwhat you are promising to others, no matter their relation with the organization.The Handbook provides a road-map to the OI field organized in over 25 chapters across seven sections. Each chapter not only offers a broad overview of its particular topic, each also advances new knowledge and discusses the future of research in its area of focus.
Personality : theory and research by
Now in a new edition, this book expands on previous editions on the study of personality and neuroscience. It draws on research on the biological foundations of personality and trait-based research including investigations of neural mechanisms in defensive information processing as well as brain systems critical to self-concept. The text introduces questions of personality-and-brain along with biological foundations. It explores each of various theoretical issues at a new level of investigation, that of brain research to provide a more up-to-date look at the field.
Strategic corporate social responsibility : tools & theories for responsible management by
With the changing expectations of consumers, employees and regulators, being best in the world is no longer enough. Businesses are now also expected to be best for the world: to be socially and environmentally responsible, sustainable and ethical. Based on the idea that strategic CSR offers the most holistic and effective approach to corporate social responsibility, the author presents the key concepts, theories and philosophical approaches to CSR, along with the practical tools needed to implement this knowledge in the real world. The book is split into three parts; the first part provides the theoretical background of CSR, the second part examines various CSR approaches and how they can be implemented, and the third part discusses measuring and communicating CSR. Each chapter contains questions for reflection & discussion, exercises, and case studies from globally recognised brands such as Ben & Jerry's, Nestle, Marks & Spencer, TOMS Shoes, LEGO, Coca-Cola and McDonald's. The book is complemented by chapter specific lecturer PowerPoint slides, which can be found here. Suitable reading for students on Corporate Social Responsibility modules.
Theories of Developmental Psychology by
Reflecting the latest thought and research in the field, Theories of Developmental Psychology helps you understand and distinguish the major theoretical schools of child development.
Theories of Personality by
How does using FaceBook affect your personality? Do selfies show the real you? You'll find the answers in THEORIES OF PERSONALITY, 11th Edition, which gives you a clear and cogent introduction to this dynamic field. Updated with new research and findings, this popular text discusses major theorists who represent psychoanalytic, neopsychoanalytic, lifespan, trait, humanistic, cognitive, behavioral, and social-learning approaches, while demonstrating the influence of events in theorists' lives on the development of their theories. It reviews current work on selected facets of personality including locus of control, sensation seeking, learned helplessness, optimism-pessimism, and positive psychology, and explores how race, gender, and cultural issues play a part in the study of personality and in personality assessment. The final chapter integrates topics explored in previous chapters and suggests conclusions that can be drawn from the many theorists' work.
Theories of personality by
"This edition is licensed for sale in Philippines only. Circulation of this edition outside of the Philippines in unauthorized and strictly prohibited."--Cover.
Theories of Personality will introduce and teach the students to a wide variety of theoretical perspectives in order to understand how individual’s behave, specifically the focus will be the underlying constructs, processes, growth and development, psychopathology, and personality changes found in the different theoretical orientations that can be used in the understanding of the inter/intrapersonal relationships.
The Art of Integrative Counseling by
Useful as a supplemental text in advanced theories and practicum courses, this fourth edition discusses the key concepts and techniques from many contemporary theories and how to develop an integrative approach to the counseling process to better meet individual client needs. Dr. Corey introduces the techniques that he draws from in his own integrative approach to counseling using a wide variety of case examples with diverse clients. Topics covered include assessing presenting issues; developing a productive working alliance; establishing therapeutic goals; understanding and addressing diversity; working with resistant clients; using evidence-based practice in cognitive, emotive, and behavioral work with clients; dealing with transference and countertransference; and incorporating trends in integrative therapies. To encourage active learning, reflective exercises throughout the text provide readers with opportunities to put themselves in the role of therapist and client. "No one knows more about theory-based counseling than Gerald Corey, who has spent the past 50+ years helping us to gain real insight into multiple models. In this book, Corey takes readers from forming a working alliance with clientsthrough the processes for setting and achieving goals. His skill at and understanding of the termination processes is worth the entire book. Not only will The Art of Integrative Counseling be the core text for counseling process and skills courses, it will provide the foundation for effective, truly integrated counseling throughout one's career." --James Robert Bitter, EdD, East Tennessee State University "Gerald Corey's fourth edition of The Art of Integrative Counseling provides important concepts to consider when developing an integrative approach to working with clients. For beginning counselors, it demonstrates how one can be integrative whether one is behaviorally, cognitively, or affectively oriented. For more advanced counselors, it reminds them of the wealth of information that all theories offer and how techniques or theories can be synthesized into a more effective approach. Whether you are a new counselor trying to figure out how to integrate the many theories you learned about, or a seasoned professional seeking new ways of working with clients, this book has something for you." --Edward Neukrug, EdD, Old Dominion University *Requests for digital versions from ACA can be found on www.wiley.com. *To purchase print copies, please visit the ACA website *Reproduction requests for material from books published by ACA should be directed to permissions@counseling.org
The balance of personality by
This open access textbook was developed as an upper division undergraduate textbook for theories of personality. Its intended audience are students from Portland State University enrolled in Psychology 432 Personality course. The chapters are shorter than some personality textbooks and in this particular course Psy 432 the textbook is combined with other readings including scientific articles on personality. This open access textbook may be of interest to other courses interested in teaching about theory and research on personality.
Counseling and psychotherapy : theories and interventions by
Featuring important theories and trends not covered in other foundational texts, this book is designed to equip the next generation of counselors with the tools they need for understanding the core dimensions of the helping relationship. Topical experts provide contemporary information and insight on the following theories: psychoanalytic, Jungian, Adlerian, existential, person-centered, Gestalt, cognitive behavior, dialectical behavior, rational emotive behavior, reality therapy/choice theory, family, feminist, transpersonal, and--new to this edition--solution-focused and narrative therapies, as well as creative approaches to counseling. Each theory is discussed from the perspective of historical background, human nature, major constructs, applications, the change process, traditional and brief intervention strategies, cross-cultural considerations, and limitations. The use of a consistent case study across chapters reinforces the differences between theories. *Requests for digital versions from ACA can be found on www.wiley.com. *To purchase print copies, please visit the ACA website *Reproduction requests for material from books published by ACA should be directed to permissions@counseling.org
Leadership Lessons from Compelling Contexts by
Research into leadership often focuses on standard business organizations. We know little about these proposed models apply to leadership in other contexts, such as the military, sports, film and television industries or religious organizations. Here, we deliberately reverse the idea of investigating how standard models fit into non-standard contexts; we want to know what leadership lessons can be drawn from compelling yet understudied contexts. Research and theory from four types of contexts are presented: Those characterized by high levels of competition, such as sport, those in which the generation of innovation and creativity is crucial e.g. film and television, high-risk contexts such as the military and aviation, and those where fostering the well-being of others is at the core. To summarize, as much as we can learn about leadership from standard business organizations and apply it to unusual contexts, the same applies the other way round: Idiosyncrasies of compelling contexts teach us fundamental lessons about leadership which are also applicable to other settings.
Organization Theory and Technocratic Consciousness by
Subjects:
Criticism (Philosophy)
Industrial organization.
Industrial sociology.
Work Psychological aspects.
The SAGE handbook of personality and individual differences. Volume I, The science of personality and individual differences by
Concerned with the ways humans develop an organised set of characteristics to shape themselves and the world around them, this is a study of how people come to be 'different' and 'similar' to others, on both an individual and a cultural level. This volume explores the scientific foundations of personality and individual differences, in chapters arranged across three thematic sections.
The Secrets of Exceptional Counselors by
Every profession has trade secrets that are passed on from one generation to the next and counseling is no exception. These cherished lessons based on wide-ranging experiences and passion for the craft are shared by masters with students and colleagues and include fresh ideas, noteworthy interventions, and even little tricks learned over time that increase both professional effectiveness and personal satisfaction. These unique practices are captured in this entertaining book that collects the wisdom of some of the most accomplished practitioners in the field, those who have been most influential in developing theoretical approaches, clinical innovations, and standards of practice. These master clinicians disclose ingenious methods and practical tips to better serve clients. Discussing techniques that have been mostly kept private until now, they talk about their creative breakthroughs, spiritual transcendences, monumental successes, and their own developmental adjustments over time. They also reveal some of their most unusual cases, disappointing failures, and disturbing deceptions, and share stories about the clients who have changed them. New practitioners and veterans alike will find innovative ways to remain fresh and engaged with clients. Because of its focus on practical knowledge and useful strategies, this book can be used as a supplemental text in a variety of introductory and advanced courses, or as an inspirational guide for experienced counselors. *Requests for digital versions from the ACA can be found on wiley.com. *To request print copies, please visit the ACA website here. *Reproduction requests for material from books published by ACA should be directed to permissions@counseling.org
Team leadership : theories, tools and techniques. by
If you're a team leader asking the question: How do I make my team better?, then Team Leadership is the book that provides the answers.Team Leadership will assist team leaders and members to become more effective by helping them to understand teams better. This book brings together theories and research on team development, team functioning, managing teams, team growth and more! It also describes tools and techniques that can be used to raise the performance levels of teams and help them to function optimally. Team Leadership is different from the many other books offering tools for teams, in that: It gives insight into team behaviour from an academic point of view and especially what current science tells us what works well to improve teams. It links to practice in its aim to be practical and helpful in daily organisational life. It gives leaders an opportunity to learn and grow, and therefore also has a developmental focus. It offers a careful selection of theories, tools and techniques to be applied in many contexts and at various stages of a team's development.Team Leadership is one of the most comprehensive books available on the science of team development, offering practical insights into:Developmental Frameworks * Constituent Frameworks * Team Assessment * Team Design * Team Roles * Team Tasks * Teamwork * Conflict Management * Communication * Emergent States * Motivational States * Motivation Theory * Team Leadership * Tasks of Team Leaders * Coaching * Teambuilding * And More!Prof Drikus Kriek is Deputy Dean for Pedagogy and Director of the Executive PhD at the IEDC-Bled School of Management in Bled, Slovenia. He is Associate-Professor of Leadership at the IEDC where he was instrumental in establishing the recently launched Team Development Institute. Previously he was Director of the Leadership Development Centre at Wits Business School of the University of the Witwatersrand and holds an Associate- Professorship in Human Resource Management and Leadership at WBS. Drikus consults in the field of Organisation Development and has been involved in team development, management education projects, lecturing and leadership development programmes to a variety of local and international organisations with projects in Slovenia, Russia, Croatia, Bosnia-Herzegovina, Serbia, Namibia, Botswana, Ghana, Latvia, The Netherlands and Australia.
The Wiley Handbook of Personality Assessment by
The Wiley Handbook of Personality Assessment presents the state-of-the-art in the field of personality assessment, providing a perspective on emerging trends, and placing these in the context of research advances in the associated fields. Explores emerging trends and perspectives in personality assessment, building on current knowledge and looking ahead to the future landscape of the field Discusses emerging technologies and how these can be combined with psychological theories in order to enhance the real-world practice of assessing personality Comprehensive sections address gaps in current knowledge and collate contributions and advances from diverse areas and perspectives The chapter authors are eminent scholars from across the globe who bring together new research from many different countries and cultures
Organization Planning and Development
The world of Human Resource Management (HRM) has changed to include the HR practitioner’s role of a consultant – to initiate and facilitate organizational change in response to the demands of the ever-changing business and organizational environment.
This course introduces you to the basics of the field of Organization Development (OD) – its theories and practice, as an approach for planned change. It tackles the inter-relationships of three (3) key concepts of the Organization, Organizational Change, and Organization Development (OD) theory and practice, as a tool for leading change.
This course also provides you with the opportunity to develop and apply basic OD concepts and interventions through case analysis and presentations of mini OD projects such as organizational surveys, diagnostic and feedback activities.
Assessment and Diagnosis for Organization Development by
Although the theory and methods of organization development (OD) assessment and diagnosis have been covered in other books, there is a lack of practitioner-focused guides that introduce real-world case studies and tools rooted in the methodology. This book will fill that gap, providing practical perspective and insight from practitioners and consultants currently practicing OD assessment and diagnosis. Organization Development (OD) differs from management consulting in that OD assessment and diagnosis is not a prescriptive consulting engagement. Instead, OD methods include engaging clients to build change leadership initiatives customized to their particular situation. OD is not about a consultant telling a client company what to do. It is about an OD professional guiding client companies on their journey towards the best end point for their particular situation. This book will address that journey. The theory and foundational principles of OD are covered, but the primary focus is on providing practical applications to businesses. While the book is grounded in sound academic theory, its strength is its practitioner-focused methodology containing vignettes and tools that individuals can use to help guide the assessment and diagnosis efforts in their own or their client organizations.
The Cambridge Handbook of Workplace Training and Employee Development by
With comprehensive coverage of topics related to learning, training, and development, this volume is a must-have resource for industrial and organizational (I/O) psychologists, human resource (HR) scholars, and adult education specialists. Brown provides a forward-looking exploration of the current research on workplace training, employee development, and organizational learning from the primary point of view of industrial organizational psychology. Each chapter discusses current practices, recent research, and, importantly, the gaps between the two. In analyzing these aspects of the topic, the chapter authors both present the valuable knowledge available and show the opportunities for further study and practice.
Effective Succession Planning by
Nobody likes to lose good employees. But sometimes the loss of a key employee can be disruptive to the business at best, and completely disastrous at worst. Organizations that don't take steps to address future talent needs at all levels will face some major obstacles or even near collapse when undervalued key employees get burned out and leave you to fend for yourself.The most comprehensive book on the subject, the fifth edition of the bestselling Effective Succession Planning covers every base of how to address future talent needs before a crisis hits, including how to:* Identify competencies and clarify organizational values* Plan for and quickly fill crucial vacancies at all levels* Develop and retain top talent* Assess current needs and future resources for seamless succession planning* And moreUpdated with current best practices, trends, and technology, the latest edition also includes: succession planning for small businesses and nonprofits; replacement planning; transition management; downsizing; international issues; mergers and acquisitions as a talent strategy; and succession planning for technical positions as well as roles built on longstanding social relationships.Don't risk the loss of your most valued employees and their accumulated wisdom and experience that has been key to your company's success for many years. Effective Succession Planning is your go-to indispensable guide for avoiding the catastrophe that losing them would bring.
Evaluating Organization Development by
Evaluating organization development (OD) and change is critical for any executive team, project manager, or consultant who wants to see the change effort sustain and successfully evolve. Evaluation can be the key to enacting real change that makes sense to the team, your customers, and your stakeholders while seeing your strategic plan make crucial differences. The process of evaluation is often missing from change initiatives, and many previous books have glossed over the topic, but Evaluating Organization Development: How to Ensure and Sustain the Successful Transformation makes planning, implementing, and then assessing your change efforts simple. With handy "how-to" lessons, pull-out tools that are ready to use, and case studies that guide the implementation of each step, your team will be able to show the impact and justify the resources for each project. In addition, your team benefits from this step-by-step guide because they too will now understand their role and be connected to meeting the challenge of each metric. When the team understands the goal and how to achieve it, everyone wins.
The Future-Proof Workplace by
Face the future on the crest of the wave while the rest are pulled under The Future-Proof Workplace is a survival guide for the new realities of business. The future is no longer some far-off destination; it is here, right now, and already changing the way we work. Historically, the sea-changes have advanced humanity and inspired us to reach even further; from the Dark Ages to the Age of Enlightenment, from agrarian to industrial societies'and today is no different. But only those who are ready for the changes will come out thriving. This book highlights the changes already taking place around us: the transition from skills to knowledge, the neuroscience approach to leadership and motivation, galloping technical advances, and more. Whether you're a CEO, a leader or manager, or just trying to survive the chaos, this invaluable guide is your wake-up call'the future is now. The new forces emerging must be understood now if your organization is to succeed. This book details the transformation every business must make to turn upheaval into opportunity. Discover how emerging technologies and neuroscience research are already impacting the way we work Learn how yesterday's biases are being replaced by modern values, culture, and relationships Consider the "heart" of your organization, and whether it can stand up to the purpose-driven paradigm of the future Find new achievement in the new organizational structure, and examine models that are already emerging Everyone knows that changes are needed'and fast. The question is: which changes, and how? The Future-Proof Workplace maps the transformation, and gives you an itinerary for each step of the way.
Inbound Organization by
Use inbound principles to build and strengthen your company's future We're in a major shift in a fundamental aspect of how businesses grow, how buyers purchase, and how businesses build meaningful conversations and customer relationships. Companies who align their mission, strategies, action plans, and tools with the way buyers think, learn, discover, and purchase will have a huge competitive advantage. Organizations need to adjust their mindset and build a strategic foundation to deal with these facts and not just update a business plan. Inbound Organization shows leaders how to build their company's future around Inbound principles and strengthen the structural foundations necessary to deal with the changes in buyer behavior. It explains how and why Inbound ideas and how to create a remarkable customer experience belong in the boardrooms and on the desks of founders, entrepreneurs, business leaders, and anyone who has a responsibility to lead their organizations into the future. * Discover the foundation of inbound principles * Learn how to put ideas into practice today * Read about organizations that successfully apply the principles of Inbound * Keep your business on course to succeed amidst buyer changes Stay ahead of the curve and learn how to use Inbound principles to ensure you're always ahead of the curve.
Leadership by
The most practical leadership textbook on the market, LEADERSHIP 6e uses a unique three-pronged approach to teach leadership concepts and theory. The authors combine traditional theory with cutting-edge leadership topics in a concise presentation packed with real-world examples. The text puts students in the leadership role, engaging them in applying the concepts and providing step-by-step behavior models for effectively handling leadership functions.
Marketing organization development consulting : a how-to guide for OD consultants by
Organizational Development (OD) consultants often face dilemmas when they market their services because there is a gap between clients' expectation and the actual role of OD consultants. This book is about how to overcome that dilemma by finding effective marketing strategies for a different approach to consulting. Marketing Organization Development: A How-To Guide for OD Consultants focuses on the challenges faced by internal and external consultants in marketing and selling their services. By distinguishing between performance consulting and Organization Development (OD) consulting, this book demonstrates why marketing and selling OD consulting services are unique. This book meets not only unique OD consultants' needs by reflecting the philosophical background of OD and unique marketing challenges but the needs of Human Resource Development (HRD) managers' need who are interested in promoting or selling their change interventions within their organizations. This comprehensive book: Reviews important terms and popular tools used in the marketing process and outlines the many roles a consultant must fill to obtain and keep the business (i.e., marketer, salesperson, brand manager, account management) .Describes the criteria for self-evaluation as an OD consultant. It examines how to identify your strengths and the competencies you need to develop based on OD competencies. Provides an introduction to actionable steps and resources for organization development, change management, and performance management consultants to evaluate unmet needs and opportunities through a niche market for consulting services. Covers how to communicate value to your target customers and how to brand your service. Describes various channels of OD marketing such as viral, word of mouth, and social media marketing. . Reviews selling tactics for l your consulting service and discusses the importance of having a defined sales process to which you adhere.
Organizational Culture and Leadership by
The book that defined the field, updated and expanded for today's organizations Organizational Culture and Leadership is the classic reference for managers and students seeking a deeper understanding of the inter-relationship of organizational culture dynamics and leadership. Author Edgar Schein is the 'father' of organizational culture, world-renowned for his expertise and research in the field; in this book, he analyzes and illustrates through cases the abstract concept of culture and shows its importance to the management of organizational change. This new fifth edition shows how culture has become a popular concept leading to a wide variety of research and implementation by various organizations and expands the focus on the role of national cultures in influencing culture dynamics, including some practical concepts for how to deal with international differences. Special emphasis is given to how the role of leadership varies with the age of the organization from founding, through mid-life to old age as the cultural issues vary at each stage. How culture change is managed at each stage and in different types of organizations is emphasized as a central concern of leader behavior.. This landmark book is considered the defining resource in the field. Drawing on a wide range of research, this fifth edition contains 25 percent new and revised material to provide the most relevant new concepts and perspectives alongside the basic culture model that has helped to define the field. Dig into assumptions and typologies to decipher organizational culture Learn how culture begins, thrives, or dies with leadership Manage cultural change effectively and appropriately Understand the leader's role in managing disparate groups The resurgence of interest in organizational culture has spurred an awakening in research, and new information is continuously coming to light. Outdated practices are being replaced by more effective methods, and the resulting shift affects organizations everywhere. Organizational Culture and Leadership is an essential resource for scholars, consultants and leaders seeking continuous improvement in the face of today's business realities.
Organization Theory and Design by
Discover the most progressive thinking about organizations today as acclaimed author Richard Daft balances recent, innovative ideas with proven classic theories and effective business practices. Daft�s best-selling ORGANIZATION THEORY AND DESIGN presents a captivating, compelling snapshot of contemporary organizations and the concepts driving their success that will immediately engage any reader. Recognized as one of the most systematic, well-organized texts in the market, ORGANIZATION THEORY AND DESIGN helps both future and current managers thoroughly prepare for the challenges of today�s business world. This revision showcases some of today�s most current examples and research alongside time-tested principles. Readers see how many of today�s well-known organizations thrive amidst a rapidly changing, highly competitive international environment. New learning features provide opportunities for readers to apply concepts and refine personal business skills and insights.
Organization Planning and Development
The world of Human Resource Management (HRM) has changed to include the HR practitioner’s role of a consultant – to initiate and facilitate organizational change in response to the demands of the ever-changing business and organizational environment.
This course introduces you to the basics of the field of Organization Development (OD) – its theories and practice, as an approach for planned change. It tackles the inter-relationships of three (3) key concepts of the Organization, Organizational Change, and Organization Development (OD) theory and practice, as a tool for leading change.
This course also provides you with the opportunity to develop and apply basic OD concepts and interventions through case analysis and presentations of mini OD projects such as organizational surveys, diagnostic and feedback activities.
Adaptive Project Planning by
The text explores why you must plan when using agile approaches, how to approach the planning in stakeholder complex projects, and how to plan for innovation. Despite claims to the contrary, there is no single approach to planning a project, but for a given project, there is a best one. This book takes you through many planning situations you will meet. The authors use stories of real projects to show how planning decisions alter depending on the project context. They discuss how resource-constrained planning differs from end-date schedule planning and look at what is different between cost-constrained plans and time boxing. The text explores why you must plan when using agile approaches, how to approach the planning in stakeholder complex projects, and how to plan for innovation. For project managers, getting involved with increasingly complex projects, it's all about developing your judgment. The crucial judgments remain how to plan and structure a project. Through the exploration of many types of projects and the introduction of models and an approach to planning this book will aid your journey into high performance project management.
Building an innovative learning organization : a framework to build a smarter workforce, adapt to change, and drive growth by
Institute a culture of learning to boost organizational performance and agility What makes organizations successful? Today, most successful companies are learning organizations. Building an Innovative Learning Organization shows you how to join their ranks and bring your organization up to the head of the class. This book is a practical, actionable guide on how to boost performance, successfully manage change, and innovate more quickly. Learning organizations are composed of engaged, motivated employees who continually seek improvement, which leads to organizational agility and the ability to innovate ahead of the curve. When you encourage learning at every level, from the intern to the C suite, you gain a more highly skilled workforce with a greater ability to act in any situation. Building an Innovative Learning Organization shows you how to create this culture in your organization, with detailed explanations, practical examples, and step-by-step instructions so you can get started right away. Written by a recognized thought leader in the training industry, this informative and insightful guide is your roadmap to a more effective organization. You will discover how to: Attract, retain, and motivate the best employees Become a more innovative and agile organization Create a culture of continuous self-improvement Encourage learning at all levels and translate it into action Learning and education doesn't end at graduation--it's a lifelong process that keeps you relevant, informed, and better able to achieve your goals. These same benefits apply at the organizational level, making the culture self-sustaining: learning organizations attract top workers, who drive the organization forward, which attracts more top workers. If you want the best people, you have to be their best option. Building an Innovative Learning Organization gives you a blueprint for building a culture of learning, for a stronger, more robust organization.
The Future-proof workplace : six strategies to accelerate talent development and transform your organization by
Face the future on the crest of the wave while the rest are pulled under The Future-Proof Workplace is a survival guide for the new realities of business. The future is no longer some far-off destination; it is here, right now, and already changing the way we work. Historically, the sea-changes have advanced humanity and inspired us to reach even further; from the Dark Ages to the Age of Enlightenment, from agrarian to industrial societies--and today is no different. But only those who are ready for the changes will come out thriving. This book highlights the changes already taking place around us: the transition from skills to knowledge, the neuroscience approach to leadership and motivation, galloping technical advances, and more. Whether you're a CEO, a leader or manager, or just trying to survive the chaos, this invaluable guide is your wake-up call--the future is now. The new forces emerging must be understood now if your organization is to succeed. This book details the transformation every business must make to turn upheaval into opportunity. Discover how emerging technologies and neuroscience research are already impacting the way we work Learn how yesterday's biases are being replaced by modern values, culture, and relationships Consider the "heart" of your organization, and whether it can stand up to the purpose-driven paradigm of the future Find new achievement in the new organizational structure, and examine models that are already emerging Everyone knows that changes are needed--and fast. The question is: which changes, and how? The Future-Proof Workplace maps the transformation, and gives you an itinerary for each step of the way.
The Handbook of competency mapping : understanding, designing and implementing competency models in organizations by
Competencies lie at the heart of every of every successful activity. Organizations across the world are trying to understand and integrate competencies in their organizational processes. This book is designed as handbook to help managers and executives understand, develop, manage competencies and also map them within their organizations. Assuming no prior knowledge, the book introduces the reader to the concept of competencies and how they work. It then helps the reader understand the why and how of competency models. In an accessible structure and framework, this book tackles some key issues with regard to this contemporary subject. Written in a jargon-free and accessible style, this book will be useful to managers in strategizing , developing, mapping and implementing competency frameworks in their organizations
The Human Resource Professional's Guide to Change Management by
The ability to help an organization effectively deal with change is a key competency that all human resource (HR) professionals must possess. However, many people in the HR function have not received any formal training or instruction on how to fulfill this important role. This book provides HR professionals with key concepts and practical techniques to successfully launch, support, and sustain change management initiatives within their organizations. Pragmatic tools and explanations will illuminate critical change management competencies and processes, thereby enabling HR professionals to take on strategic and active roles. As well, understanding of one's own reactions to change will also be explored to assist HR professionals to effectively manage and guide change. Questions posed at the end of each chapter allow for personal reflection and growth, thereby providing further development of skills relating to change management. This text is an excellent resource for HR students, those new to practicing HR and seasoned HR professionals alike.
Organizational development and change theory : managing fractal organizing processes by
This book offers a fresh perspective on organizational development and change theory and practice. Building on their recent work in quantum storytelling theory and complexity theory, Henderson and Boje consider the implications of fractal patterns in human behavior with a view toward ethics in organization development for the modern world. Building on Gilles Deleuze and Felix Guattari's (1987) ontology of multiple moving and intersecting fractal processes, the authors offer readers an understanding of how managing and organizing can be adapted to cope with the turbulence and complexity of different organizational situations and environments. They advocate a sustainable, co-creative brand of agency and introduce appropriate, simple tools to support organizational development practitioners. This book offers theory and research methods to management and organization scholars, along with praxis advice to practicing managers.
Principles and practice of business continuity : tools and techniques by
Are you are a Business Continuity Manager or training for the job? Are you ready to keep the business up and running in the face of emergencies ranging from earthquakes to accidents to fires to computer crashes? In this second edition ofPrinciples and Practice of Business Continuity: Tools and Techniques, Jim Burtles explains six main scenarios. He promises: "If you and your organization are prepared to deal with these six generic risks, you will be able to recover from any business disaster." Using his decades of experience, Burtles speaks to you directly and personally, walking you through handling any contingency. He tells you how to bring people together to win executive support, create a Business Continuity Plan, organize response teams, and recover from the disruption. His simple, step-by-step actions and real-world examples give you the confidence to get the job done. To help you along, each chapter ofPrinciples and Practice of Business Continuity: Tools and Techniques starts with learning objectives and ends with a multiple-choice self-examination covering the main points. Thought-provoking exercises at the end of each chapter help you to apply the materials from the chapter to your own experience. In addition, you will find a glossary of the key terms currently in use in the industry and a full index. For further in-depth study, you may download the Business Continuity Toolkit, a wealth of special online material prepared for you by Jim Burtles. The book is organized around the phases of planning for and achieving resiliency in an organization: Part I: Preparation and Startup Part II: Building a Foundation Part III: Responding and Recovering Part IV: Planning and Implementing Part V: Long-term Continuity Are you a professor or a leader of seminars or workshops? On course adoption ofPrinciples and Practice of Business Continuity: Tools and Techniques, you will have access to an Instructor's Manual, Test Bank, and a full set of PowerPoint slides.
Rapid organizational change by
A new lean and agile model for more effective change management Rapid Organizational Change gets right to the heart of the change initiative problem, and offers a time- and money-saving solution. The fact that so many change initiatives fail or underperform can be traced back to one major issue: pace. While most change management models stress the importance of timeliness, they remain bound to an organization-wide approach to execution.. By targeting change efforts at specific mid-level layers of management, this book helps you achieve the desired outcome more efficiently while saving time, effort and money. Full of practical advice and real-world examples, this book is your action guide to making change happen in a meaningful way. You'll learn how to continually develop great leadership at the institutional level, and gain real, actionable guidance on putting more women in management positions to help you grab that competitive advantage. Today's disruptive technologies and macro-economic patterns have elevated organizational agility to the rank of survival skill. Change is a constant in business, but it's now coming faster than ever; this book gives you the strategies you need to keep from being left behind. Target mid-level managers for faster change Institute perpetual leadership development outside of HR Correct gender inequality in management positions Utilize your best resources to gain competitive advantage Most change management models have the same inherent problem: by the time new processes and strategies trickle down to every manager and staff member, the opportunity has passed and the change can no longer be effective for its intended purpose. Rapid Organizational Change lays out a new shortcut to help your organization stay out in front.
Research in organizational change and development by
Highlights include a reflection on forty years of collaboration and provides an inside perspective on collegial partnerships; the first recipients of the Pasmore-Woodman Award (AOM 2015) consider personal recollections as well as general principles about successful academic partnerships; one of the first women in the field provides a perspective on the interdependence of research and practice through a gender lens; while reflecting on the role of women in ODC across a fifty-year time period; strategies for managing changes in the research question when conducting field-based action research advances our understanding of evidence-based practice through the application of theory; Dialogic OD, a relatively new perspective in the field, is explored by discussing a case in which 'social space' serves as 'transitional space' and the ODC practitioner is provided a theoretically informed set of principles that can be applied and evaluated across contexts; the nature and role of organization identity shades new insights about the potential impact of organization development work on company culture and effectiveness; the challenges of integrating business strategy and organization development in the fast changing newspaper industry.
Transforming the Clunky Organization by
Organizations, like people, get stuck! They get ensnared in routines and processes, and they fall back into old habits. This is the dangerous period of inertia, the period that precedes failure, when organizations show signs of sluggishness. In Transforming the Clunky Organization Samuel B. Bacharach specifies why organizations fall into patterns of inertia and details the critical pragmatic leadership skills leaders need to regain organizational momentum. From Alfred Sloan, to Lee Iacocca, to Lou Gerstner, to Indra Nooyi, to Steve Jobs, to Jeff Bezos, Bacharach argues that their pragmatic leadership skills assured that their organization did not get trapped by the doldrums of inertia. He employs case illustrations to identify clunky tendencies and inertia within organizations across a wide range of business sectors including technology, finance, banking, home entertainment, and retail. Illustrations are drawn from organizations such as Amazon, Apple, Borders, Merrill Lynch, Nintendo, Starbucks, and Unilever, among many others. Bacharach argues that in order to achieve their potential, organizations need to be perpetually involved in two activities. The first is discovery--organizational leaders need to continuously explore new opportunities and transfer new insights into new products, processes, and directions. The second is delivery--organizational leaders need to be able to mobilize support for ideas, sustain and drive these ideas forward, and achieve results. Successful discovery and delivery allows organizations to truly thrive and continuously meet their potential. Expanding on The Agenda Mover, the first book in the BLG Pragmatic Leadership Series, this book offers a roadmap for individual leaders at all levels to create the agility and synergy needed for the continuous organized flow of information and the movement of ideas. Clunky organizations need leaders that are explorers and innovators in the discovery phase and mobilizers and sustainers to deliver solutions. Transforming the Clunky Organization provides the keys for necessary behaviors that allow leaders to successfully break inertia and foster agility. This book will appeal to leaders at all levels within organizations, change-management consultants, and business-school professors.
Using the project management maturity model : strategic planning for project management by
The industry validated Project Management Maturity Model developed by Dr. Harold Kerzner--updated and expanded Using the Project Management Maturity Model offers assessment tools for organizations of all sizes to evaluate their progress in effectively integrating project management along the maturity curve. This Third Edition includes maturity metrics, examples of Project Management Maturity Model (PMMM) reports, a new chapter on the characteristics of effective PMMM, assessment questions that align with the PMBOK® Guide--Sixth Edition, all-new illustrations that define advanced levels of maturity, assessment tools for organizations using traditional PM methods, and detailed guidance for organizations using Agile and Scrum. Using the Project Management Maturity Model: Strategic Planning for Project Management, Third Edition is broken down into three major parts. The first part discusses the principles of strategic planning and how it relates to project management, the definition of project management maturity, and the need for customization. The second part details the Project Management Maturity Model (PMMM), which provides organizations with general guidance on how to perform strategic planning for project management. The third part of the book looks at some relatively new concepts in project management such as how assessments can be made to measure the firm's growth using PM 2.0 and PM 3.0. Features customizable maturity model assessment tools for organizations of all sizes Includes assessment questions updated to line up with PMBOK® Guide--6th Edition Offers detailed guidance on applying the maturity model for Agile and Scrum Includes PowerPoint decks to aid in teaching the maturity model Using the Project Management Maturity Model: Strategic Planning for Project Management, Third Edition is an ideal book for senior level and middle level corporate managers, project and team managers, engineers, project team members, and business consultants. It also benefits both business and engineering students in courses on advanced project management.
This course will focus on educating the students on a) the concepts and the process of recruitment and selection of human resources needed by an organization, and b) how the recruitment function of HRD can make a strategic contribution to business performance and attainment of its goals and objectives.
The students will acquire a detailed understanding of the different stages of talent acquisition: from workforce planning, requisitioning, sourcing, screening, selecting, job offering, hiring, and on boarding.
96 Great Interview Questions to Ask Before You Hire by
Every manager and human resources department has seen it time and time again--candidates whom they viewed from across the table as promising individuals loaded with potential turning out to be disappointing and underwhelming employees. Meanwhile, numerous resources are wasted yet again while the company continues to seek out the right fits for their needs. Is this just a rite of passage for all businesses, or is there a way to simplify the hiring process and put people in place the first time who can get the job done?The third edition of this practical and wildly popular hiring classic provides the keys to getting the results you're looking for during the interviewing and hiring process! Employment expert Paul Falcone has packed this resource full with all the interview questions you might possibly need to ask any candidate, so as to best reveal the real person sitting across from you. What is the applicant's motivation for changing jobs? How well does he handle stress? Does she consistently show initiative? The various questions have been tailored to sales, mid-level, or senior management positions. There are questions to gauge likability and fit. There are even pressure-cooker questions that will no doubt reveal eye-opening characteristics about the candidate that you would not have learned otherwise.Complete with guidelines for analyzing answers, asking follow-up questions, checking references, and making winning offers, 96 Great Interview Questions to Ask Before You Hire covers the interviewing and hiring process from beginning to end, leaving no stone unturned.
Assessment Centre Success by
Assessment Centre Success is your road map to mastering the skills, exercises and challenges that you'll be faced with when trying to secure that prized job offer. An Assessment Centre can be daunting: you are likely to face a full day of challenging exercises, tests and skilled competitors. However, with the right level of practice and preparation, you will be able to confidently tackle whatever employers may throw at you. Written by experienced Assessment Centre planner, Tony Weightman, Assessment Centre Success contains a bank of practice exercises and insider tips to help you succeed. Individual exercises are covered, including how to deliver good presentations, reports, interviews and analysis under pressure as well as group exercises such as problem solving and team presentations. Expert guidance on how to demonstrate the key skills employers are looking for helps you understand how to show yourself in the best possible light under challenging circumstances: including leadership, team work, industry knowledge, keeping calm under pressure, decision making, analytical skills, confidence and communication skills.
E-HRM by
As with other parts of business, technology is having a profound effect on the world of work and management of human resources. Technology is a key enabler for faster, cheaper and better delivery of HR services and in some cases can have a transformational as well as unintended negative effect. Designed for the digital era, e-HRM is one of the first textbooks on these developments. It incorporates the most current and important HR technology related topics in four distinct parts under one umbrella, written by leading scholars and practitioners drawn from across the world. All the chapters have a uniform structure and pay equal attention to theory and practice with an applied focus. Learning resources of the book include chapter-wide learning objectives, case studies, debates on related burning issues, and the companion website includes lecture slides and a question bank.
The Effective Hiring Manager by
Essential hiring and team-building lessons from the #1 Podcaster in the world The Effective Hiring Manager offers an essential guide for managers, team leaders, and HR professionals in organizations large or small. The author's step-by-step approach makes the strategies easy to implement and help to ensure ongoing success. Hiring effectively is the single greatest long-term contribution to your organization. The only thing worse than having an open position is filling it with the wrong person. The Effective Hiring Manager offers a proven process for solving these problems and helping teams and organizations thrive. The fundamental principles of hiring and interviewing How to create criteria to hire by How to create excellent interview questions How to review resumes How to conduct phone screens How to structure an interview day How to conduct each interview How to capture interview results How to make an offer How to decline a candidate How to onboard candidates Written by Mark Horstman, co-founder of Manager Tools and an expert in training managers, The Effective Hiring Manager is an A to Z handbook to the successful hiring process. The book explores, in helpful detail, what it takes to hire the right person, for the right job, and the right team.
Exceptional talent : how to attract, acquire and retain the very best employees by
Attracting, hiring, developing and retaining the right people is crucial to an organization's success. The stakes have never been higher: a 2015 study by CAP suggests that the average cost of employee attrition is 20% of a mid-level employee's annual salary and up to 213% of a high-level executive's salary. In a business environment changing so rapidly that jobs which will be essential in 2020 don't even exist yet, Exceptional Talent examines how changes in technology, communication, and employee preferences are impacting the talent journey. It gives practical advice for how to build an effective recruitment and talent management strategy to meet the needs of the business today and prepare for the challenges of the future. Exceptional Talent covers how to build an authentic employer brand, explores new ways of sourcing candidates and explains how to use print, digital, social and mobile platforms to target the right people in the right way. Highlighting the impact of networks, relationships and referrals on talent acquisition, it also provides tools and techniques to create an efficient recruitment process, strategies for effective onboarding of new employees as well as practical advice and best practice case studies for retaining and engaging employees.
Handbook of employee selection by
This second edition of the Handbook of Employee Selection has been revised and updated throughout to reflect current thinking on the state of science and practice in employee selection. In this volume, a diverse group of recognized scholars inside and outside the United States balance theory, research, and practice, often taking a global perspective. Divided into eight parts, chapters cover issues associated with measurement, such as validity and reliability, as well as practical concerns around the development of appropriate selection procedures and implementation of selection programs. Several chapters discuss the measurement of various constructs commonly used as predictors, and other chapters confront criterion measures that are used in test validation. Additional sections include chapters that focus on ethical and legal concerns and testing for certain types of jobs (e.g., blue collar jobs). The second edition features a new section on technology and employee selection. The Handbook of Employee Selection, Second Edition provides an indispensable reference for scholars, researchers, graduate students, and professionals in industrial and organizational psychology, human resource management, and related fields.
Human resource selection by
Packed with the latest research, court findings, and best practices from the field, Gatewood/Feild/Barrick's HUMAN RESOURCE SELECTION, 8E equips learners and practitioners alike with the tools to develop and implement effective selection programs within today's unique organizations. With an engaging presentation, the book focuses on the most important legal, global and ethical concerns; psychometric measurement concepts; job analysis; predictors of job performance; criteria measures; and much more. It also introduces future and current practitioners to the most popular selection tools?as well as the technical challenges. In addition, detailed discussions explore the role of social media in the selection process.
International human resource management by
Now in its seventh edition, 'International Human Resource Management' is established as a market leader that caters to students worldwide. This textbook has developed alongside the field - helping to shape what it is today - and remains a leading international human resources management (IHRM) textbook worldwide.
Staffing organizations by
Heneman's and Judge's Staffing Organizations, 9e, is based on a comprehensive staffing model. Components of the model include staffing models and strategy, staffing support systems (legal compliance, planning, job analysis and rewards), core staffing systems (recruitment, selection, and employment), and staffing systems and retention management. Up-to-date research and business practices are the hallmarks of this market-leading text. In-depth applications (cases and exercises) at the end of the chapters provide students with skill-building and practice in key staffing activities and decision making. A comprehensive running case involving a fictitious retailing organization provides even greater opportunity for in-depth analysis and skill-building. Students also have the opportunity to address ethical issues at the end of each chapter.
Talent magnet : how to attract and keep the best people by
What Does Top Talent Really Want? More than vision, strategy, creativity, marketing, finance, or even technology, it is ultimately people that determine organizational success. That's why virtually every organization wants more top talent. But do you know what they're looking for? It might not be what you think! Talent Magnet will show you how to attract and keep great people.
This course will focus on educating the students on a) the concepts and the process of recruitment and selection of human resources needed by an organization, and b) how the recruitment function of HRD can make a strategic contribution to business performance and attainment of its goals and objectives.
The students will acquire a detailed understanding of the different stages of talent acquisition: from workforce planning, requisitioning, sourcing, screening, selecting, job offering, hiring, and on boarding.
10 steps for hiring effective teachers by
In this book, readers will learn: ten best practices that address every stage of the hiring process, techniques and sample questions for Behavior-Based Interviewing, interview questions to avoid, and how to involve teacher peers in interviewing and mentoring new hires.
Cases in human resource management by
Cases in Human Resource Management provides students with insights into common challenges, dilemmas, and issues human resource managers face in the workplace. Using a wide variety of well-known companies and organizations, author David Kimball engages students with original, real-world cases that illustrate HRM topics and functions in action. Each case is designed to encourage students to find new solutions to human resource issues and to stimulate class discussion. Case questions challenge students to think critically, apply concepts, and develop their HRM skills. The contents are organized using the same topical coverage and structure as most HRM textbooks, making Kimball the ideal companion for any introductory HRM course.
Handbook of Strategic Recruitment and Selection by
This is a theory-based text with unique features that distinguish it from other books in the field. The inclusion of a strategic component differentiates it from most other books, but the application of systems theory to recruitment and selection sets this book apart. While it includes mainstream topics such as interviews, job analysis and question types, it is the first text to introduce topics such as crowd sourcing, social networking, Skype and distance interviewing. The inclusion of theory such as similarity/attraction theory, insider/outsider theory, cultural appreciation, body language and interview types for different levels within organisations assist in differentiating this text. It is up to date and addresses issues such as the role of staffing, recruitment and selection in a knowledge-based society. This text also looks at resume preparation and analysis, and explores the challenges facing international applicants seeking employment in other countries.
Hiring greatness : how to recruit your dream team and crush the competition by
The Unprecedented Tell-All Guide Through the Intricacies of Executive Recruitment The single greatest opportunity that an organization has to improve both performance and culture in one stroke lies in the hiring of a new executive--the right executive. The fresh thinking of a skilled leader has the potential to unleash innovation, empower employees, and generate wealth for the company. Similarly, a bad hire may mortally wound the organization and cause ripple effects throughout the entire economy. Hiring Greatness contains valuable insider strategies and tactics--previously only known to a handful of America's wealthiest, elite head-hunters--to attract, recruit, and retain star executives. Authors David E. Perry and Mark J. Haluska have completed more than 1800 search projects across five continents, maintaining a 99.97% success rate, and negotiating more than $380 million in salaries. Like magicians unveiling the hidden 'tricks of the trade,' Perry and Haluska reveal: How to systematically secure--and retain--the perfect talent for your company How to keep recruiters from poaching your star executives (a good hire is relatively meaningless if they leave the company) Twenty-three questions you must ask a potential headhunter The language that makes your company the most compelling, and how HR lingo can repel the best talent Four critical turnoffs that drive great candidates away from top companies One company created $3.8 million of market value each hour, for six months, simply by hiring the right leader. Hiring Greatness takes you behind the scenes of one of the world's most profitable and secretive industries, meticulously showing how any organization can make monumental hiring decisions that lead to massive success.
Hiring the Best - How to Build Winning Teams by
Knock Em Dead--Hiring The Best, Proven Tactics For Employee Selection & How To Build winning Teams. Management requires getting work done successfully through others and if you cannot first hire the right people, you can never manage productively. Hiring The Best has been in print for 25 years and continues evolve as the leading resource for to employee selection and productivity oriented team building.
Leadership Lessons from Compelling Contexts by
Research into leadership often focuses on standard business organizations. We know little about these proposed models apply to leadership in other contexts, such as the military, sports, film and television industries or religious organizations. Here, we deliberately reverse the idea of investigating how standard models fit into non-standard contexts; we want to know what leadership lessons can be drawn from compelling yet understudied contexts. Research and theory from four types of contexts are presented: Those characterized by high levels of competition, such as sport, those in which the generation of innovation and creativity is crucial e.g. film and television, high-risk contexts such as the military and aviation, and those where fostering the well-being of others is at the core. To summarize, as much as we can learn about leadership from standard business organizations and apply it to unusual contexts, the same applies the other way round: Idiosyncrasies of compelling contexts teach us fundamental lessons about leadership which are also applicable to other settings.
The Nonprofit Human Resource Management Handbook by
As an increasing number of individuals go to work in the nonprofit sector, nonprofit managers need support on how best to build their human resource management capacity. They need to know what systems to examine, what questions to ask, and how to ensure they are managing people in a legal manner and as effectively as possible given their particular resource constraints. Important questions include: Do we have a clear philosophy, one that aligns with our nonprofit mission and values and allows us to treat our employees as the professionals they are? How do we select, develop, and retain the best people who will produce high value, high performance work, and how do we do so with limited resources? How do we effectively manage our mix of volunteers and paid staff? What do we need to consider to ensure diverse people work together in a harmonious fashion? With all-new chapters written by the top scholars in the field of nonprofit HRM, these are but a few of the many questions that are addressed in this timely volume.　 These scholars delve into their particular areas of expertise, offering a comprehensive look at theories and trends; legal and ethical issues; how to build HRM from recruitment, management, labor relations, to training and appraisal; as well as topics in diversity, technology, and paid versus volunteer workforce management. This essential handbook offers all core topic coverage as well as countless insider insights, additional resource lists, and tool sets for practical application. With chapters grounded in existing research, but also connecting research to practice for those in the field, The Nonprofit Human Resource Management Handbook will be required reading for a generation of scholars, students, and practitioners of nonprofit human resource management.　
Personnel selection : adding value through people--a changing picture by
This is a fully updated edition of Personnel Selection, a seminal text on the psychometric approach to personnel selection by a noted expert in the field. Focuses on cutting-edge topics including the influence of social networking sites, adverse impact, age differences and stereotypes, distribution of work performance, and the problems of selecting new employees using research based on incumbent employees Questions established beliefs in the field, especially issues that have been characterized as "not a problem," such as differential validity, over-reliance on self-report, and "faking good" Contains expanded discussion of research and practice in the US and internationally, while maintaining the definitive coverage of UK and European selection approaches Provides comprehensive yet accessible information for professionals and students, as well as helpful pedagogical tools (technical and statistical boxes, simplified figures and tables, research agenda boxes, key point summaries, and key references)
The SAGE handbook of human resource management by
The new edition of this SAGE Handbook builds on the success of the first by providing a fully updated and expanded overview of the field of human resource management. Bringing together contributions from leading international scholars - and with brand new chapters on key emerging topics such as firm ownership, talent management, engagement and big data - the Handbook focuses on familiarising the reader with the fundamentals of applied human resource management, while contextualizing practice within wider theoretical considerations. Internationally minded chapters combine a critical overview with discussion of key debates and research, as well as comprehensively dealing with important emerging interests. The second edition of this Handbook remains an indispensable resource for advanced students and researchers in the field. PART 01: Context of Human Resource Management; PART 02: Fundamentals of Human Resource Management; and PART 03: Contemporary Issues.
The Wiley Blackwell Handbook of the Psychology of Recruitment, Selection and Employee Retention by
"This is an excellent collection of chapters, providing in-depth coverage of important topics in the recruitment, selection and retention of employees. The handbook provides a deep exploration of the theoretical and empirical foundations of personnel psychology, and offers many useful insights into the opportunities created by new technologies, as well as strategies for dealing with the challenges of a global and diverse workforce." Scott Morris Professor of Industrial/Organizational Psychology, Illinois Institute of Psychology "The Handbook of the Psychology of Recruitment, Selection and Employee Retention will be of great value to psychologists and scholars as well as human resource practitioners, as evidence-based practice grows in organizations. This comprehensive resource covers the essential"knowledge in the field from talent attraction, assessment and selection, to diversity, work-life balance and retention strategies." Marcia J. Avedon Senior Vice President, Human Resources, Communications and Corporate Affairs, Ingersoll Rand This authoritative Wiley Blackwell Handbook in Organizational Psychology focuses on recruitment, selection and employee retention. The editors have drawn on their collective experience in collating thematically structured material from leading thinkers and practitioners based in the US, Europe and Asia-Pacific. Coinciding with growing international interest in the applications of psychology to organizations, the work offers a unique depth of analysis from an explicitly psychological perspective. Each chapter includes a detailed literature review that offers academics, researchers, scientist-practitioners and students an invaluable frame of reference. Coverage is built around competencies set forth by regulatory bodies including the APA and BPS, and includes job analysis, biodata, simulation exercises, online selection, talent management and assessment for leader development.
Explore these full text databases dealing with Human Resource Management to view and download articles/readings for your research:
